S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on August 27, 2019.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Peloton Interactive, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   3600   47-3533761

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

125 West 25th Street, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10001

(866) 679-9129

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

John Foley

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

125 West 25th Street, 11th floor

New York, New York 10001

(866) 679-9129

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Cynthia C. Hess

James D. Evans

Ran D. Ben-Tzur

Fenwick & West LLP

902 Broadway, Suite 14

New York, New York 10010

(212) 430-2600

 

Hisao Kushi

Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Peloton Interactive, Inc.

125 West 25th Street, 11th Floor

New York, New York 10001

(866) 679-9129

 

Marc D. Jaffe

Ian D. Schuman

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Smaller reporting company

 

    

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A common stock, par value $0.000025 per share   $500,000,000   $60,600

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE INFORMATION IM THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY RE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED MTH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE-THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES. AND WE NOT SOLICITINC OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN AMY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS MOT PERMITTED. PELOTON Subject to Completion. Dated August 27, 2019. CLASS A COMMON STOCK SHARES This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. We are offering shares of our Class A common stock. We have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Glass B common stock_ The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class 8 common stock are identical. except with respect to rating and conversion rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Glass B common 5tOCk is entitled to 20 votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the completion of this offering, with our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders, and their respective affiliates, holding approximately % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the closing of this offering, assuming in each case no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol ‘PION” We are an ‘emerging growth company’ as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in future reports after the completion of this offering. SEE THE SECTION TITLED-RISK FACTORS’ BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 TO READ ABOUT FACTORS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK. NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE- PER SNARE TOTAL Initial public offering price Underwriting discount Proceeds, before expenses, to us .(1) See the section titled “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters. To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to additional shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on 2019. GOLDMAN SACHS & CO. LLC J.P. MORGAN BOFA MERRILL LYNCH BARCLAYS USS INVESTMENT BANK COWEN CAP/ACCORD GENUITV EVERCORE IS! JIMP SECURITIES KEYBANC CAPITAL J.A.ARKETS NEEDHAM & COMPANY OPPENHEIMER 31 CO. RAYMOND JAMES 5TIFEL SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY WILLIAM BLAIR TELSEY ADVISORY GROUP, LP Prospectus dated , 2019. SEE THE SECTION TITLED-RISK FACTORS’ BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 TO READ ABOUT FACTORS you SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK_
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


Table of Contents

LOGO

WE ARE A TECHNOLOGY MEDIA SOFTWARE PRODUCT EXPERIENCE FITNESS DESIGN RETAIL APPAREL LOGISTICS COMPANY


Table of Contents

LOGO

ABOVE ALL ELSE, WE ARE AN INNOVATION COMPANY TRANSFORMING THE LIVES OF PEOPLE AROUND THE WORLD THROUGH OUR EVER-EVOLVING FITNESS PLATFORM.1.4M+ TOTAL MEMBERS 55M+ TOTAL WORKOUTS IN FY2019 $915M REVENUE IN FY2019 95% 12-MO RETENTION RATE THIS IS JUST THE BEGINNING.


Table of Contents

LOGO

TOGETHER WE GO FAR


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Page

 
Prospectus Summary     1  
Risk Factors     15  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements     46  
Industry and Market Data     48  
Use of Proceeds     49  
Dividend Policy     49  
Capitalization     50  
Dilution     52  
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data     54  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     60  
Letter from John Foley, Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer     90  
Business     92  
Management     111  
Executive Compensation     119  
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions     127  
Principal Stockholders     131  
Description of Capital Stock     134  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     140  
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock     142  
Underwriting     146  
Legal Matters     151  
Experts     151  
Where You Can Find Additional Information     151  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-1  

 

 

Through and including                 , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in more detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our Class A common stock, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, provided elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year end is June 30, and our fiscal quarters end on September 30, December 31, March 31, and June 30. Our fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019 are referred to herein as fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019, respectively.

Overview

Our Purpose

We believe physical activity is fundamental to a healthy and happy life. Our ambition is to empower people to improve their lives through fitness.

We are a technology company that meshes the physical and digital worlds to create a completely new, immersive, and connected fitness experience. We are also:

…a media company that creates engaging-to-the-point-of-addictive original programming with the best instructors in the world.

…an interactive software company that motivates our Members to achieve their goals.

…a product design company that develops beautiful and intuitive equipment that anticipates the needs of our Members.

…a social connection company that enables our community to support one another.

…a direct-to-consumer, multi-channel retail company that facilitates a seamless customer journey.

…an apparel company that allows Members to display their passion for Peloton.

…a logistics company that provides high-touch delivery, set up, and service for our Members.

We are driven by our Members-first obsession and we will be any company we need to be in order to deliver the best fitness experience possible.

Who We Are

Peloton is the largest interactive fitness platform in the world with a loyal community of over 1.4 million Members. We pioneered connected, technology-enabled fitness, and the streaming of immersive, instructor-led boutique classes to our Members anytime, anywhere. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective, and convenient, while fostering social connections that encourage our Members to be the best versions of themselves. We define a Member as any individual who has a Peloton account.

We are an innovation company at the nexus of fitness, technology, and media. We have disrupted the fitness industry by developing a first-of-its-kind subscription platform that seamlessly combines the best equipment, proprietary networked software, and world-class streaming digital fitness and wellness content, creating a product that our Members love. Our highly compelling offering helped our Members complete over 58 million Peloton workouts in fiscal 2019.

Driven by our Members-first mindset, we built a vertically integrated platform that ensures a best-in-class, end-to-end experience. We have a direct-to-consumer multi-channel sales platform, including 74 showrooms with knowledgeable sales specialists, a high-touch delivery service, and helpful Member support teams. Our Members are as devoted to us as we are to them—92% of our interactive fitness equipment ever sold, which we refer to as our Connected Fitness Products, still had an active Connected Fitness Subscription attached as of June 30, 2019.

 


 

1

 


Table of Contents

Our Connected Fitness Product offerings currently include the Peloton Bike, launched in 2014, and the Peloton Tread, launched in 2018. Both our Bike and Tread include a state-of-the-art touchscreen that streams live and on-demand classes. Our products have a multitude of interactive software features that encourage frequent use, facilitate healthy competition on our patented leaderboard, build community among our Members, and inspire our Members to track performance and achieve their goals with real-time and historical metrics. As of June 30, 2019, we had sold approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products, with approximately 564,000 sold in the United States.

Our world-class instructors teach classes across a variety of fitness and wellness disciplines, including indoor cycling, indoor/outdoor running and walking, bootcamp, yoga, strength training, stretching, and meditation. We produce over 950 original programs per month and maintain a vast and constantly updated library of thousands of original fitness and wellness programs. We make it easy for Members to find a class that fits their interests based on class type, instructor, music genre, length, available equipment, area of physical focus, and level of difficulty.

Our content is available on our Connected Fitness Products through a $39.00 monthly Connected Fitness Subscription, which allows for unlimited workouts across multiple users within a household. Our Connected Fitness Subscribers can enjoy our classes anywhere through our digital app, Peloton Digital, which is available through iOS and Android mobile devices, as well as most tablets and computers. We also have Digital Subscribers who pay $19.49 per month for access to our content library on their own devices.

Our revenue is primarily generated from the sale of our Connected Fitness Products and associated recurring subscription revenue. We have experienced significant growth in sales of Connected Fitness Products, which, when combined with our strong Connected Fitness Subscriber retention rates, has driven high growth in Connected Fitness Subscribers. Our Connected Fitness Subscriber base grew by 108% in fiscal 2019.

Our compelling financial profile is characterized by high growth, strong retention, recurring revenue, margin expansion, and efficient customer acquisition. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, together with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, generates attractive Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. When we acquire new Connected Fitness Subscribers, we are able to offset our customer acquisition costs with the gross profit earned on our Connected Fitness Products. This allows for rapid payback of our sales and marketing investments and results in a robust unit economic model.

We are a fast-growing and scaled fitness platform. For fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019:

 

   

we generated total revenue of $218.6 million, $435.0 million, and $915.0 million, respectively, representing 99.0% and 110.3% year-over-year growth;

 

   

we incurred net losses of $(71.1) million, $(47.9) million, and $(195.6) million, respectively; and

 

   

our Adjusted EBITDA was $(51.8) million, $(30.4) million, and $(71.3) million, respectively.

See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

For fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, key metrics of our business included:

 

   

Connected Fitness Subscribers of 107,708, 245,667, and 511,202, respectively; and

 

   

Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 0.70%, 0.64%, and 0.65%, respectively.

For a definition of Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Model” and for a definition of Connected Fitness Subscribers, Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, and Subscription Contribution Margin, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

 


 

2

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Our Industry and Opportunity

Industry

We participate in the massive and growing global health and wellness industry. According to a 2018 report by the Global Wellness Institute, the total global spend on the wellness industry in 2017 was $4.2 trillion, of which the global fitness and certain categories of wellness, including meditation and yoga, spend represented nearly $600 billion. According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, or IHRSA, 183 million and 62 million people had gym memberships globally and in the United States, respectively, as of 2018.

Our current product portfolio, which consists of our Bike, Tread, and fitness and wellness subscription services, addresses a large consumer base. Within our current and announced markets (the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany), we estimate that 75 million people used treadmills and 27 million used stationary cycling bikes in the 12 months ended March 2019. In those same regions, we estimate that over 5 million treadmills and nearly 3 million stationary cycling bikes were purchased for in-home use in the 12 months ended March 2019.

We believe that we are significantly expanding the market for fitness equipment and products. According to our 2019 Member Survey, four out of five Members were not in the market for home fitness equipment prior to purchasing a Peloton Connected Fitness Product.

Opportunity

We consider our market opportunity in terms of a Total Addressable Market, or TAM, which we believe is the market we can reach over the long-term in our current and announced markets, and a Serviceable Addressable Market, or SAM, which we address with our current product verticals and price points.

According to our research, our TAM is 67 million households, of which 45 million are in the United States. Within our TAM, we estimate that 52 million households are interested in learning more about our Connected Fitness Products without seeing the price. We estimate that our SAM is 14 million Connected Fitness Products, with 12 million represented in the United States. Historically, our SAM has grown as our brand awareness has increased. With low brand awareness in our current international markets, we believe we will see SAM expand as we make further investments in building brand and product awareness in these regions. We will grow both TAM and SAM as we expand beyond our current geographies and grow SAM as we develop new Connected Fitness Products and content in new fitness verticals. With approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products sold globally as of June 30, 2019, we are approximately 4% penetrated in our SAM of 14 million. For a discussion of the methodology used in determining our TAM and SAM, see the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 


 

3

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

*

Represents our total addressable market within our current and announced markets—the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany.

Consumer Trends in Our Favor

Increasing Focus on Health and Wellness

The growing awareness of the benefits of exercise and physical activity is driving increasing participation and spend in fitness and wellness. This has translated into consistent year-over-year growth of the fitness industry both in the United States and globally over the past two decades, even during times of economic recession. According to IHRSA, health club industry revenues in the United States grew at a 5.4% annual growth rate over the last ten years. In addition, employers and health insurance companies are investing in employee well-being by offering incentives for preventative health measures such as exercise. According to a 2017 study by the National Business Group on Health, 74% of employers offer employee wellness incentives, with the average employee incentive amount increasing from $521 in 2013 to $742 in 2017.

Streaming Media is the Leading Channel of Consumption

The quality, volume, and speed of streaming content has profoundly changed media consumption patterns. Consumers can select from extensive catalogs of content across video programming, music, books, and gaming, among other categories, allowing for personalized, on-demand consumption anywhere, anytime, and at a great value. According to Kagan, a media research group of S&P Global Market Intelligence, global digital music paid subscribers are estimated to have grown from 12.1 million in 2012 to 162.5 million in 2018. Similarly, digital video paid subscribers are estimated to have increased in the United States from 37.6 million in 2012 to 167.8 million in 2018.

Desire for Community and Shared Experiences

We believe consumers are increasingly spending on experiences and are seeking meaningful community connections. Within the fitness industry, consumers have migrated to boutique fitness due to personalization, expert instruction, and the sense of community. Boutique-style fitness offerings are the fastest growing brick-and-mortar fitness category. According to IHRSA, as of 2017, 40% of members of health and fitness clubs reported belonging to a boutique fitness studio, and from 2013 to 2017, membership in boutique studios grew approximately 121%.

Demand for Convenience

Household trends, longer working hours, and the rise of mobile technology make it challenging to balance time between family, work, and personal health and wellness. According to the Pew Research Center, over the last few decades, there has been an increase in dual income families from 49% in 1970 to 66% in 2016. We believe that busy lifestyles, less free time, and changing household dynamics are driving demand for convenient fitness options.

What Sets Us Apart

Category-Defining Brand with Broad Appeal

Peloton is the pioneer of connected, technology-enabled fitness. By meshing the physical and digital worlds, we have created an immersive experience that our Members love. We have scaled rapidly through data-driven marketing and education-based

 


 

4

 


Table of Contents

sales efforts. Our marketing is made more efficient by the significant word-of-mouth referrals from our loyal Members, which has become one of our largest sales channels. As a result of strong Connected Fitness Product sales and low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, we have grown our Connected Fitness Subscribers from 35,135 as of June 30, 2016 to 511,202 as of June 30, 2019, representing annualized growth of approximately 144.1%.

We are democratizing access to high-quality boutique fitness by making it accessible and affordable through the compelling value of our unlimited household Connected Fitness Subscriptions and attractive financing programs for the Bike and Tread. We continue to broaden our demographic appeal—our fastest growing demographic segments are consumers under 35 years old and those with household incomes under $75,000.

Growing and Scaled Platform with Network Effects

As the largest interactive fitness platform in the world, our rapidly growing and scaled Member base is a highly strategic asset. With our first mover advantage, we have achieved critical mass, which improves our platform and Member experience. As of June 30, 2019, on average, nearly 6,400 Members participated in each cycling class, across live and on-demand. As our community of Members continues to grow, the Peloton fitness experience becomes more inspiring, more competitive, more immersive, and more connected. Over time, Members are embedded in the Peloton community and we become a part of their lives, increasing the opportunity cost of Members leaving or potential Members not joining our platform.

Engaging-to-the-Point-of-Addictive Fitness Experience Drives High Retention

By making fitness fun and motivating, we help our Members achieve their personal goals. We analyze millions of workouts per month to help us develop features that improve our Member experience and create new, on-trend fitness and wellness content that our Members crave. Engagement is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscribers. We have consistently seen workouts increase over time. On average, our Connected Fitness Subscribers completed 7.5, 8.4, and 11.5 workouts per month in fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. Usage drives value and loyalty, which is evidenced by our exceptional weighted-average 12-month Connected Fitness Subscriber retention rate of 95% across all fiscal year cohorts since fiscal 2016.

Vertically Integrated Platform That is Difficult to Replicate

We are driven by our Members-first obsession and see every Member touchpoint as an opportunity to exceed expectations. To create the best platform, we designed our own products, developed our own interactive software, and created our own high production value fitness and wellness programming. For full end-to-end Member support, we were also compelled to develop our own customer education, purchase and delivery, and services platform. We sell our Connected Fitness Products exclusively through our knowledgeable inside sales and showroom associates as well as our e-commerce site. Our high-touch delivery teams ensure that new Members are immediately set up and ready to work out on their new Bike or Tread. The effectiveness of our end-to-end platform is demonstrated by the high Net Promoter Score for our Bike, which has been within the range of 80 to 93 since we began measuring it in 2016.

Compelling Financial Model

Our financial profile is characterized by high growth, strong retention, recurring revenue, margin expansion, and efficient customer acquisition. Our growth is attributable to our data-driven marketing approach and Member word-of-mouth referrals, both of which help us generate predictable and increasingly efficient Connected Fitness Product sales. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, combined with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, results in attractive Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. We offset customer acquisition costs with the gross profit earned on our Connected Fitness Products, generating rapid payback of sales and marketing investments and robust unit economics.

Founder-Led, Passionate Team

Peloton was founded by John Foley in 2012. Along with his four co-founders, John set out to create the most convenient and immersive indoor cycling experience in the world. Our founders believed deeply that creating a Members-first experience would require Peloton to be as vertically integrated as possible, and so we built teams that span software development, product design, fitness instruction, content production, marketing, music, logistics, retail, and apparel. We believe that no other company is at the intersection of all these disciplines, which means that every day we are doing something that no other company has done before. This, along with the positive impact we have on our Members’ physical and mental well-being, fuels our passion for continuous innovation and progress.

 


 

5

 


Table of Contents

Growth Strategies

Our goal is to rapidly grow our Member base through the sale of our Connected Fitness Products while continuing to engage and retain our scaled and loyal community of Members.

Grow Brand Awareness

We are still in the early stages of growth in our existing markets. As of June 30, 2019, we had sold approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products globally, a small fraction of the 14 million products we believe reflect our SAM. While our aided brand awareness has grown rapidly in the United States and reached 67% as of April 3, 2019, we have significant room to increase our brand and product awareness in both the United States and in our other geographies through television, digital, and social media marketing, as well as our showrooms and word-of-mouth referrals. We continue to broaden our demographic appeal by educating customers on the compelling value of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions.

Continuously Improve Member Experience

We constantly improve and evolve our interactive software and content to drive Member engagement, which helps us maintain our high retention rates as we grow. We deploy new software features frequently and currently produce over 950 original programs per month to keep our content library fresh and on-trend. We also continue to drive usage through innovative fitness and wellness programs and goal-based challenges that make Members feel more accountable and help them reach their personal goals. Total Workouts for our Connected Fitness Subscribers grew from 17.9 million in fiscal 2018 to 52.2 million in fiscal 2019, representing a 192% increase. For a definition of Total Workouts, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

Launch New Products and Expand Content Offering

Over time, we plan to invest heavily in new product development and content to further penetrate our SAM. We will launch new Connected Fitness Products and accessories in our existing, as well as new fitness verticals, while continuously updating and expanding our original fitness and wellness programming. We will pursue new products where there is a large market opportunity in areas of fitness with staying power.

Pursue Disciplined Expansion into New Geographies

With more than 174 million people belonging to gyms globally, we believe there is significant opportunity for Peloton to grow internationally. In 2018, we began our international expansion and brought the Peloton experience to the United Kingdom and Canada. With our expansion into Germany in the winter of 2019, we will be in the largest fitness markets in the world. We will continue to pursue disciplined international expansion by targeting countries with high fitness penetration and spend, the presence of boutique fitness, and where we believe the Peloton value proposition will resonate.

Invest in Our Platform

We will continue to invest in technology and infrastructure to extend our leadership in connected fitness, increase our value proposition, and support our growth. Over the next couple of years, we will continue to invest in state-of-the-art production studios in New York City and London and a new headquarters in New York City, which will include a dedicated research and development facility for new product design, development, and testing. We will continue to invest heavily in a variety of software and hardware engineering functions, supply chain operations, manufacturing, and advanced quality assurance to support our growth.

Increase Profitability Through Fixed Cost Leverage

The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriber base will allow us to improve Subscription Contribution Margin, increase Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value, and generate operating leverage. A significant portion of our content creation costs can be leveraged over time given that a limited number of production studios and instructors can support the future growth of our Subscriber base, which includes both our Connected Fitness and Digital Subscribers. We expect to drive continued efficiencies in sales and marketing expenses as we benefit from increasing brand awareness, word-of-mouth referrals from our growing Subscriber base, and further optimization of our sales and marketing investments by channel. We will also achieve operating leverage as we scale fixed general and administrative expenses, including those associated with our new headquarters in New York City.

 


 

6

 


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this Prospectus Summary. Some of these risks include:

 

   

We have incurred operating losses in the past, expect to incur operating losses in the future, and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future;

 

   

We may be unable to attract and retain Subscribers, which could have an adverse effect on our business and rate of growth;

 

   

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop and introduce new, innovative, and updated products and services in a timely manner or effectively manage the introduction of new or enhanced products and services, our business may be adversely affected;

 

   

The market for our products and services is still in the early stages of growth and if it does not continue to grow, grows more slowly than we expect, or fails to grow as large as we expect, our business, financial condition, and operating results may be adversely affected;

 

   

We have a limited operating history, our past financial results may not be indicative of our future performance, and our revenue growth rate is likely to slow as our business matures;

 

   

We operate in a highly competitive market and we may be unable to compete successfully against existing and future competitors;

 

   

We derive a significant majority of our revenue from sales of our Bike and a decline in sales of our Bike would negatively affect our future revenue and operating results;

 

   

We rely on a limited number of suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners for our Connected Fitness Products and a loss of any of these partners could negatively affect our business;

 

   

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners, which may subject us to significant risks, including the potential inability to produce or obtain quality products & services on a timely basis or in sufficient quantity;

 

   

We depend upon third-party licenses for the use of music in our content and an adverse change to, loss of, or claim that we do not hold necessary licenses may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition;

 

   

Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of the Peloton brand; and

 

   

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the investor relations page on our website (www.onepeloton.com), press releases, public conference calls, and public webcasts.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Corporate Information

We were formed in 2012 as Peloton Interactive, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in March 2015, and through a corporate restructuring in April 2015, Peloton Interactive, LLC merged with and into Peloton Interactive, Inc.

Our principal executive offices are located at 125 West 25th Street, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10001 and our telephone number is (866) 679-9129. Our website address is www.onepeloton.com. The information contained on, or that

 


 

7

 


Table of Contents

can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Peloton,” “Peloton Interactive,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Peloton Interactive, Inc., together with our consolidated subsidiaries.

Peloton, the Peloton logo, Peloton Bike, Peloton Tread, Peloton Digital, and other registered or common law trade names, trademarks, or service marks of Peloton appearing in this prospectus are the property of Peloton. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies that are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor, to these trademarks and tradenames.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (2) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (3) the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 


 

8

 


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares (         shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full)

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.

 

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We primarily intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include research and development and sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions, or businesses that complement our business. However, we do not have binding agreements or commitments for any acquisitions or investments outside the ordinary course of business at this time. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Voting Rights

Shares of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Shares of Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share.

 

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Following the completion of this offering, each share of our Class B common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time and will convert automatically upon

 


 

9

 


Table of Contents
 

certain transfers and upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Class B common stock, (ii) ten years from the closing of this offering, and (iii) the date the shares of Class B common stock cease to represent at least 1% of all outstanding shares of our common stock. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering, with our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates holding         % of the voting power in the aggregate. These stockholders will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change of control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Risk Factors

See the section titled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of some of the factors you should consider before deciding to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market symbol

“PTON”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon zero shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of June 30, 2019 and does not include:

 

   

64,602,124 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.71 per share;

 

   

664,050 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted between June 30, 2019 and August 26, 2019 with an exercise price of $22.05 per share;

 

   

240,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $0.19 per share; and

 

   

                     shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (1) 9,085,593 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Plan, or the 2015 Plan, as of June 30, 2019 (which reserve does not reflect the options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after June 30, 2019), (2)                      shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (3)                      shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Equity Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2019 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2015 Plan. Our 2019 Plan and 2019 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

 


 

10

 


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the amendment to our restated certificate of incorporation to redesignate our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock and create a new class of Class A common stock to be offered and sold in this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2019 into 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding stock options or the outstanding warrant after June 30, 2019;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our restated bylaws, each of which will occur upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

 


 

11

 


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We derived our summary consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019 (except the pro forma share and pro forma net loss per share information) and the summary consolidated balance data as of June 30, 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2018                     2019          
     (in millions, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Revenue:

      

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 183.5     $ 348.6     $ 719.2  

Subscription

     32.5       80.3       181.1  

Other

     2.6       6.2       14.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     218.6       435.0       915.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue(1)(2):

      

Connected Fitness Products

     113.5       195.0       410.8  

Subscription(3)

     29.3       45.5       103.7  

Other

     1.9       4.9       17.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     144.7       245.4       531.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     73.9       189.6       383.6  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development(1)(2)

     13.0       23.4       54.8  

Sales and marketing(1)(2)

     86.0       151.4       324.0  

General and administrative(1)(2)

     45.6       62.4       207.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     144.7       237.1       585.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (70.7     (47.5     (202.3

Other (expense) income, net

     (0.3     (0.3     6.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (71.1     (47.8     (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

           0.1       0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (163.4   $ (47.9   $ (245.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(4)

   $ (5.97   $ (2.18   $ (10.72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(4)

     27,379,789       21,934,228       22,911,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 


 

12

 


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions, except share and per share data)  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)

         $ (0.84
        

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)

           233,552,393  
        

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $      $      $ 0.3  

Subscription

     0.1        0.5        3.2  

Other

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     0.1        0.5        3.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

     0.4        0.8        7.1  

Sales and marketing

     0.4        0.7        8.4  

General and administrative

     9.5        6.5        70.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 10.3      $ 8.5      $ 89.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 0.4      $ 0.3        1.2  

Subscription

     1.2        2.8        11.3  

Other

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     1.6        3.1        12.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

                    

Sales and marketing

     1.0        1.7        4.0  

General and administrative

     1.1        1.8        5.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 3.7      $ 6.6      $ 21.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Included in subscription cost of revenue are content costs for past use as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Content costs for past use(1)

   $ 15.5      $ 14.5      $ 16.4  

 

  (1)

From time-to-time, we execute music royalty agreements with various music rights holders. As part of these go-forward license agreements, we may also enter into agreements whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in our content in exchange for a mutually-agreed payment. We refer to these payments as content costs for past use.

 


 

13

 


Table of Contents
(4)

See Note 16 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of June 30, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
as Adjusted(2)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

   (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 162.1     $ 162.1      $                        

Working capital

     290.9       290.9     

Total assets

     864.5       864.5     

Customer deposits and deferred revenue

     90.8       90.8     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     941.1           

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (538.6     402.5     

 

  (1)

The pro forma column reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2019 into 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock.

 

  (2)

The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the items described in footnote (1) the sale of shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount.

 


 

14

 


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred operating losses in the past, expect to incur operating losses in the future, and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred operating losses each year since our inception in 2012, including net losses of $(71.1) million, $(47.9) million, and $(195.6) million for fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively, and expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. As a result, we had a total stockholders’ deficit of $(538.6) million at June 30, 2019. We expect our operating expenses to increase in the future as we increase our sales and marketing efforts, continue to invest in research and development, expand our operating and retail infrastructure, add content and software features to our platform, expand into new geographies, and develop new Connected Fitness Products. Further, as a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These efforts and additional expenses may be more costly than we expect, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our revenue to offset our operating expenses. Our revenue growth may slow or our revenue may decline for a number of other reasons, including reduced demand for our products and services, increased competition, a decrease in the growth or reduction in size of our overall market, or if we cannot capitalize on growth opportunities. If our revenue does not grow at a greater rate than our operating expenses, we will not be able to achieve and maintain profitability.

We may be unable to attract and retain Subscribers, which could have an adverse effect on our business and rate of growth.

We have experienced significant Subscriber growth over the past several years. Our continued business and revenue growth is dependent on our ability to continuously attract and retain Subscribers, and we cannot be sure that we will be successful in these efforts, or that Subscriber retention levels will not materially decline. There are a number of factors that could lead to a decline in Subscriber levels or that could prevent us from increasing our Subscriber levels, including:

 

   

our failure to introduce new features, products, or services that Members find engaging or our introduction of new products or services, or changes to existing products and services that are not favorably received;

 

   

harm to our brand and reputation;

 

   

pricing and perceived value of our offerings;

 

   

our inability to deliver quality products, content, and services;

 

   

our Members engaging with competitive products and services;

 

   

technical or other problems preventing Members from accessing our content and services in a rapid and reliable manner or otherwise affecting the Member experience;

 

   

unsatisfactory experiences with the delivery, installation, or service of our Connected Fitness Products;

 

   

a decline in the public’s interest in indoor cycling or running, or other fitness disciplines that we invest most heavily in; and

 

   

deteriorating general economic conditions or a change in consumer spending preferences or buying trends.

Additionally, further expansion into international markets such as Canada, the United Kingdom, and Germany will create new challenges in attracting and retaining Subscribers that we may not successfully address. As a result of these factors, we cannot be sure that our Subscriber levels will be adequate to maintain or permit the expansion of our operations. A decline in Subscriber levels could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop and introduce new, innovative, and updated products and services in a timely manner or effectively manage the introduction of new or enhanced products and services, our business may be adversely affected.

Our success in maintaining and increasing our Subscriber base depends on our ability to identify and originate trends as well as to anticipate and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. Our products and services are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we are unable to introduce new or enhanced offerings in a timely manner, or our new or enhanced offerings are not accepted by our Subscribers, our competitors may introduce similar offerings faster than us, which could negatively affect our rate of growth. Moreover, our new offerings may not receive consumer acceptance as preferences could shift rapidly to different types of fitness and wellness offerings or away from these types of offerings altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower subscription rates, lower sales, pricing pressure, lower gross margins, discounting of our existing Connected Fitness Products, and excess inventory levels. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address them will partially depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality offerings. Development of new or enhanced products and services may require significant time and financial investment, which could result in increased costs and a reduction in our profit margins. For example, we have historically incurred higher levels of sales and marketing expenses accompanying each product and service introduction.

Moreover, we must successfully manage introductions of new or enhanced products and services, which could adversely impact the sales of our existing products and services. For instance, consumers may decide to purchase new or enhanced products and services instead of our existing products and services, which could lead to excess product inventory and discounting of our existing products and services.

The market for our products and services is still in the early stages of growth and if it does not continue to grow, grows more slowly than we expect, or fails to grow as large as we expect, our business, financial condition, and operating results may be adversely affected.

The connected fitness and wellness market is relatively new, rapidly growing, largely unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will sustain high levels of demand and achieve wide market acceptance. Our success depends substantially on the willingness of consumers to widely adopt our products and services. To be successful, we will have to educate consumers about our products and services through significant investment, and provide quality content that is superior to the content and experiences provided by our competitors. Additionally, the fitness and wellness market at large is heavily saturated, and the demand for and market acceptance of new products and services in the market is uncertain. It is difficult to predict the future growth rates, if any, and size of our market. We cannot assure you that our market will develop, that the public’s interest in connected fitness and wellness will continue, or that our products and services will be widely adopted. If our market does not develop, develops more slowly than expected, or becomes saturated with competitors, or if our products and services do not achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.

We have a limited operating history and our past financial results may not be indicative of our future performance. Further, our revenue growth rate is likely to slow as our business matures.

We began operations in 2012, shipped our first Bike in 2014, and shipped our first Tread in 2018. We have a limited history of generating revenue. As a result of our short operating history, we have limited financial data that can be used to evaluate our current business. Therefore, our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. In particular, we have experienced periods of high revenue growth since we began selling our Bike that we do not expect to continue as our business matures. Estimates of future revenue growth are subject to many risks and uncertainties and our future revenue may differ materially from our projections. We have encountered, and will continue to encounter, risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including market acceptance of our products and services, attracting and retaining Subscribers, and increasing competition and expenses as we expand our business. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future, and our business may be adversely affected if we do not manage these risks

 

16


Table of Contents

successfully. In addition, we may not achieve sufficient revenue to attain or maintain positive cash flows from operations or profitability in any given period, or at all.

We operate in a highly competitive market and we may be unable to compete successfully against existing and future competitors.

Our products and services are offered in a highly competitive market. We face significant competition in every aspect of our business, including at-home fitness equipment and content, fitness clubs, in-studio fitness classes, and health and wellness apps. Moreover, we expect the competition in our market to intensify in the future as new and existing competitors introduce new or enhanced products and services that compete with ours.

Our competitors may develop, or have already developed, products, features, content, services, or technologies that are similar to ours or that achieve greater acceptance, may undertake more successful product development efforts, create more compelling employment opportunities, or marketing campaigns, or may adopt more aggressive pricing policies. Our competitors may develop or acquire, or have already developed or acquired, intellectual property rights that significantly limit or prevent our ability to compete effectively in the public marketplace. In addition, our competitors may have significantly greater resources than us, allowing them to identify and capitalize more efficiently upon opportunities in new markets and consumer preferences and trends, quickly transition and adapt their products and services, devote greater resources to marketing and advertising, or be better positioned to withstand substantial price competition. If we are not able to compete effectively against our competitors, they may acquire and engage customers or generate revenue at the expense of our efforts, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We derive a significant majority of our revenue from sales of our Bike. A decline in sales of our Bike would negatively affect our future revenue and operating results.

Our Connected Fitness Products are sold in highly competitive markets with limited barriers to entry. Introduction by competitors of comparable products at lower price points, a maturing product lifecycle, a decline in consumer spending, or other factors could result in a decline in our revenue derived from our Connected Fitness Products, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. Because we derive a significant majority of our revenue from the sales of our Bike, any material decline in sales of our Bike would have a pronounced impact on our future revenue and operating results.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners for our Connected Fitness Products. A loss of any of these partners could negatively affect our business.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers to manufacture and transport our Connected Fitness Products, including in some cases only a single supplier for some of our products and components. Our reliance on a limited number of manufacturers for each of our Connected Fitness Products increases our risks, since we do not currently have alternative or replacement manufacturers beyond these key parties. In the event of interruption from any of our manufacturers, we may not be able to increase capacity from other sources or develop alternate or secondary sources without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays. Furthermore, all of these manufacturers’ primary facilities are located in Taiwan. Thus, our business could be adversely affected if one or more of our suppliers is impacted by a natural disaster or other interruption at a particular location.

If we experience a significant increase in demand for our Connected Fitness Products, or if we need to replace an existing supplier or partner, we may be unable to supplement or replace them on terms that are acceptable to us, which may undermine our ability to deliver our products to Members in a timely manner. For example, it may take a significant amount of time to identify a manufacturer that has the capability and resources to build our products to our specifications in sufficient volume. Identifying suitable suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners is an extensive process that requires us to become satisfied with their quality control, technical capabilities, responsiveness and service, financial stability, regulatory compliance, and labor and other ethical practices. Accordingly, a loss of any of our significant suppliers, manufactures, or logistics partners could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

17


Table of Contents

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners, which may subject us to significant risks, including the potential inability to produce or obtain quality products and services on a timely basis or in sufficient quantity.

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners, which subjects us to risks, such as the following:

 

   

inability to satisfy demand for our Connected Fitness Products;

 

   

reduced control over delivery timing and product reliability;

 

   

reduced ability to monitor the manufacturing process and components used in our Connected Fitness Products;

 

   

limited ability to develop comprehensive manufacturing specifications that take into account any materials shortages or substitutions;

 

   

variance in the manufacturing capability of our third-party manufacturers;

 

   

price increases;

 

   

failure of a significant supplier, manufacturer, or logistics partner to perform its obligations to us for technical, market, or other reasons;

 

   

variance in the quality of last mile services provided by our third-party logistics partners;

 

   

difficulties in establishing additional supplier, manufacturer, or logistics partner relationships if we experience difficulties with our existing suppliers, manufacturers, or logistics partners;

 

   

shortages of materials or components;

 

   

misappropriation of our intellectual property;

 

   

exposure to natural catastrophes, political unrest, terrorism, labor disputes, and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries in which our Connected Fitness Products are manufactured or the components thereof are sourced;

 

   

changes in local economic conditions in the jurisdictions where our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics partners are located;

 

   

the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to labor conditions, quality and safety standards, imports, duties, tariffs, taxes, and other charges on imports, as well as trade restrictions and restrictions on currency exchange or the transfer of funds; and

 

   

insufficient warranties and indemnities on components supplied to our manufacturers or performance by our partners.

We also rely on our logistics partners, including last mile warehouse and delivery partners, to complete a substantial percentage of our deliveries to customers, with the rest of the deliveries handled by our own last mile team. Our primary last mile partner relies on a network of independent contractors to perform last mile services for us in many markets. If any of these independent contractors, or the last mile partner as a whole, do not perform their obligations or meet the expectations of us or our Members, our reputation and business could suffer.

The occurrence of any of these risks, especially during seasons of peak demand, could cause us to experience a significant disruption in our ability to produce and deliver our products to our customers.

We depend upon third-party licenses for the use of music in our content. An adverse change to, loss of, or claim that we do not hold necessary licenses may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Music is an important element of the overall content that we make available to our Members. To secure the rights to use music in our content, we enter into agreements to obtain licenses from rights holders such as record labels, music publishers, performing rights organizations, collecting societies, artists, and other copyright owners or their agents. We pay royalties to such parties or their agents around the world.

The process of obtaining licenses involves identifying and negotiating with many rights holders, some of whom are unknown or difficult to identify, and implicates a myriad of complex and evolving legal issues across many jurisdictions, including open questions of law as to when and whether particular licenses are needed. Rights holders also may attempt to

 

18


Table of Contents

take advantage of their market power to seek onerous financial terms from us. Our relationship with certain rights holders may deteriorate. Artists and/or artist groups may object and may exert public or private pressure on rights holders to discontinue or to modify license terms. Additionally, there is a risk that aspiring rights holders, their agents, or legislative or regulatory bodies will create or attempt to create new rights that could require us to enter into new license agreements with, and pay royalties to, newly defined groups of rights holders, some of which may be difficult or impossible to identify.

With respect to musical compositions, in addition to obtaining publishing rights, we generally need to obtain separate public performance rights. In the United States, public performance rights are typically obtained through intermediaries known as performing rights organizations, or PROs, which (a) issue blanket licenses with copyright users for the public performance of compositions in their repertory, (b) collect royalties under those licenses, and (c) distribute such royalties to copyright owners. We have agreements with each of the following PROs in the United States: the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or ASCAP, and Broadcast Music, Inc., or BMI, Global Music Rights, and SESAC. The royalty rates available to us from the PROs today may not be available to us in the future. Licenses provided by ASCAP and BMI currently are governed by consent decrees, which were issued by the U.S. Department of Justice in an effort to curb anti-competitive conduct. Removal of or changes to the terms or interpretation of these agreements could affect our ability to obtain licenses from these PROs on current and/or otherwise favorable terms, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

In other parts of the world, including in Canada and Europe, we obtain licenses for musical compositions either through local collecting societies representing publishers, or from publishers directly, or a combination thereof. We cannot guarantee that our licenses with collecting societies and our direct licenses with publishers provide full coverage for all of the musical compositions we use in our service in the countries in which we operate, or that we may enter in the future. Publishers, songwriters, and other rights holders who choose not to be represented by major or independent publishing companies or collecting societies have, and could in the future, adversely impact our ability to secure licensing arrangements in connection with musical compositions that such rights holders own or control, and could increase the risk of liability for copyright infringement.

Although we expend significant resources to seek to comply with the statutory, regulatory, and judicial frameworks, we cannot guarantee that we currently hold, or will always hold, every necessary right to use all of the music that is used on our service, and we cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating any third-party intellectual property rights, or that we will not do so in the future.

These challenges, and others concerning the licensing of music on our platform, may subject us to significant liability for copyright infringement, breach of contract, or other claims. For additional information, see the section titled “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of the Peloton brand.

We believe that our brand is important to attracting and retaining Members. Maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our brand depends largely on the success of our marketing efforts, ability to provide consistent, high-quality products, services, features, content, and support, and our ability to successfully secure, maintain, and defend our rights to use the “Peloton” mark, our “P” logo, and other trademarks important to our brand. We believe that the importance of our brand will increase as competition further intensifies and brand promotion activities may require substantial expenditures. Our brand could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Unfavorable publicity about us, including our products, services, technology, customer service, content, personnel, and suppliers could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our products and services. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement and loyalty of our Member base and result in decreased revenue, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We have grown rapidly in recent years and have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, our brand, company culture, and financial performance may suffer.

We have expanded our operations rapidly and have limited operating experience at our current size. For example, between June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2019, our employee headcount increased from 443 to 1,950, and we expect headcount growth

 

19


Table of Contents

to continue for the foreseeable future. Further, as we grow, our business becomes increasingly complex. To effectively manage and capitalize on our growth, we must continue to expand our sales and marketing, focus on innovative product and content development, upgrade our management information systems and other processes, and obtain more space for our expanding staff. Our continued growth could strain our existing resources, and we could experience ongoing operating difficulties in managing our business across numerous jurisdictions, including difficulties in hiring, training, and managing a diffuse and growing employee base. Failure to scale and preserve our company culture with growth could harm our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. Moreover, the vertically integrated nature of our business, where we design our own Connected Fitness Products, develop our own software, produce original fitness and wellness programming, sell our products exclusively through our own sales teams and e-commerce site, and deliver and service our Connected Fitness Products, exposes us to risk and disruption at many points that are critical to successfully operating our business and may make it more difficult for us to scale our business. If we do not adapt to meet these evolving challenges, or if our management team does not effectively scale with our growth, we may experience erosion to our brand, the quality of our products and services may suffer, and our company culture may be harmed.

Our growth strategy contemplates a significant increase in our advertising and other marketing spending and expanding our retail showroom presence. Many of our existing retail showrooms are relatively new and we cannot assure you that these showrooms or that future showrooms will generate revenue and cash flow comparable with those generated by our more mature locations, especially as we move to new geographic markets. Further, many of our retail showrooms are leased pursuant to multi-year short-term leases, and our ability to negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or for a lease renewal option may depend on factors that are not within our control. We may also open additional production studios as we expand internationally, which will require significant additional investment. Successful implementation of our growth strategy will require significant expenditures before any substantial associated revenue is generated and we cannot guarantee that these increased investments will result in corresponding and offsetting revenue growth.

Because we have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, it is difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. Our limited operating experience at this scale, combined with the rapidly evolving nature of the market in which we sell our products and services, substantial uncertainty concerning how these markets may develop, and other economic factors beyond our control, reduces our ability to accurately forecast quarterly or annual revenue. Failure to manage our future growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We cannot compel third parties to license their music to us, and our business may be adversely affected if our access to music is limited. The concentration of control of content by major music licensors means that the actions of one or a few licensors may adversely affect our ability to provide our service.

We enter into license agreements to obtain rights to use music in our service, including with major record companies (Sony Music Entertainment, Universal Music Group, and Warner Music Group), independent record labels, major music publishers (Sony/ATV Music Publishing, Universal Music Publishing Group, and Warner/Chappell Music), and independent music publishers and administrators who collectively hold the rights to a significant number of sound recordings and musical compositions.

Comprehensive and accurate ownership information for the musical compositions embodied in sound recordings is sometimes unavailable, or in some cases, impossible to obtain if withheld by the owners or administrators of such rights. In some cases, we obtain ownership information directly from music publishers, and in other cases we rely on the assistance of third parties to determine ownership information.

If the information provided to us or obtained by such third parties does not comprehensively or accurately identify the ownership of musical compositions, or if we are unable to determine which musical compositions correspond to specific sound recordings, it becomes difficult or impossible to identify the appropriate rights holders to whom to pay royalties. This may make it difficult to comply with the obligations of any agreements with those rights holders or to secure the appropriate licenses with all necessary parties.

Given the high level of content concentration in the music industry, the market power of a few licensors, and the lack of transparent ownership information for compositions, we may be unable to license a large amount of music or the music of certain popular artists, and our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially harmed.

 

20


Table of Contents

We are a party to many music license agreements that are complex and impose numerous obligations upon us that may make it difficult to operate our business, and a breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our license agreements are complex and impose numerous obligations on us, including obligations to, among other things:

 

   

calculate and make payments based on complex royalty structures, which requires tracking usage of content in our service that may have inaccurate or incomplete metadata necessary for such calculation;

 

   

provide periodic reports on the exploitation of the content in specified formats;

 

   

represent that we will obtain all necessary publishing licenses and consents and pay all associated fees, royalties, and other amounts due for the licensing of musical compositions;

 

   

comply with certain marketing and advertising restrictions;

 

   

grant the licensor the right to audit our compliance with the terms of such agreements; and

 

   

comply with certain security and technical specifications.

Certain of our license agreements also contain minimum guarantees or require that we make minimum guarantee or advance payments, which are not always tied to our number of Subscribers or stream counts for music used in our service. Accordingly, our ability to achieve and sustain profitability and operating leverage in part depends on our ability to increase our revenue through increased sales of Subscriptions on terms that maintain an adequate gross margin. Our license agreements that contain minimum guarantees typically have terms of between one and three years, but our Subscribers may cancel their subscriptions at any time. We rely on estimates to forecast whether such minimum guarantees and advances against royalties could be recouped against our actual content costs incurred over the term of the license agreement. To the extent that our estimates underperform relative to our expectations, and our content costs do not exceed such minimum guarantees and advance payments, our margins may be adversely affected.

Some of our license agreements also include so-called “most-favored nations” provisions, which require that certain terms (including material financial terms) are no less favorable than those provided to any similarly situated licensor. If agreements are amended or new agreements are entered into on more favorable terms, these most-favored nations provisions could cause our payment or other obligations to escalate substantially. Additionally, some of our license agreements require consent to undertake new business initiatives utilizing the licensed content (e.g., alternative distribution models), and without such consent, our ability to undertake new business initiatives may be limited and our competitive position could be impacted.

If we breach any obligations in any of our license agreements, or if we use content in ways that are found to exceed the scope of such agreements, we could be subject to monetary penalties or claims of infringement, and our rights under such agreements could be terminated.

In the past, we have entered into agreements that required us to make substantial payments to licensors to resolve instances of past use at the same time that we enter into go-forward licenses. These agreements may also include most-favored nations provisions. If triggered, these most favored nations provisions could cause our payments or other obligations under those agreements to escalate substantially. If we need to enter into additional similar agreements in the future, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our business is affected by seasonality.

Our business has historically been influenced by seasonal trends common to traditional retail selling periods, and we generate a disproportionate amount of sales activity related to our Connected Fitness Products during the period from November through February due in large part to seasonal holiday demand, New Year’s resolutions, and cold weather. For example, we generated approximately 64%, 63%, and 63% of our full fiscal year total revenue during the second and third quarters of fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. Accordingly, adverse events that occur during these months could have a disproportionate effect on our operating results for the entire fiscal year. Moreover, as a result of higher sales during the period from November through February, our working capital needs are greater during the second and third quarters of the fiscal year. As a result of quarterly fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of our operating results

 

21


Table of Contents

across different fiscal quarters may not be accurate indicators of our future performance. Furthermore, our rapid growth in recent years may obscure the extent to which seasonality trends have affected our business and may continue to affect our business. Accordingly, yearly or quarterly comparisons of our operating results may not be useful and our results in any particular period will not necessarily be indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. Seasonality in our business can also be affected by introductions of new or enhanced products and services, including the costs associated with such introductions.

Our passion and focus on delivering a high-quality and engaging Peloton experience may not maximize short-term financial results, which may yield results that conflict with the market’s expectations and could result in our stock price being negatively affected.

We are passionate about continually enhancing the Peloton experience with a focus on driving long-term Member engagement through innovation, immersive content, technologically advanced Connected Fitness Products, and community support, which may not necessarily maximize short-term financial results. We frequently make business decisions that may reduce our short-term financial results if we believe that the decisions are consistent with our goals to improve the Peloton experience, which we believe will improve our financial results over the long term. These decisions may not be consistent with the short-term expectations of our stockholders and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our membership growth and Member engagement, and our business, financial condition, and operating results could be harmed.

Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.

We offer complex hardware and software products and services that can be affected by design and manufacturing defects. Sophisticated operating system software and applications, such as those offered by us, often have issues that can unexpectedly interfere with the intended operation of hardware or software products. Defects may also exist in components and products that we source from third parties. Any such defects could make our products and services unsafe, create a risk of environmental or property damage and personal injury, and subject us to the hazards and uncertainties of product liability claims and related litigation. In addition, from time to time we may experience outages, service slowdowns, or errors that affect our fitness and wellness programming. As a result, our services may not perform as anticipated and may not meet customer expectations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to detect and fix all issues and defects in the hardware, software, and services we offer. Failure to do so could result in widespread technical and performance issues affecting our products and services and could lead to claims against us. We maintain general liability insurance; however, design and manufacturing defects, and claims related thereto, may subject us to judgments or settlements that result in damages materially in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. In addition, we may be exposed to recalls, product replacements or modifications, write-offs of inventory, property, plant and equipment, or intangible assets, and significant warranty and other expenses such as litigation costs and regulatory fines. If we cannot successfully defend any large claim, maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms, or maintain adequate coverage against potential claims, our financial results could be adversely impacted. Further, quality problems could adversely affect the experience for users of our products and services, and result in harm to our reputation, loss of competitive advantage, poor market acceptance, reduced demand for our products and services, delay in new product and service introductions, and lost revenue.

If we fail to offer high-quality Member support, our business and reputation will suffer.

Once our Connected Fitness Products are purchased, our Members rely on our high-touch delivery and set up service to deliver and install their equipment in a professional and efficient manner. Our Members also rely on our support services to resolve any issues related to the use of our Connected Fitness Products and content. Providing a high-quality Member experience is vital to our success in generating word-of-mouth referrals to drive sales and for retaining existing Members. The importance of high-quality support will increase as we expand our business and introduce new products and services. If we do not help our Members quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our reputation may suffer and our ability to retain and attract Members, or to sell additional products and services to existing Members, could be harmed.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes these metrics difficult to predict.

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Additionally, our limited operating history makes it difficult to forecast our future results. As a result, you should not rely on our past quarterly operating results as indicators of future performance. You should take into account the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving markets. Our financial condition and operating results in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which we are unable to predict or are outside of our control, including:

 

   

the continued market acceptance of, and the growth of the connected fitness and wellness market;

 

   

our ability to maintain and attract new Subscribers;

 

   

our development and improvement of the quality of the Peloton experience, including, enhancing existing and creating new Connected Fitness Products, services, technology, features, and content;

 

   

the continued development and upgrading of our proprietary technology platform;

 

   

the timing and success of new product, service, feature, and content introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our market;

 

   

pricing pressure as a result of competition or otherwise;

 

   

delays or disruptions in our supply chain;

 

   

errors in our forecasting of the demand for our products and services, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs, or both;

 

   

increases in marketing, sales, and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;

 

   

the ability to maintain and open new showrooms;

 

   

the continued maintenance and expansion of last mile delivery and maintenance services for our Connected Fitness Products;

 

   

successful expansion into international markets, including Canada, the United Kingdom, and Germany;

 

   

seasonal fluctuations in subscriptions and usage of Connected Fitness Products by our Members, each of which may change as our products and services evolve or as our business grows;

 

   

the diversification and growth of our revenue sources;

 

   

our ability to maintain gross margins and operating margins;

 

   

constraints on the availability of consumer financing or increased down payment requirements to finance purchases of our Connected Fitness Products;

 

   

system failures or breaches of security or privacy;

 

   

adverse litigation judgments, settlements, or other litigation-related costs, including content costs for past use;

 

   

changes in the legislative or regulatory environment, including with respect to privacy, consumer product safety, and advertising, or enforcement by government regulators, including fines, orders, or consent decrees;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in the proportion of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies;

 

   

changes in our effective tax rate;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations, or principles; and

 

   

changes in business or macroeconomic conditions, including lower consumer confidence, recessionary conditions, increased unemployment rates, or stagnant or declining wages.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations, the market price of our Class A common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

 

23


Table of Contents

We rely on access to our production studios and the creativity of our fitness instructors to generate our class content. If we are unable to access or use our studios or if we are unable to attract and retain high-quality fitness instructors, we may not be able to generate interesting and attractive content for our classes.

All of the fitness and wellness content offered on our platform is produced in one of our four production studios, three of which are located in New York City. Due to our reliance on a limited number of studios in a concentrated location, any incident involving our studios, or affecting New York City at-large, could render our studios inaccessible or unusable and could inhibit our ability to produce and deliver new fitness and wellness content for our Members. Production of the fitness and wellness content on our platform is further reliant on the creativity of our fitness instructors who, with the support of our production team, plan and lead our classes. Our standard employment contract with our fitness instructors has a fixed, multi-year term, however, our instructors may leave Peloton prior to the end of their contracts. If we are unable to attract or retain creative and experienced instructors, we may not be able to generate content on a scale or of a quality sufficient to grow our business. If we fail to produce and provide our Members with interesting and attractive content led by instructors who they can relate to, then our business, financial condition, and operating results may be adversely affected.

We plan to expand into international markets, which will expose us to significant risks.

We are currently expanding our operations to other countries, which requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic, and political risks in addition to those we already face in the United States. There are significant risks and costs inherent in doing business in international markets, including:

 

   

difficulty establishing and managing international operations and the increased operations, travel, infrastructure, including establishment of local delivery service and customer service operations, and legal compliance costs associated with locations in different countries or regions;

 

   

the need to vary pricing and margins to effectively compete in international markets;

 

   

the need to adapt and localize products for specific countries, including obtaining rights to third-party intellectual property, including music, used in each country;

 

   

increased competition from local providers of similar products and services;

 

   

the ability to protect and enforce intellectual property rights abroad;

 

   

the need to offer content and customer support in various languages;

 

   

difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in other jurisdictions;

 

   

compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or U.K. Bribery Act, by us, our employees, and our business partners;

 

   

complexity and other risks associated with current and future legal requirements in other countries, including legal requirements related to consumer protection, consumer product safety, and data privacy frameworks, such as the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation;

 

   

varying levels of internet technology adoption and infrastructure, and increased or varying network and hosting service provider costs;

 

   

tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules, as well as tax consequences;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the requirements of currency control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit conversion of other currencies into U.S. dollars; and

 

   

political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region in which we operate, including, for example, the effects of “Brexit,” which could have an adverse impact on our operations in that location.

We have limited experience with international regulatory environments and market practices and may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in the markets we choose to enter. In addition, we may incur significant expenses as a result of our international expansion, and we may not be successful. We may face limited brand recognition in certain parts of the world that could lead to non-acceptance or delayed acceptance of our products and services by consumers in new markets. We may also face challenges to acceptance of our fitness and wellness content in new markets. Our failure to successfully manage these risks could harm our international operations and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

24


Table of Contents

Increases in component costs, long lead times, supply shortages, and supply changes could disrupt our supply chain and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Meeting customer demand partially depends on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of components for our Connected Fitness Products. All of the components that go into the manufacturing of our Connected Fitness Products are sourced from a limited number of third-party suppliers, and some of these components are provided by a single supplier. Our manufacturers generally purchase these components on our behalf, subject to certain approved supplier lists, and we do not have long-term arrangements with most of our component suppliers. We are therefore subject to the risk of shortages and long lead times in the supply of these components and the risk that our suppliers discontinue or modify components used in our Connected Fitness Products. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in design, quantities, and delivery schedules. We may in the future experience component shortages, and the predictability of the availability of these components may be limited. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from suppliers of these components, we may not be able to develop alternate sources in a timely manner. Developing alternate sources of supply for these components may be time-consuming, difficult, and costly and we may not be able to source these components on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, which may undermine our ability to fill our orders in a timely manner. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any of these parts or components, or the inability to obtain these parts or components from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, would harm our ability to meet our scheduled Connected Fitness Product deliveries to our customers.

Moreover, volatile economic conditions may make it more likely that our suppliers may be unable to timely deliver supplies, or at all, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to timely locate alternative suppliers of comparable quality at an acceptable price. Further, since the beginning of 2018, there has been increasing rhetoric, in some cases coupled with legislative or executive action, from several U.S. and foreign leaders regarding tariffs against foreign imports of certain materials. Several of the components that go into the manufacturing of our Connected Fitness Products are sourced internationally, including from China, where the United States has imposed tariffs on specified products imported therefrom following the U.S. Trade Representative Section 301 Investigation. These tariffs have an impact on our component costs and have the potential to have an even greater impact depending on the outcome of the current trade negotiations, which have been protracted and recently resulted in increases in U.S. tariff rates on specified products from China. Increases in our component costs could have a material effect on our gross margins. The loss of a significant supplier, an increase in component costs, or delays or disruptions in the delivery of components, could adversely impact our ability to generate future revenue and earnings and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Any major disruption or failure of our information technology systems or websites, or our failure to successfully implement upgrades and new technology effectively, could adversely affect our business and operations.

Certain of our information technology systems are designed and maintained by us and are critical for the efficient functioning of our business, including the manufacture and distribution of our Connected Fitness Products, online sales of our Connected Fitness Products, and the ability of our Members to access content on our platform. Our rapid growth has, in certain instances, strained these systems. As we grow, we continue to implement modifications and upgrades to our systems, and these activities subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with replacing and upgrading these systems, including, but not limited to, impairment of our ability to fulfill customer orders and other disruptions in our business operations. Further, our system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. If we fail to successfully implement modifications and upgrades or expand the functionality of our information technology systems, we could experience increased costs associated with diminished productivity and operating inefficiencies related to the flow of goods through our supply chain.

In addition, any unexpected technological interruptions to our systems or websites would disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain, sell our Connected Fitness Products online, provide services to our Members, and otherwise adequately serve our Members.

Online sales of our Connected Fitness Products through www.onepeloton.com represented over 50% of our units sold in the U.S. for fiscal 2019. The operation of our direct to consumer e-commerce business through our website depends on our ability to maintain the efficient and uninterrupted operation of online order-taking and fulfillment operations. Any system interruptions or delays could prevent potential customers from purchasing our Connected Fitness Products.

 

25


Table of Contents

Moreover, the ability of our Members to access the content on our platform could be diminished by a number of factors, including Members’ inability to access the internet, the failure of our network or software systems, security breaches, or variability in Member traffic for our platform. Platform failures would be most impactful if they occurred during peak platform use periods, which generally occur before and after standard work hours. During these peak periods, there are a significant number of Members concurrently accessing our platform and if we are unable to provide uninterrupted access, our Members’ perception of our platform’s reliability may be damaged, our revenue could be reduced, our reputation could be harmed, and we may be required to issue credits or refunds, or risk losing Members.

In the event we experience significant disruptions, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and manufacturers, based on our estimates of future demand for particular products and services. Failure to accurately forecast our needs may result in manufacturing delays or increased costs. Our ability to accurately forecast demand could be affected by many factors, including changes in consumer demand for our products and services, changes in demand for the products and services of our competitors, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. This risk may be exacerbated by the fact that we may not carry a significant amount of inventory and may not be able to satisfy short-term demand increases. If we fail to accurately forecast consumer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.

Inventory levels in excess of consumer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margins to suffer and could impair the strength and premium nature of our brand. Further, lower than forecasted demand could also result in excess manufacturing capacity or reduced manufacturing efficiencies, which could result in lower margins. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand, our suppliers and manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements or we may be subject to higher costs in order to secure the necessary production capacity. An inability to meet consumer demand and delays in the delivery of our products to our customers could result in reputational harm and damaged customer relationships and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our Connected Fitness Products and subscriptions, our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our Bike, Tread, and subscription services, whether due to competitive pressure or otherwise, our gross margins could be significantly reduced. Further, our decisions around the development of new products and services are grounded in assumptions about eventual pricing levels. If there is price compression in the market after these decisions are made, it could have a negative effect on our business.

Our revenue could decline due to changes in credit markets and decisions made by credit providers.

Historically, a majority of our customers have financed their purchase of our Connected Fitness Products through third-party credit providers with whom we have existing relationships. If we are unable to maintain our relationships with our financing partners, there is no guarantee that we will be able to find replacement partners who will provide our customers with financing on similar terms, and our ability to sell our Connected Fitness Products may be adversely affected. Further, reductions in consumer lending and the availability of consumer credit could limit the number of customers with the financial means to purchase our products. Higher interest rates could increase our costs or the monthly payments for consumer products financed through other sources of consumer financing. In the future, we cannot be assured that third-party financing providers will continue to provide consumers with access to credit or that available credit limits will not be reduced. Such restrictions or reductions in the availability of consumer credit, or the loss of our relationship with our current financing partners, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, and operating results.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our future success depends on the continuing efforts of our key employees and our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel and senior management.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to identify, attract, develop, integrate, and retain qualified and highly skilled personnel, including senior management, engineers, producers, designers, product managers, logistics and supply chain personnel, retail managers, and fitness instructors. In particular, we are highly dependent on the services of John Foley, our Chief Executive Officer and co-founder, who is critical to the development of our business, future vision, and strategic direction. We also heavily rely on the continued service and performance of our senior management team, which provides leadership, contributes to the core areas of our business and helps us to efficiently execute our business. Also imperative to our success are our fitness instructors, who we rely on to bring new, exciting, and innovative fitness and wellness content to our platform, and who act as brand ambassadors. If the senior management team, including any new hires that we make, fails to work together effectively and to execute our plans and strategies on a timely basis then our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

Additionally, the loss of any key personnel could make it more difficult to manage our operations and research and development activities, reduce our employee retention and revenue, and impair our ability to compete. Although we have entered into employment offer letters with our key personnel, these agreements have no specific duration and constitute at-will employment. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees.

Competition for highly skilled personnel is often intense, especially in New York City, where we have a substantial presence and need for highly skilled personnel. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating, or retaining qualified personnel to fulfill our current or future needs. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our Class A common stock declines, it may adversely affect our ability to hire or retain highly skilled employees. In addition, we may periodically change our equity compensation practices, which may include reducing the number of employees eligible for equity awards or reducing the size of equity awards granted per employee. If we are unable to attract, integrate, or retain the qualified and highly skilled personnel required to fulfill our current or future needs, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

If we cannot maintain our “One Peloton” culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, and passion that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component of our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our “One Peloton” culture, which is based on the idea that if we work together, we will be more efficient and perform better because of one another. As we continue to grow, including geographically expanding our presence outside of our headquarters in New York City, and developing the infrastructure associated with being a public company, we will need to maintain our “One Peloton” culture among a larger number of employees, dispersed across various geographic regions. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

We have a limited operating history with which to evaluate and predict the profitability of our subscription model. Additionally, we may introduce new revenue models in the future.

The majority of our Subscribers are on month-to-month subscription terms and may cancel their subscriptions at any time. We have limited historical data with respect to rates of Subscriber subscription renewals, so we may be unable to accurately predict customer renewal rates. Additionally, prior renewal rates may not accurately predict future Subscriber renewal rates for a variety of reasons, such as Subscribers’ dissatisfaction with our offerings and the cost of our subscriptions, macroeconomic conditions, or new offering introductions by us or our competitors. If our Subscribers do not renew their subscriptions, our revenue may decline and our business will suffer.

Furthermore, in the future, we may offer new subscription products, implement promotions, or replace or modify current subscription models, any of which could result in additional costs. It is unknown how our Subscribers will react to new models and whether the costs or logistics of implementing these models will adversely impact our business. If the adoption of new revenue models adversely impacts our Subscriber relationships, then Subscriber growth, Subscriber engagement, and our business, financial condition, and operating results could be harmed.

 

27


Table of Contents

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services, and brand.

Our success depends in large part on our proprietary technology and our patents, trade secrets, trademarks, and other intellectual property rights. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of trademark, trade dress, domain name, copyright, trade secret and patent laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, contractors, consultants, and third parties with whom we have relationships, to establish and protect our brand and other intellectual property rights. However, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. There can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products, services, or technologies that are substantially similar to ours and that compete with our business.

Effective protection of patents, trademarks, and domain names is expensive and difficult to maintain, both in terms of application and registration costs as well as the costs of defending and enforcing those rights. As we have grown, we have sought to obtain and protect our intellectual property rights in an increasing number of countries, a process that can be expensive and may not always be successful. For example, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural requirements to complete the patent application process and to maintain issued patents, and noncompliance or non-payment could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in a relevant jurisdiction. Further, intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products and services are available. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against certain third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit.

In order to protect our brand and intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously damage our brand and our business.

We have been, and in the future may be, sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our market, and litigation, based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property, is frequent in the fitness and technology industries. Furthermore, it is common for individuals and groups to purchase patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement to extract settlements from companies like ours. Our use of third-party content, including music content, software, and other intellectual property rights may be subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation. We cannot guarantee that our internally developed or acquired technologies and content do not or will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties may claim that we are infringing upon or misappropriating their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our platform or services or using certain technologies, force us to implement expensive work-arounds, or impose other unfavorable terms. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the market for fitness products and services grows. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from infringement claims could increase and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources. Further, during the course of any litigation, we may make announcements regarding the results of hearings and motions, and other interim developments. If securities analysts and investors regard these announcements as negative, the market price of our Class A common stock may decline. Even if intellectual property claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and require significant expenditures. Any of the foregoing could prevent us from competing effectively and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

 

28


Table of Contents

We rely heavily on third parties for most of our computing, storage, processing, and similar services. Any disruption of or interference with our use of these third-party services could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We have outsourced our cloud infrastructure to third-party providers, and we currently use these providers to host and stream our services and content. We are therefore vulnerable to service interruptions experienced by these providers and we expect to experience interruptions, delays, or outages in service availability in the future due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human, hardware or software errors, hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints. Outages and capacity constraints could arise from a number of causes such as technical failures, natural disasters, fraud, or security attacks. The level of service provided by these providers, or regular or prolonged interruptions in that service, could also affect the use of, and our Members’ satisfaction with, our products and services and could harm our business and reputation. In addition, hosting costs will increase as membership engagement grows, which could harm our business if we are unable to grow our revenue faster than the cost of using these services or the services of similar providers.

Furthermore, our providers have broad discretion to change and interpret the terms of service and other policies with respect to us, and those actions may be unfavorable to our business operations. Our providers may also take actions beyond our control that could seriously harm our business, including discontinuing or limiting our access to one or more services, increasing pricing terms, terminating or seeking to terminate our contractual relationship altogether, or altering how we are able to process data in a way that is unfavorable or costly to us. Although we expect that we could obtain similar services from other third parties, if our arrangements with our current providers were terminated, we could experience interruptions on our platform and in our ability to make our content available to Members, as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging for alternative cloud infrastructure services.

Any of these factors could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability, and cause our Subscribers to decline to renew their subscriptions, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

In addition, customers of certain of our providers have been subject to litigation by third parties claiming that the service and basic HTTP functions infringe their patents. If we become subject to such claims, although we expect our provider to indemnify us with respect to at least a portion of such claims, the litigation may be time consuming, divert management’s attention, and, if our provider failed to indemnify us, adversely impact our operating results.

We face risks, such as unforeseen costs and potential liability in connection with content we produce, license, and distribute through our platform.

As a producer and distributor of content, we face potential liability for negligence, copyright, and trademark infringement, or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we produce, license, and distribute. We also may face potential liability for content used in promoting our service, including marketing materials. We may decide to remove content from our service, not to place certain content on our service, or to discontinue or alter our production of certain types of content if we believe such content might not be well received by our Members or could be damaging to our brand and business.

To the extent we do not accurately anticipate costs or mitigate risks, including for content that we obtain but ultimately does not appear on or is removed from our service, or if we become liable for content we produce, license or distribute, our business may suffer. Litigation to defend these claims could be costly and the expenses and damages arising from any liability could harm our results of operations. We may not be indemnified against claims or costs of these types and we may not have insurance coverage for these types of claims.

Some of our products and services contain open source software, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary software, technologies, products, and services in a manner that could harm our business.

We use open source software in our products and services and anticipate using open source software in the future. Some open source software licenses require those who distribute open source software as part of their own software product to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software product or to make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject

 

29


Table of Contents

have not been interpreted by U.S or foreign courts, and there is a risk that open source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our products or services. Additionally, we could face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, purchase a costly license, or cease offering the implicated products or services unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require us to expend significant additional research and development resources, and we cannot guarantee that we will be successful.

Additionally, the use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. There is typically no support available for open source software, and we cannot ensure that the authors of such open source software will implement or push updates to address security risks or will not abandon further development and maintenance. Many of the risks associated with the use of open source software, such as the lack of warranties or assurances of title or performance, cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business. We have processes to help alleviate these risks, including a review process for screening requests from our developers for the use of open source software, but we cannot be sure that all open source software is identified or submitted for approval prior to use in our products and services. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our Member engagement on mobile devices depends upon effective operation with mobile operating systems, networks, and standards that we do not control.

A significant and growing portion of our Members access our platform through Peloton Digital and there is no guarantee that popular mobile devices will continue to support Peloton Digital or that mobile device users will use Peloton Digital rather than competing products. We are dependent on the interoperability of Peloton Digital with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Android and iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade the functionality of our digital offering or give preferential treatment to competitors could adversely affect our platform’s usage on mobile devices. Additionally, in order to deliver high-quality mobile content, it is important that our digital offering is designed effectively and works well with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks, and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks, or standards. In the event that it is more difficult for our Members to access and use our platform on their mobile devices or Members find our mobile offerings do not effectively meet their needs, our competitors develop products and services that are perceived to operate more effectively on mobile devices, or if our Members choose not to access or use our platform on their mobile devices or use mobile products that do not offer access to our platform, our Member growth and Member engagement could be adversely impacted.

We collect, store, process, and use personal information and other Member data, which subjects us to legal obligations and laws and regulations related to security and privacy, and any actual or perceived failure to meet those obligations could harm our business.

We collect, process, store, and use a wide variety of data from current and prospective Members, including personal information, such as home addresses and geolocation. Federal, state, and international laws and regulations governing privacy, data protection, and e-commerce transactions require us to safeguard our Members’ personal information. Although we have established security procedures to protect Member information, our or our third-party service providers’ security and testing measures may not prevent security breaches. Further, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, inadequate facility security, or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect Member data. Any compromise of our security or breach of our Members’ privacy could harm our reputation or financial condition and, therefore, our business.

In addition, a party who circumvents our security measures or exploits inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other effects, misappropriate Member data or other proprietary information, cause interruptions in our operations, or expose Members to computer viruses or other disruptions. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against

 

30


Table of Contents

us. To the extent that the measures we or our third-party business partners have taken prove to be insufficient or inadequate, we may become subject to litigation, breach notification obligations, or regulatory or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties, or damages and harm to our reputation. Depending on the nature of the information compromised, in the event of a data breach or other unauthorized access to our Member data, we may also have obligations to notify Members about the incident and we may need to provide some form of remedy, such as a subscription to a credit monitoring service, for the individuals affected by the incident. A growing number of legislative and regulatory bodies have adopted consumer notification requirements in the event of unauthorized access to or acquisition of certain types of personal data. Such breach notification laws continue to evolve and may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another. Complying with these obligations could cause us to incur substantial costs and could increase negative publicity surrounding any incident that compromises Member data.

Furthermore, we may be required to disclose personal data pursuant to demands from individuals, privacy advocates, regulators, government agencies, and law enforcement agencies in various jurisdictions with conflicting privacy and security laws. This disclosure or refusal to disclose personal data may result in a breach of privacy and data protection policies, notices, laws, rules, court orders, and regulations and could result in proceedings or actions against us in the same or other jurisdictions, damage to our reputation and brand, and inability to provide our products and services to consumers in certain jurisdictions. Additionally, changes in the laws and regulations that govern our collection, use, and disclosure of Member data could impose additional requirements with respect to the retention and security of Member data, could limit our marketing activities, and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Cybersecurity risks could adversely affect our business and disrupt our operations.

Threats to network and data security are increasingly diverse and sophisticated. Despite our efforts and processes to prevent breaches, our products and services, as well as our servers, computer systems, and those of third parties that we use in our operations are vulnerable to cybersecurity risks, including cyber-attacks such as viruses and worms, phishing attacks, denial-of-service attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, third-party or employee theft or misuse, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our servers and computer systems or those of third parties that we use in our operations, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data, unauthorized access to Member data, and loss of consumer confidence. In addition, we may be the target of email scams that attempt to acquire personal information or company assets. Despite our efforts to create security barriers to such threats, we may not be able to entirely mitigate these risks. Any cyber-attack that attempts to obtain our or our Members’ data and assets, disrupt our service, or otherwise access our systems, or those of third parties we use, if successful, could adversely affect our business, and financial condition and operating results, be expensive to remedy, and damage our reputation. In addition, any such breaches may result in negative publicity, and adversely affect our brand, impacting demand for our products and services, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We may be subject to warranty claims that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, or we could experience greater returns than expected, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We generally provide a minimum 12-month limited warranty on all of our Connected Fitness Products. The occurrence of any material defects in our Connected Fitness Products could make us liable for damages and warranty claims in excess of our current reserves, which could result in an adverse effect on our business prospects, liquidity, financial condition, and cash flows if warranty claims were to materially exceed anticipated levels. In addition, we could incur significant costs to correct any defects, warranty claims, or other problems, including costs related to product recalls. Any negative publicity related to the perceived quality and safety of our products could affect our brand image, decrease consumer and Member confidence and demand, and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Also, while our warranty is limited to repairs and returns, warranty claims may result in litigation, the occurrence of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

In addition to warranties supplied by us, we also offer the option for customers to purchase third-party extended warranty and services contracts in some markets, which creates an ongoing performance obligation over the warranty period. Extended warranties are regulated in the United States on a state level and are treated differently by state. Outside the United States, regulations for extended warranties vary from country to country. Changes in interpretation of the insurance

 

31


Table of Contents

regulations or other laws and regulations concerning extended warranties on a federal, state, local, or international level may cause us to incur costs or have additional regulatory requirements to meet in the future. Our failure to comply with past, present, and future similar laws could result in reduced sales of our products, reputational damage, penalties, and other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We or our Subscribers may be subject to sales and other taxes, and we may be subject to liabilities on past sales for taxes, surcharges, and fees.

The application of indirect taxes, such as sales and use tax, subscription sales tax, value-added tax, provincial taxes, goods and services tax, business tax, and gross receipt tax, to businesses like ours and to our Subscribers is a complex and evolving issue. Significant judgment is required to evaluate applicable tax obligations. In many cases, the ultimate tax determination is uncertain because it is not clear how existing statutes apply to our business. One or more states, the federal government, or other countries may seek to impose additional reporting, record-keeping, or indirect tax collection obligations on businesses like ours that offer subscription services and other fitness offerings. New taxes could also require us to incur substantial costs to capture data and collect and remit taxes. If such obligations were imposed, the additional costs associated with tax collection, remittance, and audit requirements could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We continue to analyze our exposure for taxes and liabilities and have accrued $5.7 million and $4.1 million for fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively, for loss contingencies resulting from potential taxes and liabilities.

From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings, regulatory disputes, and governmental inquiries that could cause us to incur significant expenses, divert our management’s attention, and materially harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

From time to time, we may be subject to claims, lawsuits, government investigations, and other proceedings involving products liability, competition and antitrust, intellectual property, privacy, consumer protection, securities, tax, labor and employment, commercial disputes, and other matters that could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition. As we have grown, we have seen a rise in the number and significance of these disputes and inquiries. Litigation and regulatory proceedings, and particularly the intellectual property infringement matters that we are currently facing or could face, may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict. Certain of these matters include speculative claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of damages and include claims for injunctive relief. Additionally, our litigation costs could be significant. Adverse outcomes with respect to litigation or any of these legal proceedings may result in significant settlement costs or judgments, penalties and fines, or require us to modify our products or services, make content unavailable, or require us to stop offering certain features, all of which could negatively affect our membership and revenue growth. See the section titled “Business—Legal Proceedings”

The results of litigation, investigations, claims, and regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, and determining reserves for pending litigation and other legal and regulatory matters requires significant judgment. There can be no assurance that our expectations will prove correct, and even if these matters are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Changes in how we market our products and services could adversely affect our marketing expenses and subscription levels.

We use a broad mix of marketing and other brand-building measures to attract Members. We use traditional television and online advertising, as well as third-party social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram, as marketing tools. As television advertising, online, and social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve or grow more competitive, we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish a presence on new or emerging popular social media and advertising and marketing platforms. If we cannot cost effectively use these marketing tools or if we fail to promote our products and services efficiently and effectively, our ability to acquire new Members and our financial condition may suffer. In addition, an increase in the use of television, online, and social media for product promotion and marketing may increase the burden on us to monitor compliance of such materials and increase the risk that such materials could contain problematic product or marketing claims in violation of applicable regulations.

 

32


Table of Contents

An economic downturn or economic uncertainty may adversely affect consumer discretionary spending and demand for our products and services.

Our products and services may be considered discretionary items for consumers. Factors affecting the level of consumer spending for such discretionary items include general economic conditions, and other factors, such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, fears of recession, the availability and cost of consumer credit, levels of unemployment, and tax rates. In recent years, the United States and other significant economic markets have experienced cyclical downturns and worldwide economic conditions remain uncertain. As global economic conditions continue to be volatile or economic uncertainty remains, trends in consumer discretionary spending also remain unpredictable and subject to reductions. To date, our business has operated almost exclusively in a relatively strong economic environment and, therefore, we cannot be sure the extent to which we may be affected by recessionary conditions. Unfavorable economic conditions may lead consumers to delay or reduce purchases of our products and services and consumer demand for our products and services may not grow as we expect. Our sensitivity to economic cycles and any related fluctuation in consumer demand for our products and services could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Covenants in the loan and security agreement governing our revolving credit facility may restrict our operations, and if we do not effectively manage our business to comply with these covenants, our financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement, the Credit Agreement, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, and Silicon Valley Bank in June 2019, which amended and restated the loan and security agreement that we previously entered into in November 2017, providing for a $250 million secured revolving line of credit. The term loan and revolving credit facility contains various restrictive covenants, including, among other things, minimum liquidity and revenue requirements, restrictions on our ability to dispose of assets, make acquisitions or investments, incur debt or liens, make distributions to our stockholders, or enter into certain types of related party transactions. These restrictions may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to certain changes in our business or industry, or take future actions. Pursuant to the agreement, we granted the parties thereto a security interest in substantially all of our assets. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Agreement” for additional information.

Our ability to meet these restrictive covenants can be impacted by events beyond our control and we may be unable to do so. Our loan and security agreement provide that our breach or failure to satisfy certain covenants constitutes an event of default. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under its debt agreements to be immediately due and payable. In addition, our lenders would have the right to proceed against the assets we provided as collateral pursuant to the loan and security agreement. If the debt under our loan and security agreement was to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient cash on hand or be able to sell sufficient collateral to repay it, which would have an immediate adverse effect on our business and operating results. This could potentially cause us to cease operations and result in a complete loss of your investment in our Class A common stock.

We may engage in merger and acquisition activities, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results.

As part of our business strategy, we acquired our first company in 2018 and have made or may make investments in other companies, products, or technologies in the future. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, in the future. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by Members or investors. Moreover, an acquisition, investment, or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including disrupting our ongoing operations, diverting management from their primary responsibilities, subjecting us to additional liabilities, increasing our expenses, and adversely impacting our business, financial condition, and operating results. Moreover, we may be exposed to unknown liabilities and the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized, if, for example, we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company.

To pay for any such acquisitions, we would have to use cash, incur debt, or issue equity securities, each of which may affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock and could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur more debt

 

33


Table of Contents

it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. Additionally, we may receive indications of interest from other parties interested in acquiring some or all of our business. The time required to evaluate such indications of interest could require significant attention from management, disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We may require additional capital to support business growth and objectives, and this capital might not be available to us on reasonable terms, if at all, and may result in stockholder dilution.

We expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for the foreseeable future. However, we intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional capital to fund our business and to respond to competitive challenges, including the need to promote our products and services, develop new products and services, enhance our existing products, services, and operating infrastructure, and potentially to acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. There can be no assurance that such additional funding will be available on terms attractive to us, or at all. Our inability to obtain additional funding when needed could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, holders of our Class A common stock could suffer significant dilution, and any new shares we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of our Class A common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.

We are subject to payment processing risk.

Our customers pay for our products and services using a variety of different payment methods, including credit and debit cards, gift cards, and online wallets. We rely on internal systems as well as those of third parties to process payment. Acceptance and processing of these payment methods are subject to certain rules and regulations and require payment of interchange and other fees. To the extent there are disruptions in our payment processing systems, increases in payment processing fees, material changes in the payment ecosystem, such as large re-issuances of payment cards, delays in receiving payments from payment processors, or changes to rules or regulations concerning payment processing, our revenue, operating expenses and results of operation could be adversely impacted. We leverage our third-party payment processors to bill Subscribers on our behalf. If these third parties become unwilling or unable to continue processing payments on our behalf, we would have to find alternative methods of collecting payments, which could adversely impact Subscriber acquisition and retention. In addition, from time to time, we encounter fraudulent use of payment methods, which could impact our results of operation and if not adequately controlled and managed could create negative consumer perceptions of our service.

Our ability to use our net operating loss to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of June 30, 2019, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and state NOLs of approximately $112.6 million and $95.8 million, respectively, due to prior period losses which if not utilized will begin to expire for federal and state tax purposes beginning in 2036 and 2021, respectively. Realization of these NOLs depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing NOLs could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our operating results.

In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income. We have undergone two ownership changes on November 30, 2015 and April 18, 2017 and our NOLs arising before those dates are subject to one or more Section 382 limitations which may materially limit the use of such NOLs to offset our future taxable income. In addition, this offering, as well as future changes in our stock ownership, the causes of which may be outside of our control, could result in an additional ownership change under Section 382 of the Code. Our NOLs may also be impaired under state laws. In addition, under the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, tax losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be utilized to offset no more than 80% of taxable income annually. This change

 

34


Table of Contents

may require us to pay federal income taxes in future years despite generating a loss for federal income tax purposes. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs, whether or not we attain profitability.

We may face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

While we have historically transacted in U.S. dollars with the majority of our Subscribers and suppliers, we have transacted in some foreign currencies, such as the Canadian Dollar and U.K Pound Sterling, and may transact in more foreign currencies in the future. Further, certain of our manufacturing agreements provide for fixed costs of our Connected Fitness Products and hardware in Taiwanese dollars but provide for payment in U.S. dollars based on the then-current Taiwanese dollar to U.S. dollar spot rate. Accordingly, changes in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar can affect our revenue and operating results. As a result of such foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and operating results. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause our operating results to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our Class A common stock could be lowered. We do not currently maintain a program to hedge transactional exposures in foreign currencies. However, in the future, we may use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The use of such hedging activities may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place and may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that could subject us to liability and impair our ability to compete in international markets.

The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements, and restrictions on the import or export of certain technologies. Our products may be subject to U.S. export controls, which may require submission of a product classification and annual or semi-annual reports. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products and services may create delays in the introduction of our products and services in international markets, prevent our international Members from accessing our products and services, and, in some cases, prevent the export of our products and services to some countries altogether.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the provision of products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. Even though we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided to targets of U.S. sanctions, our products and services, including our firmware updates, could be provided to those targets or provided by our Members. Any such provision could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties, reputational harm. Our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenue.

We could be subject to future enforcement action with respect to compliance with governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We operate a global business and may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. These laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from corruptly promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything of value to foreign government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. In addition, U.S. public companies are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and have an adequate

 

35


Table of Contents

system of internal accounting controls. In many foreign countries, including countries in which we may conduct business, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. We face significant risks if we or any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or other partners or representatives fail to comply with these laws and governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose substantial civil and/or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition.

We have begun to implement an anti-corruption compliance program and policies, procedures and training designed to foster compliance with these laws, however, our employees, contractors, and agents, and companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies or applicable law. Any such violation could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and prospects.

Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-corruption laws, or anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Changes in legislation in U.S. and foreign taxation of international business activities or the adoption of other tax reform policies, as well as the application of such laws, could adversely impact our financial position and operating results.

Recent or future changes to U.S., U.K. and other foreign tax laws could impact the tax treatment of our foreign earnings. We generally conduct our international operations through wholly owned subsidiaries, branches, or representative offices and report our taxable income in various jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. Further, we are in the process of implementing an international structure that aligns with our financial and operational objectives as evaluated based on our international markets, expansion plans, and operational needs for headcount and physical infrastructure outside the United States. The intercompany relationships between our legal entities are subject to complex transfer pricing regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. Although we believe we are compliant with applicable transfer pricing and other tax laws in the United States, the United Kingdom, and other relevant countries, due to changes in such laws and rules, we may have to modify our international structure in the future, which will incur costs, may increase our worldwide effective tax rate, and may adversely affect our financial position and operating results. In addition, significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes.

During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. For example, our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in foreign currency exchange rates, or by changes in the relevant tax, accounting, and other laws, regulations, principles, and interpretations. As we operate in numerous taxing jurisdictions, the application of tax laws can be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax authorities of these jurisdictions. It is not uncommon for taxing authorities in different countries to have conflicting views with respect to, among other things, the manner in which the arm’s-length standard is applied for transfer pricing purposes, or with respect to the valuation of intellectual property.

If U.S., U.K., or other foreign tax laws further change, if our current or future structures and arrangements are challenged by a taxing authority, or if we are unable to appropriately adapt the manner in which we operate our business, we may have to undertake further costly modifications to our international structure and our tax liabilities and operating results may be adversely affected.

The requirements of being a public company, including maintaining adequate internal control over our financial and management systems, may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the

 

36


Table of Contents

Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, the rules and regulations of the listing standards of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, or Nasdaq, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will likely strain our financial and management systems, internal controls, and employees.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Moreover, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control, over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over, financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. In the course of preparing our financial statements for fiscal 2018, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If, in the future, we have material weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our consolidated financial statements may be materially misstated. Effective internal control is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important to prevent fraud.

In addition, we will be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act when we cease to be an emerging growth company. We expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Although we have already hired additional employees to assist us in complying with these requirements, our finance team is small and we may need to hire more employees in the future, or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses.

We also expect that being a public company and complying with applicable rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantially higher costs to obtain and maintain the same or similar coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors and qualified executive officers.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and if our remediation of such material weaknesses is not effective, or if we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired.

In the course of preparing our financial statements for fiscal 2018, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness had not been remediated as of June 30, 2019. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses identified relate to information technology general controls, controls to address segregation of certain accounting duties, timely reconciliation and analysis of certain key accounts and the review of journal entries. We have concluded that these material weaknesses arose because, as a private company, we did not have the necessary business processes, systems, personnel and related internal controls necessary to satisfy the accounting and financial reporting requirements of a public company.

To address our material weaknesses, we have added personnel as well as implemented new financial systems and processes. We intend to continue to take steps to remediate the material weaknesses described above through hiring additional qualified accounting and financial reporting personnel, and further evolving our accounting processes. We will not be able to fully remediate these material weaknesses until these steps have been completed and have been operating effectively for a sufficient period of time.

Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and actions we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or that they will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or

 

37


Table of Contents

maintain effective controls or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods.

Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed, or operating. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we will eventually be required to include in our periodic reports that are filed with the SEC. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and stockholders’ equity/deficit, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue related reserves, content costs for past use reserve, fair value measurements including common stock valuations, useful lives of property plant and equipment, product warranty, goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets, accounting for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and commitments and contingencies. Our operating results may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the price of our Class A common stock.

Our reported financial results may be negatively impacted by the changes in GAAP.

GAAP is subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change. For example, in February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, or Topic 842, Leases, which requires recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet by lessees for leases classified as operating leases with a term of more than 12 months. Topic 842 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We early adopted this standard as of July 1, 2019. The most significant change related to the recognition of new right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on our balance sheet for real estate operating leases, as well as the de-recognition of the build-to-suit asset and liability. See Note 2 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you that our business will grow at a similar rate, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this prospectus relating to the expected growth in the connected fitness and wellness market, including estimates based on our own internal survey data, may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market experiences the forecasted growth described in this prospectus, we may not grow our business at a similar rate, or at all. Our growth is

 

38


Table of Contents

subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our business is subject to the risk of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods, and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.

Our business is vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods, power losses, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks, acts of war, human errors, break-ins, and similar events. The third-party systems and operations and manufacturers we rely on are subject to similar risks. For example, a significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire, or flood, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results, and our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Acts of terrorism, which may be targeted at metropolitan areas that have higher population density than rural areas, could also cause disruptions in our or our suppliers’ and manufacturers’ businesses or the economy as a whole. We may not have sufficient protection or recovery plans in some circumstances, such as natural disasters affecting locations that store significant inventory of our products, that house our servers, or from which we generate content. As we rely heavily on our computer and communications systems, and the internet to conduct our business and provide high-quality customer service, these disruptions could negatively impact our ability to run our business and either directly or indirectly disrupt suppliers’ and manufacturers’ businesses, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metals used in the manufacturing of our products.

We are subject to requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, which will require us to conduct due diligence on and disclose whether or not our products contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures to determine the sources of minerals that may be used or necessary to the production of our products and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such due diligence activities. It is also possible that we may face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to alter our products, processes, or sources of supply to avoid such materials.

Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our Class A common stock, the stock price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our Class A common stock was determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters and may vary from the market price of our Class A common stock following this offering. The market prices of the securities of newly public companies such as us have historically been highly volatile. The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

overall performance of the equity markets and the performance of technology companies in particular;

 

39


Table of Contents
   

variations in our operating results, cash flows, and other financial metrics and non-financial metrics, and how those results compare to analyst expectations;

 

   

changes in the financial projections we may provide to the public or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

the economy as a whole and market conditions in our industry;

 

   

negative publicity related to problems in our manufacturing or the real or perceived quality of our products, as well as the failure to timely launch new products or services that gain market acceptance;

 

   

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, services, features and content, significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us, litigation involving our industry, or both;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our or other parties’ products, services, or intellectual property rights;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events;

 

   

the expiration of contractual lock-up or market standoff agreements; and

 

   

sales of shares of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

Sales, directly or indirectly, of a substantial amount of our Class A common stock in the public markets by our existing security holders may cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock into the public market, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing security holders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold, and may take, or attempt to take, steps to sell, directly or indirectly, their shares or otherwise secure, or limit the risk to, the value of their unrecognized gains on those shares. Based on zero shares of our Class A common stock and 235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, we will have                (                shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our Class A common stock and                shares of our Class B common stock outstanding after this offering.

All of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act except that any shares held by our affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with Rule 144 and any applicable lock-up agreements described below. Approximately                  shares of Class A common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options, will be immediately available for sale in the public market. Approximately                  shares of our common stock are also subject to the lock-up agreement or market standoff agreements described below.

In connection with this offering, subject to certain customary exceptions, we, all of our directors and executive officers, and substantially all of the holders of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters that prohibit from selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring, or otherwise disposing of any shares of common stock, stock options, or any security or instrument related to common stock

 

40


Table of Contents

or stock options without the permission of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to early termination as described below.

We have a large number of security holders and such security holders have acquired their interests over an extended period of time and pursuant to a number of different agreements containing a variety of terms governing restrictions on the sale, short sale, transfer, hedging, pledging, or other disposition of their interests in our equity. Holders of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock are subject to restrictions on their ability to sell or transfer their equity either prior to the pricing of this offering or from the pricing of this offering through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We refer to such period as the lock-up period. Pursuant to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters, if (1) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (2) we have publicly released our earnings results for the quarterly period during which this offering occurred, and (3) such lock-up period is scheduled to end during or within five trading days prior to a broadly applicable period during which trading in our securities would not be permitted under our insider trading policy, or a blackout period, such lock-up period will end ten trading days prior to the commencement of such blackout period. We and the underwriters may release certain stockholders from the market standoff agreements or lock-up agreements prior to the end of the lock-up period. Record holders of our securities are typically the parties to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters and to the market standoff agreements with us referred to above, while holders of beneficial interests in our shares who are not also holders in respect of such shares are not typically subject to any such agreements or other similar restrictions. Accordingly, we believe that holders of beneficial interests who are not holders and are not bound by market standoff or lock-up agreements could enter into transactions with respect to those beneficial interests that negatively impact our stock price. In addition, an equity holder who is neither subject to a market standoff agreement with us nor a lock-up agreement with the underwriters may be able to sell, short sell, transfer, hedge, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or attempt to sell, short sell, transfer, hedge, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, their equity interests at any time after the closing of this offering. Any such transaction described above involving shares of our Class A common stock, or any perception by the market that such transaction may occur, could cause our stock price to decline.

When the applicable lock-up and market standoff periods described above expire, we and our security holders subject to a lock-up agreement or market standoff agreement will be able to sell our shares in the public market. In addition, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. Sales of a substantial number of such shares upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements, or the perception that such sales may occur, or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A common stock at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

In addition, as of June 30, 2019, we had stock options outstanding that, if fully exercised, would result in the issuance of 64,602,124 shares of Class B common stock. All of the shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, will be registered for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance subject to existing lock-up or market standoff agreements and applicable vesting requirements.

Immediately following this offering, the holders of                shares of our Class B common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file for us or other stockholders.

We may also issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, or otherwise. Any further issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

41


Table of Contents

The dual class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders who will hold in the aggregate     % of the voting power of our capital stock following the completion of this offering, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors and the approval of any change of control transaction.

Our Class B common stock has 20 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Following this offering, the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, with our directors, executive officers, and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, and their respective affiliates, holding in the aggregate     % of the voting power of our capital stock. Because of the twenty-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval until the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Class B common stock, (ii) ten years from the closing of this offering, and (iii) the date the shares of Class B common stock cease to represent at least 1% of all outstanding shares of our common stock. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for estate planning purposes. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions” for additional information.

The dual class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common stock.

Certain stock index providers, such as S&P Dow Jones, exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to certain stock indices, including the S&P 500. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms and large institutional investors oppose the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A common stock in such indices, may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure, and may result in large institutional investors not purchasing shares of our Class A common stock. Any exclusion from stock indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. Any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms or institutional investors critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company” and intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including:

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We currently intend to take advantage of the available exemptions described above. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, we have not included all of the executive compensation information that

 

42


Table of Contents

would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. Furthermore, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of these decisions, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our Class A common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market, and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our Class A common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our Class A common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our Class A common stock price and trading volume to decline.

An active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, however, an active trading market may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the market price of your shares of Class A common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares or to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. We cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock will trade. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our Class A common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business and prospects.

Because the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the issuance by us of                shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $                per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2019. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, if outstanding stock options are exercised, if we issue awards to our employees under our equity incentive plans, or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our Class A common stock, you could experience further dilution. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds we receive in this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds we receive in this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial

 

43


Table of Contents

condition, operating results, and prospects could be harmed, and the market price for our Class A common stock could decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield to our stockholders. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by the restrictions under the terms of our loan and security agreement. We anticipate that for the foreseeable future we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the development of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, acquisition or other change of control of our company that the stockholders may consider favorable. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly-created directorships;

 

   

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

 

   

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could use to implement a stockholder rights plan;

 

   

provide that only the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

   

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting;

 

   

provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

   

provide for a dual class common stock structure in which holders of our Class B common stock may have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any

 

44


Table of Contents

action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, or our restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims that are vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction. For instance, the provision would not preclude the filing of claims brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder in federal court.

Moreover, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations, and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

45


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan, “target,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses including changes in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses (including any components of the foregoing), and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

 

   

our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

   

our market opportunity, including our TAM and SAM;

 

   

our international expansion plans and ability to continue to expand internationally;

 

   

market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products and services;

 

   

beliefs and objectives for future operations;

 

   

our ability to increase sales of our Connected Fitness Products and services;

 

   

our ability to further penetrate our existing Subscriber base and maintain and expand our Subscriber base;

 

   

our ability to develop new Connected Fitness Products and services and bring them to market in a timely manner and make enhancements to our Connected Fitness Products;

 

   

the effects of seasonal trends on our results of operations;

 

   

our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;

 

   

our expectations regarding content costs for past use;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;

 

   

the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;

 

   

our ability to stay in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally; and

 

   

economic and industry trends, projected growth, or trend analysis.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, performance, or

 

46


Table of Contents

achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

 

47


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information from various sources, including our own estimates, as well as assumptions that we have made that are based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of the market for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity, and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, information of this sort is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on industry publications or reports generated by third-party providers, or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on internal estimates.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus are provided below:

 

   

Global Wellness Institute, Wellness Now a $4.2 Trillion Global Industry, October 2018.

 

   

Kagan, a media research group of S&P Global Market Intelligence, Kagan Data Services: Economics of Mobile Music 2018 Edition, November 2018.

 

   

Kagan, a media research group of S&P Global Market Intelligence, U.S. Online Video Projections Through 2028, August 2018.

 

   

National Business Group on Health, Companies Expand Well-Being Programs and Increase Financial Incentives, April 2017.

 

   

Pew Research Center, 7 Facts About American Dads, June 2018.

 

   

The following reports from The International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association: The 2019 IHRSA Global Report, the 2018 IHRSA Health Club Consumer Report, 2018 IHRSA Global Report, IHRSA’s Guide to the Boutique Studio, and 2009 IHRSA Global Report.

Statistics and estimates related to our TAM and SAM are based on internal reports conducted with the assistance of our third-party marketing partner, Directions Research, Inc. In order to determine our TAM and SAM, we conducted an online survey of consumers across the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, and Canada, surveying over 1,000 consumers in each market. Consumers who qualified for our study were (i) between the ages of 18 and 70 years old and (ii) had self-reported household annual pre-tax incomes of $50,000 or more, or the foreign equivalent. Consumer responses to the survey were used as the basis for determining our TAM and SAM by weighting such responses to population censuses based on age and/or income. To calculate our TAM, we multiplied the percentage of respondents who reported having broadband internet and being open to subscription fitness by total households represented in the survey, and then weighted the response based on the relevant population censuses. To calculate our SAM, we measured the percentage of the TAM population who expressed interest in purchasing products within one of our existing categories. To better estimate a respondent’s likelihood to purchase one of our Connected Fitness Products, we made certain downward adjustments based on industry probability purchase assumptions, to account for conflicting responses from individual respondents, and where a respondent’s response relating to how much he or she would pay for a Peloton product was below the mean stated price by one standard deviation or more. Once each respondent’s probability of purchasing each product was determined, we weighted the responses based on the relevant population. We calculate the expected SAM for our product portfolio by multiplying the average weighted purchase probability for each product by the total country TAM.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included elsewhere in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of                 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $                million, or $                million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of $                remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock, and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We primarily intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include research and development and sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions, or businesses that complement our business. However, we do not have binding agreements or commitments for any acquisitions or investments outside the ordinary course of business at this time.

We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our Credit Agreement contains restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2019 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the redesignation of our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock in                2019, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019 into 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock, and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the adjustments described above as well as the sale and issuance by us of            shares of our Class A common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this offering. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of June 30, 2019  
            Actual                 Pro Forma         Pro Forma as
    Adjusted(1)     
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in millions, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $                 162.1     $             162.1     $                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.000025 par
value per share: 215,443,468 shares authorized,
210,640,629 shares issued and outstanding, actual; zero
shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma and
pro forma as adjusted

  $ 941.1     $     $    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Preferred stock, $0.000025 par value per share: zero shares
authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual;             shares
authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding, pro forma
and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.000025 par value per share:
400,000,000 shares authorized, 25,301,604 shares
issued and outstanding, actual; zero shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Class A common stock, $0.000025 par value per share: zero
shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual;
shares authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding,
pro forma;             shares authorized,             shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Class B common stock, $0.000025 par value per share: zero
shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;
shares authorized, 235,942,233 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             shares authorized, 235,942,233 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

             

Additional paid-in capital

                    90.7       1,031.8    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    0.2       0.2    

Accumulated deficit

    (629.5     (629.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (538.6     402.5    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 402.5     $ 402.5     $                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization would increase by approximately $                , after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and we would have                 shares of our Class A common stock and 235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon zero shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of June 30, 2019 and does not include:

 

   

64,602,124 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.71 per share;

 

   

664,050 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted between June 30, 2019 and August 26, 2019 with an exercise price of $22.05 per share;

 

   

240,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $0.19 per share; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (1) 9,085,593 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan as of June 30, 2019 (which reserve does not reflect the options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after June 30, 2019), (2)                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (3)                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2015 Plan. Our 2019 Plan and 2019 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

 

51


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Class A common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock immediately after this offering.

As of June 30, 2019, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $378.8 million, or $1.61 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019 after giving effect to (1) the redesignation of our outstanding common stock as Class B common stock on                , 2019, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019 into 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock, and (3) the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of            shares of our Class A common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2019 would have been approximately $            million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2019, before giving effect to this offering

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            per share, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $            per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2019, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders or to be paid by investors purchasing shares in this

 

52


Table of Contents

offering at an assumed offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

                                      %      $                                 %      $                

New investors

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

        100%      $                      100%     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own            % and our new investors would own                % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

In addition, to the extent we issue any additional stock options or any outstanding stock options or warrant are exercised, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors will experience further dilution.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon zero shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, in each case, as of June 30, 2019:

 

   

64,602,124 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.71 per share;

 

   

664,050 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted between June 30, 2019 and August 26, 2019 with an exercise price of $22.05 per share;

 

   

240,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Class B common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $0.19 per share; and

 

   

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (1) 9,085,593 shares of our Class B common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan as of June 30, 2019 (which reserve does not reflect the options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock granted after June 30, 2019), (2)                 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2019 Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and (3)                shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 ESPP, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus.

On the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan will be added to the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan, and we will cease granting awards under the 2015 Plan. Our 2019 Plan and 2019 ESPP also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

 

53


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables present selected historical financial and other data for our business. We derived our selected consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019 (except the pro forma share and pro forma net loss per share information) and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period in the future. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our fiscal year end is June 30, and our fiscal quarters end on September 30, December 31, March 31, and June 30. Our fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019 are referred to herein as fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019, respectively.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2018                      2019          
     (in millions, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Revenue:

      

Connected Fitness Products

   $           183.5     $           348.6     $           719.2  

Subscription

     32.5       80.3       181.1  

Other

     2.6       6.2       14.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     218.6       435.0       915.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue(1)(2):

      

Connected Fitness Products

     113.5       195.0       410.8  

Subscription(3)

     29.3       45.5       103.7  

Other

     1.9       4.9       17.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     144.7       245.4       531.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     73.9       189.6       383.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development(1)(2)

     13.0       23.4       54.8  

Sales and marketing(1)(2)

     86.0       151.4       324.0  

General and administrative(1)(2)

     45.6       62.4       207.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     144.7       237.1       585.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (70.7     (47.5     (202.3

Other (expense) income, net

     (0.3     (0.3     6.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (71.1     (47.8     (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

           0.1       0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2018                      2019          
     (in millions, except share and per share data)  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (163.4   $ (47.9   $ (245.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(4)

   $ (5.97   $ (2.18   $ (10.72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted(4)

     27,379,789       21,934,228       22,911,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)

       $ (0.84
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)(4)

         233,552,393  
      

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $                 —      $                 —      $ 0.3  

Subscription

     0.1        0.5        3.2  

Other

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     0.1        0.5        3.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

     0.4        0.8        7.1  

Sales and marketing

     0.4        0.7        8.4  

General and administrative

     9.5        6.5        70.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 10.3      $ 8.5      $ 89.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 0.4      $ 0.3      $ 1.2  

Subscription

     1.2        2.8        11.3  

Other

                     —                        —                        —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     1.6        3.1        12.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

                                   —  

Sales and marketing

     1.0        1.7        4.0  

General and administrative

     1.1        1.8        5.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 3.7      $ 6.6      $ 21.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3)

Included in subscription cost of revenue are content costs for past use as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Content costs for past use(1)

   $ 15.5      $ 14.5      $ 16.4  

 

 

55


Table of Contents

 

(1)

From time-to-time, we execute music royalty agreements with various music rights holders. As part of these go-forward license agreements, we may also enter into agreements whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in our content in exchange for a mutually-agreed payment. We refer to these payments as content costs for past use.

 

 

(4)

See Note 16 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

 

     As of June 30,  
             2017                     2018                     2019          

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

   (in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $              155.0     $              150.6     $                162.1  

Working capital

     117.6       33.6       290.9  

Total assets

     198.7       271.2       864.5  

Customer deposits and deferred revenue

     25.6       88.5       90.8  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     406.3       406.3       941.1  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (281.6     (315.6     (538.6

 

56


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP financial measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude: interest income, net; other income, net; provision for income taxes; depreciation and amortization expense; stock-based compensation expense; costs related to acquisitions; certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that arise outside of the ordinary course of our business; and the ground lease expense related to build-to-suit lease obligations. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue.

We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as measures of operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, other (income) expense, net, and provision for income taxes that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures, and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

   

our management uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitate period-to-period comparisons of our core operating results, and also facilitate comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.

Our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are, or may in the future be, as follows:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect: (1) changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (2) interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt, which reduces cash available to us; or (3) tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings, that arise outside of the ordinary course of our business;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect the non-cash ground lease expense related to our new corporate headquarters lease whereby we are considered, for accounting purposes only, the owner of the construction project under current build-to-suit lease accounting;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin do not reflect transaction costs related to acquisitions; and

 

   

the expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from Adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results and we may, in the future, exclude other significant, unusual or non-recurring expenses or other items from these financial measures.

 

57


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2018                     2019          
     (dollars in millions)  

Net loss(1)

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6

Adjusted to exclude the following:

      

Other (expense) income, net

     (0.3     (0.3     6.7  

Provision for income taxes

           0.1       0.1  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     3.7       6.6       21.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

     10.3       8.5       89.5  

Transaction costs

           0.5       0.4  

Litigation expenses

     5.0       1.5       12.1  

Ground lease expense related to build-to-suit obligations

                 7.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (51.8   $ (30.4   $ (71.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (23.7 )%      (7.0 )%      (7.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in net loss are content costs for past use as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Content costs for past use(1)

   $ 15.5      $ 14.5      $ 16.4  

 

  (1)

From time-to-time, we execute music royalty agreements with various music rights holders. As part of these go-forward license agreements, we may also enter into agreements whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in our content in exchange for a mutually-agreed payment. We refer to these payments as content costs for past use. Included in Adjusted EBITDA are content costs for past use. These costs had a negative basis point impact on Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 711, 333, and 180 for fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin

We define Subscription Contribution as subscription revenue less cost of subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude from cost of subscription revenue, depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by subscription revenue.

We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions and measure Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of our business and in understanding and evaluating our operating results because our management uses Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin in conjunction with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our core operating results and the effectiveness of our business strategy, and in evaluating our financial performance.

Our use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization expense are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements; and

 

58


Table of Contents
   

Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin exclude stock-based compensation expense, which has recently been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy.

Because of these limitations, Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin should be considered along with other operating and financial performance measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution to subscription gross profit, the most directly comparable financial measure prepared in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2018                     2019          
     (dollars in millions)  

Subscription revenue

   $ 32.5     $ 80.3     $ 181.1  

Less: Cost of subscription(1)

     29.3       45.5       103.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription gross profit

     3.2       34.7       77.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription gross margin

     9.7     43.3     42.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted to exclude the following:

      

Depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 1.2     $ 2.8     $ 11.3  

Stock-based compensation expense

     0.1       0.5       3.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription Contribution

   $ 4.4     $ 38.0     $ 91.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription Contribution Margin

     13.5     47.5     50.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cost of subscription are content costs for past use as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Content costs for past use(1)

   $ 15.5      $ 14.5      $ 16.4  

 

  (1)

From time-to-time, we execute music royalty agreements with various music rights holders. As part of these go-forward license agreements, we may also enter into agreements whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in our content in exchange for a mutually-agreed payment. We refer to these payments as content costs for past use. Included in Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin are content costs for past use. These costs had a negative basis point impact on Subscription Contribution Margin of 4,788, 1,805, and 908 for fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

 

59


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Our fiscal year end is June 30, and our fiscal quarters end on September 30, December 31, March 31, and June 30. Our fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019 are referred to herein as fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019, respectively.

Overview of Our Business and History

Peloton is the largest interactive fitness platform in the world with a loyal community of over 1.4 million Members. We pioneered connected, technology-enabled fitness, and the streaming of immersive, instructor-led boutique classes to our Members anytime, anywhere. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective, and convenient while fostering social connections that encourage our Members to be the best versions of themselves.

Key milestones in our growth history include:

 

 

LOGO

 

60


Table of Contents

 

*

We define a Member as any individual who has a Peloton account. We define a Connected Fitness Subscriber as either a paid Connected Fitness Subscriber (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers) or a paused Connected Fitness Subscriber (a Connected Fitness Subscription where the Subscriber has requested to “Pause” for up to 3 months). We define a Digital Subscriber as an individual or household that has a paid Peloton Digital subscription with a successful credit card billing.

 

**

Total Global Subscribers represents the aggregate number of Connected Fitness Subscribers and Digital Subscribers. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 613,000 Global Subscribers.

Our revenue is primarily generated from the sale of our Connected Fitness Products and associated recurring subscription revenue. We have experienced significant growth in sales of our Connected Fitness Products, which, when combined with our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn has led to significant growth in Connected Fitness Subscribers. From fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2019, total revenue grew 110%, and our Connected Fitness Subscriber base grew 108%.

For fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019:

 

   

We generated total revenue of $218.6 million, $435.0 million, and $915.0 million, respectively, representing 99.0% and 110.3% year-over-year growth;

 

   

As of June 30, 2017, June 30, 2018, and June 30, 2019, we had 107,708, 245,667, and 511,202 Connected Fitness Subscribers, respectively, representing 128.1% and 108.1% year-over-year growth;

 

   

Our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn was 0.70%, 0.64%, and 0.65%, respectively;

 

   

We incurred net losses of $(71.1) million, $(47.9) million, and $(195.6) million, respectively; and

 

   

Our Adjusted EBITDA was $(51.8) million, $(30.4) million, and $(71.3) million, respectively.

For a definition of Connected Fitness Subscribers, Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, Subscription Contribution Margin, and Adjusted EBITDA, see the section titled “—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

As a supplement to our key operational and business metrics described herein, we also measure our number of Members to understand the scale of our platform and market penetration. Unlike our number of Connected Fitness Subscriptions or Digital Subscriptions, a Member represents a single individual who has a Peloton account. It is often the case that a Connected Fitness Subscription or Digital Subscription is used by multiple members of a single family that each have individual Peloton accounts. As of June 30, 2019, we had over 1.4 million Members and the average Connected Fitness Subscription was used by 2.0 Members.

Our Business Model

Our financial profile is characterized by high growth, strong retention, recurring revenue, margin expansion, and efficient customer acquisition.

Grow Our Connected Fitness Subscriber Base

We are still in the early stages of growth. As of June 30, 2019, we had sold approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products globally, a small fraction of the 14 million products we believe reflect our SAM in our current and announced markets (the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany) and current fitness product verticals. We believe our success in growing our Connected Fitness Subscriber base is due to our data-driven marketing and education-based multi-channel sales efforts, word-of-mouth referrals from our loyal Members, and broadening customer demographics. In order to grow our Connected Fitness Subscriber base, we plan to drive sales of our Connected Fitness Products by continuing to increase consumer awareness through brand and product marketing, the introduction of new Connected Fitness Products in existing and new fitness and wellness verticals, and geographical expansion.

In addition to our Connected Fitness Subscription for $39.00 per month, we also offer a Digital Subscription for $19.49 per month. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 102,000 Digital Subscribers. In 2018, we relaunched Peloton Digital

 

61


Table of Contents

when we expanded our content offering to include bootcamp and indoor/outdoor running and walking classes. Later in 2018, we significantly expanded our yoga content offering and launched meditation. While we believe we can grow our Digital Subscriber base over time, the focus of Peloton Digital today is to increase engagement with our Connected Fitness Subscribers. In addition, Peloton Digital provides users an opportunity to try Peloton content before they purchase a Connected Fitness Product.

Increase Engagement to Drive High Retention

By making fitness fun and motivating, we help our Members achieve their personal goals. We continuously improve our platform, which results in increased usage of our Connected Fitness Products and Peloton Digital. We analyze millions of workouts per month to help us develop new software features that improve our Member experience, as well as create new on-trend fitness and wellness content. We also develop innovative fitness programs and goal-based challenges to help Members feel more accountable and motivated. As our community of Members continues to grow, the Peloton fitness experience becomes more inspiring, more competitive, more immersive, and more connected, fueling the desire of each of our Members to achieve their fitness goals.

Engagement is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscribers. We have consistently seen an increase in Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber. Total Workouts completed by our Connected Fitness Subscribers have grown significantly over the past few years. We evaluate engagement on a year-over-year basis given the seasonality in our Members’ workout patterns. Our third quarter tends to have elevated workout levels due to New Year’s resolutions and colder weather. Our first quarter tends to have lower workout levels as Members enjoy outdoor-based fitness activities and summer vacations.

For a definition of Workouts, Total Workouts, and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber, see the section titled “—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

LOGO

We have seen an increase in engagement over time, across our cohorts of Connected Fitness Subscribers. Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber are higher for our most recent cohorts and engagement for each cohort has been consistent or improved over time. For example, the fiscal 2017 cohort includes all Connected Fitness Subscribers who joined Peloton between July 1, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

62


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Usage drives value and loyalty, which is evidenced by our consistently low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn. For a definition of Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, see the section titled “—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

 

LOGO

Improve Profitability through Scaling Content Platform

The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriber base will allow us to improve Subscription Contribution Margin, increase Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value, and generate operating leverage. We will be able to leverage a significant portion of our content creation costs given that we only need a limited number of production studios and instructors to support our growth.

We measure Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to understand and evaluate the profitability of our subscription business and Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. For a definition of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin, see the section titled “—Key Operational and Business Metrics.” Our subscription gross margin for fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019 was 9.7%, 43.3%, and 42.7%, respectively. The increase in our subscription gross margin from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by content costs for past use, which, while relatively flat on an aggregate dollar basis, more adversely impacted subscription gross margin for fiscal 2017 given a lower Connected Fitness Subscriber base. We also drove further margin improvements in fiscal 2018 by leveraging fixed costs of content production while expanding our Connected Fitness Subscriber base. Subscription gross margin decreased during fiscal 2019 as we began to make significant investments in Tread content as well as expansion into new content verticals. We also began incurring expenses for our new production studios in New York City and London and incurred additional content costs for past use in fiscal 2019. Our Subscription Contribution Margin for fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019 was 13.5%, 47.5%, and 50.8%, respectively. When excluding content costs for past use, in fiscal 2019 we experienced a decline in our Subscription Contribution Margin which was driven by additional investments in new content verticals in the quarters ended December 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019. See the section titled “—Content Costs for Past Use” for additional information. To support the launch of our Tread, we leased a new studio in New York City and added hundreds of original programs including bootcamp and indoor/outdoor running and walking classes. In late 2018, we significantly expanded our

 

63


Table of Contents

yoga offering and launched meditation. We view the majority of these costs as fixed and scalable over time as we grow our Subscriber base. For a discussion of these recent growth initiatives see the section titled “—Factors Affecting Our Performance—Ability to Invest.”

We expect to benefit from continued efficiencies in sales and marketing expenses resulting from increasing brand awareness, word-of-mouth referrals from our growing Member base, and further optimization of our sales and marketing investments by channel. We also expect to achieve operating leverage as we scale fixed general and administrative expenses, including those associated with our new headquarters in New York City.

Maintain Compelling Unit Economics

Our unit economic model benefits from low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn and high Subscription Contribution Margin. When we acquire a new Connected Fitness Subscriber, we offset sales and marketing investments with the gross profit earned on the sale of Connected Fitness Products, allowing for rapid payback. Thereafter, we earn recurring, high-margin subscription revenue. To illustrate our compelling unit economic model, we have presented our Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value and Net Customer Acquisition costs for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019.

We have a high Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value, which can be calculated as:

 

   

our monthly Connected Fitness Subscription fee of $39.00; multiplied by

 

   

Connected Fitness Subscribers added in a period; multiplied by

 

   

months of Subscription Lifetime implied by our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn in the period (calculated by dividing one by our Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn); multiplied by

 

   

(Subscription Contribution plus content costs for past use) divided by subscription revenue.

Our Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019, was $267.1 million, $604.4 million, and $1,053.8 million, respectively, or $3,433, $4,015, and $3,593 per Connected Fitness Subscriber, respectively.

As we expand our content offering, develop new interactive software features, and grow our community of Members, we believe we can maintain a low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, resulting in a high Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. In addition, with the growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriber base over time, we expect to improve our Subscription Contribution Margin as we scale our fixed content production costs.

Net Customer Acquisition Cost (profit) can be calculated as Adjusted Sales and Marketing Expense (which excludes depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense) less Adjusted Connected Fitness Product Gross Profit (which excludes depreciation and amortization expense and stock-based compensation expense). Our Net Customer Acquisition Costs (profit) for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019, was $14.2 million, $(4.9) million, and $1.6 million, respectively, or $183, $(33), and $5 per Connected Fitness Subscriber added, respectively. We believe we will continue to drive rapid payback and efficiencies in Net Customer Acquisition Costs (profit) by further leveraging sales and marketing investments as a result of heightened brand awareness and growing word-of-mouth referrals. Changes in Connected Fitness Product margins or sales and marketing expenses may result in an inability to fully offset our customer acquisition costs.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our financial condition and results of operations have been, and will continue to be, affected by a number of factors, including the following:

Ability to Attract New Connected Fitness Subscribers and Scale Our Platform

Our long-term growth will depend in part on our continued ability to attract new Connected Fitness Subscribers. We are still in the early stages of growth in our existing markets and believe we can significantly grow our Connected Fitness Subscriber base. If we cannot attract new Connected Fitness Subscribers as quickly as we expect, our operating results may be adversely affected. The inability to grow our Connected Fitness Subscriber base would reduce efficiency in customer acquisition costs and slow operating margin improvement.

 

64


Table of Contents

To increase affordability and expand our addressable market, we offer attractive financing programs for qualified customers. We report revenue net of third-party financing partner fees. Accordingly, to the extent that these third-party financing partner fees change, or the number of products purchased through our financing programs fluctuates, our revenue and Subscription Contribution Margin will be affected.

Ability to Engage and Retain Our Existing Connected Fitness Subscribers

Our long-term growth will partially depend on our continued ability to retain existing Connected Fitness Subscribers. Engagement is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscribers, and we must continue to provide an experience that our Members love. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in engaging and retaining Connected Fitness Subscribers, or that retention levels will not materially decline due to any number of factors, such as harm to our brand, or our inability to anticipate and meet consumer preferences and successfully implement new software features and content to meet those demands.

Ability to Invest

We will continue to make investments across our business to drive growth, and therefore we expect expenses to increase. We will continue to invest significant resources in sales and marketing to drive demand for our products and services. We will also continue to invest in research and development to enhance our platform, develop new Connected Fitness Products and software features, update and expand our content offering, and improve our infrastructure. For example, during fiscal 2019, we added eight new instructors and opened a temporary New York City production studio to produce bootcamp and indoor/outdoor running and walking classes. To support our rapid growth, we also intend to continue investing in our supply chain and logistics operations. We have in the past made, and may also in the future make, acquisitions or investments in strategic partnerships to further drive our growth. As cost of revenue, operating expenses, and capital expenditures increase as we invest in our business for long-term growth, we are likely to experience additional losses, delaying our ability to achieve profitability and adversely affecting cash flows.

Ability to Grow in New Geographies

Entering new geographic markets requires us to invest in sales and marketing, infrastructure, and personnel, including by establishing additional offices, showrooms, and potentially smaller local production studios. Our international growth will depend on our ability to sell Connected Fitness Products and associated Connected Fitness Subscriptions in international markets. Our international expansion has resulted in, and will continue to result in, increased costs and is subject to a variety of risks, including local competition, content localization, multilingual customer support, potentially complex delivery logistics, and compliance with foreign laws and regulations.

Seasonality

Historically, we have experienced higher revenue in the second and third quarters of the fiscal year compared to other quarters, due in large part to seasonal holiday demand, New Year’s resolutions, and cold weather. For example, in fiscal 2018 and 2019, our second and third quarters combined each represented 63% and 63% of our total revenue. We also incur higher sales and marketing expenses during these periods, which we expect to continue.

 

65


Table of Contents

Key Operational and Business Metrics

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
            2017                     2018                     2019          

Connected Fitness Subscribers

          107,708             245,667             511,202  

Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn

    0.70     0.64     0.65

Total Workouts (in thousands)

    6,157       17,856       52,151  

Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber

    7.5       8.4       11.5  

Subscription Gross Profit (in millions)

  $ 3.2     $ 34.7     $ 77.4  

Subscription Contribution (in millions)(1)

  $ 4.4     $ 38.0     $ 91.9  

Subscription Gross Margin

    9.7     43.3     42.7

Subscription Contribution Margin(1)

    13.5     47.5     50.8

Net Loss (in millions)

  $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6

Adjusted EBITDA (in millions)(2)

  $ (51.8   $ (30.4   $ (71.3

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(2)

    (23.7 )%      (7.0 )%      (7.8 )% 

 

(1)

Please see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of gross profit to Subscription Contribution and an explanation for why we consider Subscription Contribution to be a helpful metric for investors.

 

(2)

Please see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation for why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful metric for investors.

Connected Fitness Subscribers

Our ability to expand the number of Connected Fitness Subscribers is an indicator of our market penetration and growth. A Connected Fitness Subscriber can represent a person, household or commercial property, such as a hotel or residential building.

A Connected Fitness Subscription is either a paid Connected Fitness Subscriber (a Connected Fitness Subscription with a successful credit card billing or with prepaid subscription credits or waivers) or paused Connected Fitness Subscriber (a Connected Fitness Subscription where the Subscriber has requested to “Pause” for up to 3 months). We do not include canceled or unpaid Connected Fitness Subscriptions in the Connected Fitness Subscriber count.

Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn

We use Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn to measure the retention of our Connected Fitness Subscribers. We define Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn as Connected Fitness Subscriber cancellations, net of reactivations, in the quarter, divided by the average number of beginning Connected Fitness Subscribers in each month, divided by three months. This metric does not include data related to our Digital Subscribers.

Total Workouts and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber

We review Total Workouts and Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber to measure engagement, which is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscribers. We define Total Workouts as all workouts completed during a given period. We define a Workout as a Connected Fitness Subscriber either completing at least 50% of an instructor-led or scenic ride or run or ten or more minutes of “Just Ride” or “Just Run” mode. We define Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber as the Total Workouts completed in the quarter divided by the average number of Connected Fitness Subscribers in each month, divided by three months.

Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin

We use Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin to measure our ability to scale and leverage the costs of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions and measure Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriber base will allow us to improve our Subscription Contribution Margin and

 

66


Table of Contents

aggregate Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. While there are variable costs, including music royalties, associated with our Connected Fitness Subscriptions, a significant portion of our content creation costs are fixed given that we operate with a limited number of production studios and instructors. The fixed nature of those expenses should scale over time as we grow our Connected Fitness Subscriber base.

We define Subscription Contribution as subscription revenue less cost of subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude depreciation and amortization expense, and stock-based compensation expense. Subscription Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Subscription Contribution by subscription revenue. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin” for information regarding our use of Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin and a reconciliation of Subscription Contribution to subscription gross profit.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are key performance measures that our management uses to assess our operating performance and the operating leverage in our business. Because Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we use these measures for business planning purposes. We also believe this information will be useful for investors to facilitate comparisons of our operating performance and better identify trends in our business. We expect Adjusted EBITDA Margin to increase over the long-term as we continue to scale our business and achieve greater leverage in our operating expenses.

We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude other (expense) income, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, stock-based compensation expense, transaction costs, certain litigation expenses, consisting of legal settlements and related fees for specific proceedings that arise outside of the ordinary course of our business, and non-cash ground lease expense related to build-to-suit obligations. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by total revenue. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin” for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

Components of our Operating Results

We operate and manage our business in three reportable segments: Connected Fitness Products, Subscription, and Other. We identify our reportable segments based on the information used by management to monitor performance and make operating decisions. See Note 17 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding our reportable segments.

Revenue

Connected Fitness Products

Connected Fitness Product revenue consists of sales of our Bike and Tread and related accessories, associated fees for delivery and installation, and extended warranty agreements. Connected Fitness Product revenue is recognized at the time of delivery and is recorded net of returns and discounts and third-party financing program fees.

Subscription

Subscription revenue consists of revenue generated from our monthly $39.00 Connected Fitness Subscription and $19.49 Digital Subscription. Subscription revenue also includes revenue generated from guests who pay to take a live class in one of our studios, which has been immaterial to date.

Historically, we offered a prepaid subscription option where Members earned one free month or three free months of subscription with the upfront purchase of a 12-month subscription or 24-month subscription, respectively. We also offered Connected Fitness Subscribers the ability to purchase a 12-, 24-, or 39-month prepaid subscription with the purchase of a Connected Fitness Product as part of our financing program, which provides 0% APR financing to qualified customers over a term of up to 39 months. The associated financing fees are paid to our third-party partner at the outset of the arrangement and are recorded as a reduction to Subscription revenue over the contract term. We terminated both offerings by July 2018 at which point all subsequent future subscriptions became month-to-month; however, we will continue to see an impact to subscription revenue until fiscal 2022 as the revenue under legacy prepaid subscriptions is earned ratably over the remaining service period, which extends up to 39 months from the initial date of subscription activation.

 

67


Table of Contents

Other

Other revenue primarily consists of Peloton branded apparel.

Cost of Revenue

Connected Fitness Products

Connected Fitness Product cost of revenue consists of Bike and Tread product costs, including manufacturing costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, and certain allocated costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain logistics. As we launch new Connected Fitness Products, such as the Tread, and continue to grow our presence in new regions where we have not yet achieved economies of scale, we expect to incur higher cost of revenue (as a percentage of sales) for our Connected Fitness Products.

Subscription

Subscription cost of revenue includes costs associated with content creation and costs to stream content to our Members. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including studio rent and occupancy, other studio overhead, instructor and production personnel-related expenses, as well as variable costs, including music royalty fees, content costs for past use, third-party platform streaming costs and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings. While our fixed costs currently represent the majority of these costs, music royalty fees are our largest subscription variable cost. As we have grown the number of licensing agreements with music rights holders, music royalty fees as a percent of our subscription revenue has increased. However, unlike music streaming services where having an exhaustive music catalog is vital to be able to compete for customers, we have control over what music we select for our classes. As a result, we expect to be able to manage music expense such that, over time, these fees as a percentage of subscription revenue will flatten, or even decrease.

Other

Other cost of revenue consists primarily of apparel costs, as well as related warehousing and fulfillment costs.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

Research and development expense primarily consists of personnel and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials, and software platform expenses. We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software which may also cause research and development expenses to vary from period to period. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods and vary from period to period as a percentage of total revenue as we continue to hire personnel to develop new and enhance existing Connected Fitness Products and interactive software.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists of performance marketing media spend, asset creation, and other brand creative, all showroom expenses and related lease payments, payment processing fees incurred in connection with the sale of our Connected Fitness Products, sales and marketing personnel-related expenses, and all expenses related to Peloton Digital. We intend to continue to invest in our sales and marketing capabilities in the future and expect this expense to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we release new products and expand internationally. Sales and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate from period to period based on total revenue and the timing of our investments in our sales and marketing functions as these investments may vary in scope and scale over future periods.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense includes personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, and IT functions. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax and accounting services, and insurance.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance and reporting obligations of public companies,

 

68


Table of Contents

and increased costs for insurance, investor relations expenses, and professional services. As a result, we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue, but we expect to leverage these expenses over time as we grow our revenue and Connected Fitness Subscriber base.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net consists of interest (expense) income associated with our debt financing arrangements, amortization of debt issuance costs and interest income earned on investments.

Provision for (Benefit From) Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to foreign and state jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a full valuation allowance on our federal and state deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred assets will not be utilized.

Significant Impacts of Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Tender Offers

In April 2017, we commenced a cash tender offer, which was completed in June 2017, for the repurchase of shares of our outstanding common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock from existing stockholders, including current and former employees, which had a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2017. In the 2017 tender offer, we repurchased an aggregate of 9,661,156 shares of our capital stock. The purchase price per share in the tender offer was in excess of the fair value of our outstanding common stock at the time of the transaction and accordingly, upon the completion of the transaction, we recorded $8.3 million as stock-based compensation expense related to the excess of the selling price per share of common stock paid to our employees over the fair value of the tendered shares.    

In August 2018, we commenced a cash tender offer, which was completed in October 2018, for the repurchase of shares of our outstanding common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock from existing stockholders, including current and former employees, which had a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2019. In the 2018 tender offer, we repurchased an aggregate of 9,264,518 shares of our capital stock. The purchase price per share in the tender offer was in excess of the fair value of our outstanding common stock at the time of the transaction and accordingly, upon the completion of the transaction, we recorded $28.2 million as stock-based compensation expense related to the excess of the selling price per share of common stock paid to our employees over the fair value of the tendered shares.

Additionally, for shares held less than six months and thus deemed to not be subject to market risks, we recorded a liability for the maximum number of shares that were eligible for the tender offer when it became probable that the event allowing for the redemption would occur. To the extent that this liability exceeded amounts previously recognized in equity, the excess was recognized as compensation cost. As a result of this liability, we recognized an additional stock-compensation expense of $33.5 million. See Note 12 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information.

 

69


Table of Contents

The total stock-based compensation expense related to the tender offers impacted fiscal 2017 and the first and second quarters of fiscal 2019 as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June  30,
            2017            
     Three Months Ended  
     Sept. 30,
            2018             
     Dec. 31,
            2018             
 
            (unaudited)  
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $      $      $  

Subscription

            0.9        0.2  

Other

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

            0.9        0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

            2.5        1.3  

Sales and marketing

            3.9        2.3  

General and administrative

     8.3        26.2        24.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $                         8.3      $               33.5      $                     28.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our consolidated results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparisons of our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                     2018                     2019          
     (in millions)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Revenue:

      

Connected Fitness Products

   $             183.5     $             348.6     $             719.2  

Subscription

     32.5       80.3       181.1  

Other

     2.6       6.2       14.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     218.6       435.0       915.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue(1)(2):

      

Connected Fitness Products

     113.5       195.0       410.8  

Subscription(3)

     29.3       45.5       103.7  

Other

     1.9       4.9       17.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     144.7       245.4       531.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     73.9       189.6       383.6  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development(1)(2)

     13.0       23.4       54.8  

Sales and marketing(1)(2)

     86.0       151.4       324.0  

General and administrative(1)(2)

     45.6       62.4       207.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     144.7       237.1       585.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (70.7     (47.5     (202.3

Other (expense) income, net

     (0.3     (0.3     6.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (71.1     (47.8     (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

           0.1       0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $      $      $ 0.3  

Subscription

     0.1        0.5        3.2  

Other

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     0.1        0.5        3.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

     0.4        0.8        7.1  

Sales and marketing

     0.4        0.7        8.4  

General and administrative

     9.5        6.5        70.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $                 10.3      $                 8.5      $                 89.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

        

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 0.4      $ 0.3      $ 1.2  

Subscription

     1.2        2.8        11.3  

Other

                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     1.6        3.1                        12.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development

                    

Sales and marketing

     1.0        1.7        4.0  

General and administrative

     1.1        1.8        5.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $                 3.7      $                 6.6      $                 21.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3)

Included in subscription cost of revenue are content costs for past use as follows:

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          
     (in millions)  

Content costs for past use

   $ 15.5      $ 14.5      $ 16.4  

From time-to-time, we execute music royalty agreements with various music rights holders. As part of these go-forward license agreements, we may also enter into agreements whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in our content in exchange for a mutually-agreed payment. We refer to these payments as content costs for past use.

 

71


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     2017 to 2018
% Change
    2018 to 2019
% Change
 
         2017             2018             2019      
     (dollars in millions)              

Revenue:

    

Connected Fitness Products

   $     183.5     $       348.6     $       719.2       89.9     106.3%  

Subscription

     32.5       80.3       181.1       147.3       125.6    

Other

     2.6       6.2       14.7       135.5       137.9    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

   $ 218.6     $ 435.0     $ 915.0       99.0       110.3    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Percentage of total revenue:

          

Connected Fitness Products

     84.0     80.1     78.6    

Subscription

     14.8       18.5       19.8      

Other

     1.2       1.4       1.6      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

2018 Compared to 2019

Connected Fitness Products revenue for fiscal 2019 increased $370.7 million, or 106.3%, compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth in the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period.

Subscription revenue for fiscal 2019 increased $100.8 million, or 125.6%, compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth in our Connected Fitness Subscribers from 245,667 to 511,202 during the period. The growth of our Connected Fitness Subscribers was primarily driven by the increased number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period and our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 0.65% for fiscal 2019.

Other revenue for fiscal 2019 increased $8.5 million, or 137.9%, compared to fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily attributable to the growth of our branded apparel sales during the period.

2017 Compared to 2018

Connected Fitness Products revenue for fiscal 2018 increased $165.0 million, or 89.9%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to the significant growth in the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period.

Subscription revenue for fiscal 2018 increased $47.8 million, or 147.3%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth in our Connected Fitness Subscribers from 107,708 to 245,667 during the period. The growth of our Connected Fitness Subscribers was primarily driven by the increased number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period and our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 0.64% in fiscal 2018.

Other revenue for fiscal 2018 increased $3.6 million, or 135.5%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth of our branded apparel sales during the period.

 

72


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit, and Gross Margin

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     2017 to 2018     2018 to 2019  
         2017             2018             2019         % Change     % Change  
     (dollars in millions)              

Cost of Revenue:

    

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 113.5     $ 195.0     $ 410.8       71.7     110.7

Subscription

     29.3       45.5       103.7       55.4       127.7  

Other

     1.9       4.9       17.0       163.3       247.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total cost of revenue

   $ 144.7     $ 245.4     $ 531.4       69.6       116.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Gross Profit:

          

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 70.0     $ 153.6     $ 308.4       119.4     100.8

Subscription

     3.2       34.7       77.4       NM       122.9  

Other

     0.8       1.3       (2.3     68.6       NM  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total gross profit

   $ 73.9     $ 189.6     $ 383.6       156.5       102.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Gross Margin:

          

Connected Fitness Products

     38.1     44.1     42.9    

Subscription

     9.7       43.3       42.7      

Other

     29.3       21.0       (15.5    

 

* NM—Not meaningful

2018 Compared to 2019

Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue for fiscal 2019 increased $215.8 million, or 110.7%, compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily driven by costs associated with the growth in the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period.

Our Connected Fitness Products gross margin decreased slightly due to the increasing mix of deliveries of Tread, partially offset by cost efficiencies achieved in the manufacturing of our Bike.

Subscription cost of revenue for fiscal 2019 increased $58.2 million, or 127.7%, compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily driven by an increase of $23.1 million in music royalty and streaming delivery fees driven by increased usage of our platform, an increase of $14.0 million in personnel-related expenses due to our introduction of the Tread and other new fitness and wellness verticals such as yoga and meditation, and expansion into the United Kingdom, an increase of $8.5 million in depreciation and amortization expense driven by our acquired developed technology, and an increase of $4.6 million in occupancy costs associated with lease commencement for our two new production studios in New York City and London.

Subscription gross margin decreased by 53 basis points from fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2019 as we invested in new initiatives discussed above, partially offset by leveraging the fixed costs of content production as we scaled our Connected Fitness Subscriber base. Included in subscription cost of revenue are content costs for past use of $14.5 million and $16.4 million for fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively. These costs had a negative basis point impact on subscription gross margin of 1,805 and 908 for fiscal 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Other cost of revenue for fiscal 2019 increased $12.1 million, or 247.7%, compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth of our branded apparel sales during the period as well as an increase in our apparel inventory reserves.

 

73


Table of Contents

Other gross margin decreased during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 due to an increase in our apparel inventory reserves.

2017 Compared to 2018

Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue for fiscal 2018 increased $81.5 million, or 71.7%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily driven by the growth in the number of Connected Fitness Products delivered during the period. We gained significant efficiencies in manufacturing costs resulting in a 592 basis point improvement in Connected Fitness Product gross margin from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2018.

Subscription cost of revenue for fiscal 2018 increased $16.2 million, or 55.4%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily driven by a $10.9 million increase in music royalty and streaming delivery fees, a $2.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we continued to grow our content offering for the Tread, and a $1.6 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense. We also incurred an additional $1.3 million in production studio occupancy costs primarily attributable to the opening of a second production studio in June 2017 to support Tread content creation.

Subscription gross margin significantly improved by 3,356 basis points from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2018. This was primarily driven by the impact of content costs for past use of $15.5 million and $14.5 million for fiscal 2017 and 2018, respectively, which more adversely impacted gross margin for fiscal 2017 given the lower Connected Fitness Subscriber base. These content costs for past use had a negative basis point impact on subscription gross margin of 4,788 and 1,805 for fiscal 2017 and 2018, respectively. We drove further margin improvements by leveraging fixed costs of content production while scaling our Connected Fitness Subscriber base in fiscal 2018.

Other cost of revenue for fiscal 2018 increased $3.0 million, or 163.3%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth of our branded apparel sales.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     2017 to 2018
% Change
    2018 to 2019
% Change
 
         2017             2018             2019      
     (dollars in millions)              

Research and development

   $ 13.0     $ 23.4     $ 54.8           79.1     134.7%  

As a percentage of total revenue

     6.0     5.4     6.0    

2018 Compared to 2019

Research and development expense for fiscal 2019 increased $31.5 million, or 134.7%, compared to fiscal 2018. This increase was due primarily to an increase in personnel-related expenses, which, excluding stock-based compensation expense, increased $16.8 million, due to increased headcount. Stock-based compensation expense increased $6.3 million, of which $3.8 million was related to incremental costs associated with the tender offer completed in October 2018.

2017 Compared to 2018

Research and development expenses for fiscal 2018 increased $10.3 million, or 79.1%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was due primarily to increases of $3.9 million in product development and research costs, $3.3 million in personnel-related expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, resulting from increased headcount, and $1.1 million in web hosting fees to create new, as well as improve existing products and interactive software features on our platform.

 

74


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     2017 to 2018
% Change
    2018 to 2019
% Change
 
         2017             2018             2019      
    

(dollars in millions)

             

Sales and marketing

   $ 86.0     $ 151.4     $ 324.0       76.0     114.1%  

As a percentage of total revenue

     39.3     34.8     35.4    

2018 Compared to 2019

Sales and marketing expense for fiscal 2019 increased $172.6 million, or 114.1%, compared to fiscal 2018. The increase was due primarily to increased spending of $117.4 million on advertising and marketing programs. In addition, personnel-related expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, increased by $22.2 million due to increased headcount, expenses related to our showrooms and microstores increased by $15.3 million due to our addition of 39 global retail locations, and stock-based compensation expense increased $7.7 million, of which $6.2 million was related to incremental costs associated with the tender offer completed in October 2018.

2017 Compared to 2018

Sales and marketing expense for fiscal 2018 increased $65.4 million, or 76.0%, compared to fiscal 2017. This increase was primarily driven by $44.3 million in increased marketing costs, $8.2 million of increased personnel-related expenses, $5.4 million of increased payment processing fees, and $5.2 million of additional costs related to 12 additional retail locations we added in the period.

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,     2017 to 2018
% Change
    2018 to 2019
% Change
 
         2017             2018             2019      
    

(dollars in millions)

             

General and administrative

   $ 45.6     $ 62.4     $ 207.0       36.8     231.5%  

As a percentage of total revenue

     20.9     14.4     22.6    

2018 Compared to 2019

General and administrative expense for fiscal 2019 increased $144.6 million, or 231.5%, compared to fiscal 2018. The increase was due primarily to an increase of $64.1 million in stock-based compensation expense, of which $50.6 million related to the tender offer completed in October 2018. Professional fees, comprised of legal, accounting, and consulting fees, increased by $24.4 million. In addition, personnel-related expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, increased by $22.7 million due to increased headcount. We also incurred an additional $8.4 million expense relating to new system implementations and software licenses to support our growth and scale our operations, and facilities costs increased $12.9 million, of which $7.2 million was lease expense related to build-to-suit obligations.

2017 Compared to 2018

General and administrative expense for fiscal 2018 increased $16.8 million, or 36.8%, compared to fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily due to an additional $6.5 million in professional services fees, $6.4 million in personnel-related expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, due to increased headcount, $2.5 million in new system implementations and licenses to support our growth and scale our operations, and $2.3 million of facilities costs from additional leased office space. These costs were partially offset by a decrease of $3.0 million in stock-based compensation expense due to an incremental $8.3 million charge incurred in fiscal 2017 related to the tender offer completed in June 2017.

 

75


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net and Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,      2017 to 2018
% Change
    2018 to 2019
% Change
 
           2017                  2018                 2019        
     (dollars in millions)               

Other (expense) income, net

   $ (0.3    $ (0.3   $ 6.7            22.8     NM  

Provision for income taxes

            0.1       0.1        NM       NM  

 

*NM—not meaningful

Other (expense) income, net, was $6.7 million for fiscal 2019 compared to $(0.3) million for fiscal 2018. The increase in other (expense) income, net, was primarily due to $8.2 million of interest earned on cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, partially offset by a $1.0 million increase in interest expense incurred under our Credit Agreement.

2017 Compared to 2018

Other (expense) income, net, for fiscal 2018 was $(0.3) million compared to $(0.3) million for fiscal 2017. An increase of $0.5 million in interest earned on cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments was partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in interest expense incurred under our Credit Agreement and the associated amortization of deferred financing costs.

 

76


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Key Metrics

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended June 30, 2019. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. The following unaudited consolidated quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our annual consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Sep. 30,
    2017    
    Dec. 31,
    2017    
    Mar. 31,
    2018    
    Jun. 30,
    2018    
    Sep. 30,
    2018    
    Dec. 31,
    2018    
    Mar. 31,
    2019    
    Jun. 30,
    2019    
 
   

(unaudited)

(in millions)

 

Revenue:

               

Connected Fitness Products

  $ 41.1     $ 111.7     $ 118.1     $ 77.6     $ 77.9     $ 221.3     $ 261.6     $ 158.4  

Subscription

    14.3       16.5       22.5       27.0       31.7       37.3       51.1       61.0  

Other

    0.8       1.6       1.8       2.0       2.5       4.2       4.0       4.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    56.2       129.8       142.4       106.6       112.1       262.9       316.7       223.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

               

Connected Fitness Products

    24.3       61.6       66.3       42.8       42.2       126.5       152.3       89.7  

Subscription

    9.5       8.2       14.6       13.2       16.3       20.3       38.0       29.1  

Other

    0.7       1.2       1.2       1.8       2.1       4.6       5.8       4.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    34.5       70.9       82.1       57.9       60.6       151.5       196.1       123.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    21.7       58.8       60.3       48.7       51.5       111.3       120.6       100.1  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    4.8       4.9       6.9       6.7       11.6       12.4       13.8       17.0  

Sales and marketing

    21.6       44.9       52.3       32.5       45.5       99.5       101.1       77.9  

General and administrative

    12.2       13.2       16.5       20.6       50.0       55.4       47.0       54.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    38.6       63.0       75.7       59.8       107.1       167.3       162.0       149.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (17.0     (4.1     (15.4     (11.1     (55.6     (56.0     (41.4     (49.4

Other (expense) income , net

          (0.3     (0.2     0.1       1.0       0.9       3.0       1.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (17.0     (4.4     (15.6     (11.0     (54.5     (55.1     (38.4     (47.6

Provision for income taxes

                      0.1                   0.2       (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (17.0   $ (4.4   $ (15.6   $ (10.9   $ (54.5   $ (55.1   $ (38.6   $ (47.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    Sep. 30,
    2017    
    Dec. 31,
    2017    
    Mar. 31,
    2018    
    Jun. 30,
    2018    
    Sep. 30,
    2018    
    Dec. 31,
    2018    
    Mar. 31,
    2019    
    Jun. 30,
    2019    
 
    (unaudited)  
    (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Revenue:

               

Connected Fitness Products

    73.2     86.1     82.9     72.9     69.5     84.2     82.6     70.9

Subscription

    25.5       12.7       15.8       25.3       28.3       14.2       16.1       27.3  

Other

    1.4       1.2       1.3       1.8       2.2       1.6       1.3       1.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

               

Connected Fitness Products

    43.2     47.5     46.5     40.2     37.7     48.1     48.1     40.2

Subscription

    16.9       6.3       10.3       12.4       14.5       7.7       12.0       13.0  

Other

    1.2       0.9       0.8       1.7       1.9       1.8       1.8       2.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    61.4       54.7       57.6       54.3       54.1       57.6       61.9       55.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    38.6       45.3       42.4       45.7       45.9       42.4       38.1       44.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

    Research and development

    8.6       3.8       4.9       6.3       10.3       4.7       4.4       7.6  

    Sales and marketing

    38.4       34.6       36.7       30.5       40.5       37.9       31.9       34.9  

    General and administrative

    21.7       10.2       11.6       19.3       44.6       21.1       14.9       24.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

        Total operating expenses

    68.8       48.5       53.2       56.1       95.5       63.6       51.1       66.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (30.2     (3.2     (10.8     (10.4     (49.5     (21.3     (13.1     (22.1

Other (expense) income, net

    (0.1     (0.2     (0.1     0.2       0.9       0.3       0.9       0.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (30.2     (3.4     (10.9     (10.2     (48.6     (21.0     (12.1     (21.3

Provision for income taxes

                                        0.1       (0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (30.2 )%      (3.4 )%      (10.9 )%      (10.3 )%      (48.6 )%      (21.0 )%      (12.2 )%      (21.2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

Our revenue from our Connected Fitness Products typically varies seasonally and we have historically experienced higher levels of Connected Fitness Products revenue in the second and third quarters of each fiscal year as compared to other quarters due in large part to seasonal holiday demand, New Year’s resolutions, and cold weather.

Subscription revenue increased in each of the quarters presented primarily due to Connected Fitness Subscriber growth and low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn.

Cost of Revenue

Connected Fitness Products cost of revenue has fluctuated in line with Connected Fitness Products revenue for all periods presented due primarily to costs associated with sales of Connected Fitness Products.

Our subscription cost of revenue generally increased each quarter as a result of increases in music royalties, streaming, and platform costs, as well as payment processing fees. We saw fluctuations in the third quarters of fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 due to content costs for past use.

Operating Expenses

Research and development expense increased for all periods presented, primarily due to personnel-related expenses as we have continued to increase our headcount to support product and platform innovation.

 

78


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense increased in the second and third quarter of each fiscal year due to an increase in expenses associated with advertising costs and other marketing programs for the holiday season. In addition, sales and marketing expenses increased as a result of higher personnel-related expenses and occupancy costs as we increased headcount and number of showrooms to support our growth.

General and administrative expense generally increased for all periods presented, primarily due to increases in personnel-related expenses, facilities costs, and professional service fees as we grow our business and scale operations. We saw a significant increase in general and administrative expenses in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2019 related to stock-based compensation expense associated with the tender offer completed in October 2018.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Set forth below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss for the periods presented:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Sep. 30,
    2017    
    Dec. 31,
    2017    
    Mar. 31,
    2018    
    Jun. 30,
    2018    
    Sep. 30,
    2018    
    Dec. 31,
    2018    
    Mar. 31,
    2019    
    Jun. 30,
    2019    
 
     (unaudited)  
     (dollars in millions)  

Net loss

   $ (17.0   $ (4.4   $ (15.6   $ (10.9   $ (54.5   $ (55.1   $ (38.6   $ (47.4

Adjusted to exclude the following:

                

Other (expense) income, net

           (0.3     (0.2     0.1       1.0       0.9       3.0       1.8  

Provision for income taxes

                       0.1                   0.2       (0.1

Depreciation and amortization expense

     1.1       1.4       1.5       2.6       4.2       5.0       5.8       6.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

     2.0       1.8       1.7       3.0       36.7       31.8       7.5       13.5  

Transaction costs

                       0.5                         0.4  

Litigation expenses

     0.2       0.1       0.6       0.7       1.2       2.8       5.8       2.3  

Ground lease expense related to build-to-suit obligations

                                   1.7       2.6       2.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (13.6   $ 0.8     $ (11.6   $ (4.2   $ (13.5   $ (14.6   $ (19.7   $ (23.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     (24.2 )%      0.6     (8.2 )%      (4.0 )%      (12.0 )%      (5.6 )%      (6.2 )%      (10.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Starting in the quarter ended March 31, 2018, we began to incur significant costs related to certain growth initiatives including the introduction of our Tread, international expansion, and content investments which had an adverse impact on our Adjusted EBITDA. To support our growth, we have also begun to make investments in supply chain, product development, and a new headquarters in New York City which we expect will continue to impact our Adjusted EBITDA Margin. Adjusted EBITDA was also more adversely impacted in certain quarters presented due to the variable nature of our content costs for past use. See the section titled “—Content Costs for Past Use” for additional information.

 

79


Table of Contents

Subscription Contribution and Subscription Contribution Margin

Set forth below is a reconciliation of subscription gross profit to Subscription Contribution for the periods presented:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Sep. 30,
    2017    
    Dec. 31,
    2017    
    Mar. 31,
    2018    
    Jun. 30,
    2018    
    Sep. 30,
    2018    
    Dec. 31,
    2018    
    Mar. 31,
    2019    
    Jun. 30,
    2019    
 
    (unaudited)  
    (dollars in millions)  

Subscription revenue

  $ 14.3     $ 16.5     $ 22.5     $ 27.0     $ 31.7     $ 37.3     $ 51.1     $ 61.0  

Less: Cost of subscription

    9.5       8.2       14.6       13.2       16.3       20.3       38.0       29.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription gross profit

  $ 4.8     $ 8.3     $ 7.9     $ 13.8     $ 15.4     $ 17.0     $ 13.1     $ 31.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription gross margin

    33.4     50.4     35.0     51.0     48.7     45.5     25.6     52.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Add back:

               

Depreciation and amortization expense

  $ 0.4     $ 0.4     $ 0.5     $ 1.5     $ 1.8     $ 2.6     $ 3.0     $ 3.8  

Stock based compensation expense

    0.1       0.1       0.1       0.2       1.2       0.6       0.6       0.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription Contribution

  $ 5.3     $ 8.8     $ 8.5     $ 15.4     $ 18.5     $ 20.1     $ 16.7     $ 36.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription Contribution Margin

    36.9     53.6     37.9     57.1     58.3     54.0     32.7     60.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our Subscription Contribution Margin has fluctuated over time due, in part, to the variable nature of our content costs for past use. See the section titled “—Content Costs for Past Use.” Excluding content costs for past use, Subscription Contribution increased in each of the quarters presented primarily due to the growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriber base and our continued low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn. Excluding content costs for past use, Subscription Contribution Margin increased quarterly through September 30, 2018 as we continued to leverage our fixed content costs across our growing Connected Fitness Subscriber base. In the subsequent quarters we began to make significant investments in Tread content, including the leasing of a Tread studio, as well as expansion into new content verticals such as yoga and meditation. Starting in the quarter ended December 31, 2018, our Subscription Contribution costs also include rent expense for our new production studio in New York City, which caused our Subscription Contribution Margin to decline. Starting in the quarter ended March 31, 2019, our Subscription Contribution costs also include rent expense for our new London studio. In the quarter ended June 30, 2019, Subscription Contribution Margin increased and we expect to continue to leverage the largely fixed costs of our studio production as we scale our Connected Fitness Subscriber base.

Content Costs for Past Use

Included within Adjusted EBITDA and Subscription Contribution are content costs for past use as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Sep. 30,
    2017    
    Dec. 31,
    2017    
    Mar. 31,
    2018    
    Jun. 30,
    2018    
    Sep. 30,
    2018    
    Dec. 31,
    2018    
    Mar. 31,
    2019    
    Jun. 30,
    2019    
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in millions)  

Content costs for past use

  $ 3.5     $ 1.9     $ 6.5     $ 2.6     $ 2.9     $ 2.3     $ 11.3     $  

From time-to-time, we execute music royalty agreements with various music rights holders. As part of these go-forward license agreements, we may also enter into agreements whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in our content in exchange for a mutually-agreed payment. We refer to these payments as content costs for past use. These costs can vary considerably from quarter to quarter since they represent our estimates of potential future release payments based upon license agreements previously entered into and the market share and size of the music rights holder. These estimates are subject to a variety of complex and evolving legal issues across many jurisdictions and are not predictable, which can result in fluctuation over time.

 

80


Table of Contents

To date, we have entered into numerous agreements with major record labels and major publishers, independent labels and publishers, and major performing rights organizations to resolve instances of alleged past use while entering into go-forward license agreements with each of these parties. We have also improved upon a music content management and reporting system that allows our instructors to create class playlists from a selection of songs licensed to us. Based on these efforts, we believe that payments for content costs for past use will decrease over time and eventually be eliminated.

Other Quarterly Key Operational and Business Metrics

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Sep. 30,
    2017    
    Dec. 31,
    2017    
    Mar. 31,
    2018    
    Jun. 30,
    2018    
    Sep. 30,
    2018    
    Dec. 31,
    2018    
    Mar. 31,
    2019    
    Jun. 30,
    2019    
 

Connected Fitness Subscribers

    123,416       168,788       217,889       245,667       276,957       362,388       457,109       511,202  

Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn

    0.52     0.49     0.55     0.85     0.50     0.52     0.68     0.79

Total Workouts (in thousands)

    2,501       3,231       5,902       6,223       7,069       9,336       17,988       17,759  

Average Monthly Workouts per Connected Fitness Subscriber

    7.1       7.4       9.6       8.7       8.9       9.7       13.9       12.0  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operations have been financed primarily through cash flow from operating activities, net proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock and borrowings under our Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of $162.1 million and marketable securities of $216.0 million.

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, cash flow from operations, marketable securities portfolio, and amounts available for borrowing under our Credit Agreement will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the timing and extent of spending on research and development efforts and other growth initiatives, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the timing of new Connected Fitness Product introductions, market acceptance of our Connected Fitness Products, and overall economic conditions. To the extent that current and anticipated future sources of liquidity are insufficient to fund our future business activities and requirements, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital. The inability to raise capital would adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objectives.

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

In June 2019, we entered into the Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, lead arranger and bookrunner and Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, and Silicon Valley Bank, as joint syndication agents, which amended and restated the loan and security agreement we previously entered into in November 2017. The Credit Agreement provides for a $250.0 million secured revolving credit facility, including up to the lesser of $150.0 million and the aggregate unused amount of the facility for the issuance of letters of credit. Interest on the Credit Agreement is paid based on LIBOR plus 2.75% or an Alternative Base Rate plus 1.75%. We are required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.375% on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The principal amount, if any, is payable in full in June 2024. As of June 30, 2019, we had not drawn on the credit facility and did not have outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement.

We have the option to repay our borrowings under the Credit Agreement without premium or penalty prior to maturity. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, such as financial statement reporting requirements and delivery of borrowing base certificates, as well as customary covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare dividends or make certain distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Credit Agreement also contains certain financial condition covenants, including maintaining a total level of liquidity of not less than $125.0 million and

 

81


Table of Contents

maintaining certain minimum total revenue ranging from $725 million to $1,985 million depending on the applicable date of determination. As of June 30, 2019, we were in compliance with the covenants under the Credit Agreement. As of June 30, 2019, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $40.1 million issued primarily to cover security deposits for our operating lease and inventory purchase obligations.

Cash Flows

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2017             2018             2019      
     (in millions)  

Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (18.6   $ 49.7     $ (108.6

Net cash flows used in investing activities

     (10.2     (56.7     (297.5

Net cash flow from financing activities

     143.6       3.1       417.2  

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities of $(108.6) million for fiscal 2019 was primarily due to a net loss of $195.6 million and a decrease in net change in operating assets and liabilities of $22.9 million, partially offset by non-cash adjustments of $109.8 million. The decrease in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to an $111.3 million increase in inventory levels as a result of our introduction of the Peloton Tread, as well as our expansion into the United Kingdom and Canada, and a $30.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets driven by general growth; partially offset by an $117.3 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses related to increased expenditures to support general business growth. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense of $89.5 million of which $61.7 million related to a tender offer completed in October 2018.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $49.7 million for fiscal 2018 was primarily due to an increase in net change in operating assets and liabilities of $81.5 million and non-cash adjustments of $16.1 million, partially offset by a net loss of $47.9 million. The increase in net change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $63.0 million increase in deferred revenue associated with our prior Subscription offering launched in October 2017 whereby customers could purchase a subscription upfront for a 39-month term as well as overall growth in our sales of Connected Fitness Products, and a $41.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses related to growth of expenditures to support general business growth; partially offset by a $9.6 million increase in inventory levels and a $12.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets driven by general growth. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization expense.

Net cash used in operating activities of $18.6 million for fiscal 2017 was primarily due to a net loss of $71.1 million, partially offset by an increase in net change in operating assets and liabilities of $38.2 million and non-cash adjustments of $14.3 million. The increase in net change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a $22.1 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses related to growth of expenditures to support general business growth, and a $19.0 million increase in deferred revenue associated with overall growth in our sales of Connected Fitness Products. Non-cash adjustments primarily consisted of stock-based compensation expense.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2019 of $297.5 million was primarily related to the purchase of marketable securities of $249.8 million and capital expenditures of $83.0 million, partially offset by maturities of marketable securities of $36.0 million.

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2018 of $56.7 million was due to the cash portion of the acquisition of Neurotic Media of $28.7 million, net of cash acquired, and cash used of $28.0 million for capital expenditures. We acquired Neurotic Media primarily to automate and streamline content rights management and to enhance Member engagement through new music features. Of the total purchase consideration, $4.2 million has been recorded to goodwill, $24.8 million to acquired developed technology, and $0.1 million in tangible net assets.

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2017 of $10.2 million for capital expenditures.

 

82


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $417.2 million for fiscal 2019 was primarily related to net proceeds from issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock of $408.8 million, net of issuance costs and repurchases of common stock and preferred stock, as well as $9.3 million in proceeds from exercises of stock options.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $3.1 million for fiscal 2018 was primarily related to proceeds from exercises of stock options of $7.4 million, partially offset by $4.3 million in debt repayment and issuance costs.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $143.6 million for fiscal 2017 was primarily related to net proceeds from issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock of $145.6 million, net of issuance costs and repurchases of common stock and preferred stock, as well as proceeds from borrowings under our credit facility of $10.5 million. These amounts were partially offset by the $13.0 million debt repayment of our term loan and revolver.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of June 30, 2019:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
         Total          Less than
1 Year
           1-3      
Years
           3-5      
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in millions)  

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 784.9      $ 33.0      $ 99.1      $ 107.4      $ 545.4  

Minimum guarantees(2)

     42.0        13.3        28.7                

Unused credit fee payments(3)

     3.9        0.8        1.6        1.6         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 830.8      $ 47.0      $ 129.4      $ 109.0      $ 545.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Operating lease obligations relate to our office space, warehouses, production studios, and retail showrooms and microstores. The lease terms are between one and twenty-one years, and the majority of the lease agreements are renewable at the end of the lease period.

 

(2)

We are subject to minimum royalty payments associated with our license agreements for the use of licensed content. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We are party to many music license agreements that are complex and impose numerous obligations upon us that may make it difficult to operate our business, and a breach of such agreements could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.”

 

(3)

We are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.375% based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2019, we were contingently liable for approximately $40.1 million in standby letters of credit as security for our operating lease obligations.

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts.

Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of certain goods and services are not included in the table. We cannot determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations because purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. Our purchase orders are based on our current needs and are fulfilled by our suppliers and manufacturers within short periods of time. We subcontract with other companies to manufacture our products. During the normal course of business, we and our manufacturers procure components based upon a forecasted production plan. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we may be liable to our suppliers and manufacturers for the cost of the unutilized component orders or components purchased by our manufacturers.

In December 2017, we entered into a 21-year operating lease agreement for our new fitness programming hub in New York City. This lease commenced in October 2018, upon the date we took possession of the leased space and committed to make $99.5 million in minimum fixed payments over the term of the lease agreement, although cash payments for rental obligations under the lease do not begin until October 2019. This lease contains a renewal option for two additional five-year periods and includes a tenant improvement allowance of $3.0 million.

In November 2018, we entered into a 16-year operating lease agreement for space to be used as our new corporate headquarters in New York City. This lease is expected to commence in August 2019 when we take possession of the leased space and commit to pay $503.0 million in minimum fixed payments over the term of the lease. This lease contains a renewal option for an additional 10-year period and includes a tenant improvement allowance of $28.0 million.

 

83


Table of Contents

Between July 1, 2019 and June 30, 2020, the end of our 2020 fiscal year, we anticipate making capital expenditures of approximately $250.0 million to $300.0 million, which will be largely attributable to the build out of our new headquarters in New York City, our investment in developing our New York and London production studios, and an increase in the number of showrooms that we operate.

In June 2019, we entered into an agreement to acquire a third party for approximately $50.0 million. The agreement is subject to standard closing conditions and third-party approvals. We expect to close the transaction in September 2019.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2019.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are primarily exposed to changes in short-term interest rates with respect to our cost of borrowing under our Credit Agreement. We monitor our cost of borrowing under our facility, taking into account our funding requirements, and our expectations for short-term rates in the future. A hypothetical 10% change in the interest rate on our Credit Agreement for all periods presented would not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Foreign Currency Risk

To date, all of our inventory purchases have been denominated in U.S. dollars. Our international sales are primarily denominated in foreign currencies and any unfavorable movement in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and the currencies in which we conduct sales in foreign countries could have an adverse impact on our revenue. A portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies, which are also subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, our suppliers incur many costs, including labor and supply costs, in other currencies. While we are not currently contractually obligated to pay increased costs due to changes in exchange rates, to the extent that exchange rates move unfavorably for our suppliers, they may seek to pass these additional costs on to us, which could have a material impact on our gross margins. Our operating results and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. However, we believe that the exposure to foreign currency fluctuation from operating expenses is relatively small at this time as the related costs do not constitute a significant portion of our total expenses. To date, we have not entered into derivatives or hedging transactions, as our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates has historically been partially hedged as our foreign currency denominated inflows have covered our foreign currency denominated expenses. However, we may enter into derivative or hedging transactions in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, stockholders’ equity/deficit, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.

Revenue Recognition

Our primary source of revenues are from sales of our Connected Fitness Products including our Bike and Tread, related accessories, and monthly Connected Fitness Subscriptions.

 

84


Table of Contents

We determine revenue recognition through the following steps in accordance with Topic 606 which we adopted as of July 1, 2018 on a full retrospective basis:

 

   

identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

 

   

identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

 

   

determination of the transaction price;

 

   

allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

   

recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation.

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue is reported net of sales returns and discounts, which to date have not been material to our financial statements. We estimate our liability for product returns based on historical return trends by product category and seasonality and an evaluation of current economic and market conditions, and record the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of revenue. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur.

Some of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For customer contracts that include multiple performance obligations, we account for individual performance obligations if they are distinct. The transaction price is then allocated to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling price based on the prices charged to customers.

Deferred revenue is recorded for nonrefundable cash payments received for our performance obligation to transfer or stand ready to transfer, goods or services in the future. Deferred revenue consists of Subscription fees billed that have not been recognized. Customer deposits represent payments received in advance in instances where the revenue contract is cancelable in nature, and therefore, we do not have an unconditional obligation to transfer control to a customer.

Product Warranty

We offer a standard product warranty that our products will operate under normal, non-commercial use for a period of one-year from the date of original delivery. We have the obligation, at our option, to either repair or replace a defective product. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenue. The estimate of future warranty costs is based on historical as well as current product failure rates, service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures, and warranty policies. We regularly review these estimates to assess the appropriateness of our recorded warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary. Should actual product failures, use of materials or other costs differ from our estimates, additional warranty liabilities could be incurred, which could materially affect our results of operations. The estimates and assumptions used to reserve for product warranty have been accurate in all material respects and have not materially changed historically.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of any non-controlling interest recognized, if any, over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination.

Intangible assets other than goodwill are comprised of acquired developed technology. At initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, which was determined based on management’s estimate of the period over which the asset will contribute to our future cash flows. We review goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. In conducting our annual goodwill impairment test, we first review qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying amount, we perform a quantitative impairment assessment of the asset, analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows to quantify the amount of impairment, if any. We perform our annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. We assess the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changing circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

85


Table of Contents

Music Royalty Fees

We recognize music royalty fees on all music we stream to Members as these fees are incurred in accordance with the terms of the relevant license agreement with the music rights holder. The incurrence of the royalties is primarily driven by content usage by our Members on a fee-per-play basis through the use of our Subscriptions and classified within subscription cost of revenue within the our statement of operations. Our license agreements with music rights holders generally include provisions for advance royalties as well as minimum guarantees. When a minimum guarantee is paid in advance, the guarantee is recorded as a prepaid expense and amortized to subscription cost of revenue.

As we execute music license agreements with various music rights holders for go-forward usage, we may also simultaneously enter into a settlement agreement whereby we are released from all potential licensor claims regarding our alleged past use of copyrighted material in exchange for a negotiated payment. These are referred to as “content costs for past use” and are recorded within subscription cost of revenue. We have entered into agreements with music rights holders who represent all the music catalogs that we need to operate our service, however, given the uncertain and opaque nature of music rights ownership, our archived library may continue to include music for which certain rights or fractional interests have not been accurately determined or fully licensed. Prior to the execution of a music license agreement, we estimate and record a charge based upon license agreements previously entered into and the market share and size of the music rights holder.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of actual forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. For performance-based stock options issued, the value of the instrument is measured at the grant date as the fair value of the award and expensed over the vesting term when the performance targets are considered probable of being achieved.

We calculate the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant date fair value of stock option awards issued is affected by a number of variables, including the fair value of our underlying common stock, our expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option award, the expected term of the award, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock.

Generally, our stock option awards permit early exercise. The unvested portion of shares exercised is recorded as a liability on our balance sheet and reclassified to equity as vesting occurs.

The estimated grant-date fair value of our equity-based awards issued to service providers was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
             2017                      2018                      2019          

Dividend yield

     —          —          —    

Weighted-average expected term (in years)

     6.3          6.3          6.3    

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate

     1.4%        2.4%        2.5%  

Weighted-average expected volatility

     79.3%        55.2%        45.0%  

Dividend Yield. The expected dividend yield is zero as we have never declared or paid cash dividends and have no current plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term due to the limited period of time stock-based awards have been exercisable. As a result, for stock options, we used the simplified method to calculate the expected term estimate based on the vesting and contractual terms of the option. Under the simplified method, the expected term is equal to the average of the stock-based award’s weighted-average vesting period and its contractual term. For awards granted which contain performance conditions, we estimate the expected term based on the estimated dates that the performance conditions will be satisfied.

 

86


Table of Contents

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the stock option’s expected term.

Expected Volatility. Since we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility was derived from the average historical stock volatilities of several unrelated public companies within our industry that we consider to be comparable to our business over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards, We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar companies to estimate the expected volatility until sufficient historical information regarding the volatility of the share price of our Class A common stock becomes available.

We also grant stock-based awards to non-employees. We believe that for stock options issued to non-employees, the fair value of the stock option is more reliably measurable than the fair value of the services rendered. Therefore, we estimate the fair value of non-employee stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model with appropriate assumptions.

Common Stock Valuations

In the absence of a public trading market, the fair value of our common stock was determined by our board of directors, with input from management, taking into account our most recent valuations from an independent third-party valuation specialist. Our board of directors intended all stock options granted to have an exercise price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we use in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment, and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

   

relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;

 

   

contemporaneous valuations performed at periodic intervals by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

   

the liquidation preferences, rights, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

   

our actual operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the stock options, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of the common stock underlying the granted options;

 

   

recent secondary stock sales and tender offers;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly-traded companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock at various dates in fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business using various valuation methods including combinations of income and market approaches with input from management. The income approach estimates the fair value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using an appropriate discount rate to reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated cash flows. The market approach estimates value considering an analysis of guideline public companies. The guideline public companies method estimates value by applying a representative revenue multiple from a peer group of companies in similar lines of business to our forecasted revenue. Our peer group of companies was selected based on operational and economic similarities to us and factors considered included but were not limited to industry, business model, growth rates, customer base, capitalization, size, profitability and stage of development. From time to time, we updated the set of comparable companies as new or more relevant information became available. This approach involves the identification of relevant transactions, and determining relevant multiples to apply to our revenue.

The equity values implied by the income and market approaches reasonably approximated each other as of each valuation date.

 

87


Table of Contents

Once we determined an equity value, we used a combination of approaches to allocate the equity value to each class of our stock. We used the option pricing method, or OPM. The OPM allocates values to each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights, and exercise prices of the equity instruments.

We also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability and liquidity due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies. The discount for marketability was determined using a protective put option model, in which a put option is used as a proxy for measuring discounts for lack of marketability of securities.

Following August 2018, the resulting equity value was then allocated to the common stock using a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM. Under PWERM, we estimated the value of our common stock based upon an analysis of our values assuming an initial public offering as a possible future event. Additionally, the OPM, using the preferred stockholders’ liquidation preferences, participation rights, dividend rights, and conversion rights to determine the value of each share class in specific potential future outcomes, was considered in the PWERM approach. We also applied a discount for lack of marketability to account for a lack of access to an active public market.

In addition, we also considered any private or secondary transactions involving our capital stock as well as tender offers completed in fiscal 2017 and 2019. In our evaluation of those transactions, we considered the facts and circumstances of each transaction to determine the extent to which they represented a fair value exchange. Factors considered include transaction volume, timing, whether the transactions occurred among willing and unrelated parties, and whether the transactions involved investors with access to our financial information.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying Class A common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2019 was $        million, of which $        million related to vested stock options and $        million related to unvested stock options. In addition, we granted options to purchase 664,050 shares of our Class B common stock subsequent to June 30, 2019.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method for computing our income tax provision. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the expected future consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities as well as operating loss, capital loss, and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates. Management makes estimates, assumptions, and judgments to determine our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, which to date have not been material, are recognized within provision for income taxes.

Loss Contingencies

We are involved in legal proceedings, claims, and regulatory, tax, and government inquiries and investigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. Certain of these matters include claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts of

 

88


Table of Contents

damages. We record a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, we disclose the possible loss in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible but the loss or range of loss cannot be reasonably estimated, we state that such an estimate cannot be made.

We review the developments in our contingencies that could affect the amount of the provisions that have been previously recorded, and the matters and related reasonably possible losses disclosed. We make adjustments to our provisions and changes to our disclosures accordingly to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and updated information. Significant judgment is required to determine both the probability and the estimated amount of loss. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances at each balance sheet date and are subject to change based on new information and future events.

The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain. Therefore, if one or more of these matters were resolved against us for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our results of operations and financial condition, including in a particular reporting period in which any such outcome becomes probable and estimable, could be materially adversely affected.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the dates of the statement of financial position included in this prospectus.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In the course of preparing the financial statements that are included in this prospectus, our management has determined that we have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These material weaknesses primarily pertained to IT general controls, controls to address segregation of certain accounting duties, timely reconciliation and analysis of certain key accounts and the review of journal entries. We have concluded that these material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting occurred because, prior to this offering, we were a private company and did not have the necessary business processes, systems, personnel and related internal controls necessary to satisfy the accounting and financial reporting requirements of a public company.

In order to remediate these material weaknesses, we have taken and plan to take the following actions:

 

   

implementation of IT general controls to manage access and program changes within our IT environment;

 

   

the hiring and continued hiring of additional accounting and finance resources with public company experience;

 

   

implementation of additional review controls and processes and requiring timely account reconciliations and analyses; and

 

   

implementation of processes and controls to better identify and manage segregation of duties risks.

In accordance with the provisions of the JOBS Act, we and our independent registered public accounting firm were not required to, and did not, perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 nor any period subsequent in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. Material weaknesses may still exist when we report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act after the completion of this offering.

 

89


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM JOHN FOLEY, CO-FOUNDER AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Dear Prospective Investors and Peloton Members,

At Peloton, we believe that better is in all of us.

It is no secret that exercise makes us feel good. It’s simple science: exercising creates endorphins and endorphins make us happy. On the most basic level, Peloton sells happiness. But of course, we do so much more. Our connected fitness experiences make it easy for our Members to get engaging, social, and highly effective workouts with world-class instructors anytime, anywhere. As a result, our Members work out 80% more than non-Peloton Members.(1) And while the health benefits of regular physical fitness are well documented, the Peloton experience transcends health benefits alone. The happiness our Members experience enables each individual to be a better version of themselves, so they go on to inspire others. And that leads us to Peloton’s mission: to better ourselves, inspire each other, and unite the world through fitness.

I founded Peloton in 2012 to solve a challenge in my own life. My wife, Jill, and I knew great fitness experiences made us feel like better versions of ourselves, but there were countless barriers to working out regularly. We loved going to boutique studio fitness classes like cycling, running, boot camp, and yoga. We were addicted to the fast-paced energy, the motivational instructors, the thoughtful programming, and the way exercising with a group pushed us harder. These classes left us feeling energized, refreshed, stronger, and ready to take on anything. However, with demanding jobs and two small children at home, just getting to the gym became harder and harder. Classes with our favorite instructors sold out quickly and were prohibitively expensive. We also had to accommodate someone else’s schedule at someone else’s location. And we were often left without time, without options, and without the feeling of “being our better selves” that we sought.

I figured that there must be a way to make these workouts more convenient, more affordable, and more accessible. There had to be a way to bring fantastic, high-energy, instructor-led group fitness into the home, to be experienced on my time, any time I wanted. And my hunch was that if I could make it possible, others would want it as well.

With that spark of an idea, I looked for brilliant, creative, empathetic, high-integrity partners who shared my ambition and weren’t afraid to tackle complicated business and technology challenges. I was lucky to have several friends who fit the bill in spades: Hisao Kushi, Tom Cortese, Graham Stanton, and Yony Feng. All of my co-founders are still thriving at Peloton, each in a senior role and each an even stronger friend.

To create Peloton, we needed to build what we believed to be the best indoor bike on the market, recruit the best instructors in the world, and engineer a state-of-the-art software platform to tie it all together. Against prevailing conventional wisdom, and despite countless investor conference rooms full of very smart skeptics, we were determined for Peloton to build a vertically integrated platform to deliver a seamless end-to-end experience as physically rewarding and addictive as attending a live, in-studio class. In Peloton’s infancy, our lean founding team operated from a one-room “headquarters” with heavy black curtains that cordoned off a makeshift cycling studio, equipped with a modest six bikes and a used camcorder. We problem-solved our way from streaming live cycling classes to one hundred Members, then to one thousand, and now to over a million Members worldwide. It took a proverbial village to build Peloton, and that once-small village has grown into the community that is now the heart of our brand.

From the very beginning, we have always put our Members first in everything we do, and they never cease to amaze us. Through connecting on the Peloton Bike, Tread, and Digital App, our Members have created one of the most supportive, optimistic, diverse, and inclusive communities in the world. Peloton Members are teachers, professional athletes, active military and veterans, healthcare providers, firefighters, policemen, famous actors and musicians, and even former Presidents. They are teenagers and senior citizens. From diverse life experiences, all gender identities and sexual orientations, countless nationalities and ethnicities. We are proud of our community of Members but even prouder of the way that they have united together in support of each other.

Every day, I receive personal emails from our Members. The most consistent message I receive: “Peloton has changed my life.” Astonishingly, four out of five Members were not in the market for fitness equipment before they bought the Bike. They were in the market for improving their lives, just as Jill and I were back in 2012 when we started this company and began this journey.

 

(1) 

Source: April 2019 Survey to Members and Non-Members, N=500

 

90


Table of Contents

Seven years later, it is very clear to me that we have an immense opportunity in front of us at Peloton. Peloton is so much more than a Bike — we believe we have the opportunity to create one of the most innovative global technology platforms of our time. It is an opportunity to create one of the most important and influential interactive media companies in the world; a media company that changes lives, inspires greatness, and unites people. And it is an opportunity to create one of the best places to work in the cities where we operate — we prioritize culture as much as any other business objective.

And to be sure, we are not taking these opportunities lightly. William Lynch, our President; Jill Woodworth, our Chief Financial Officer; Kevin Cornils, our Managing Director of International; my co-founders; and our extended senior leadership team: all of us feel an immense responsibility to deliver on these opportunities, and we are ready. We have worked our entire careers for this very moment.

Speaking for the entire Peloton team, we are incredibly grateful for all of our Members from all different backgrounds who love Peloton and have welcomed us into their lives over the past several years. We are truly humbled by your passion for our shared mission.

Today, however, we look forward. At this important moment in our journey, I am honored to invite you to join Peloton.

With gratitude,

John Foley

Founder and CEO

 

91


Table of Contents

LOGO

PELOTON IS A FAMILY OF PASSIONATE MEMBERS, TALENTED EMPLOYEES AND BEST-IN-CLASS FITNESS INSTRUCTORS.NO IDEA IS TOO BIG, NO GOAL IS OUT OF REACH AND NO CHALLENGE IS TOO AMBITIOUS. WE ARE FUELED BY THE STRENGTH WE PROVIDE ONE ANOTHER. TOGETHER, THERE IS NOTHING WE CANNOT ACCOMPLISH.


Table of Contents

LOGO

OUR COMMUNITY UNITES US “ PELOTON HAS TRULY CHANGED MY LIFE. THE COMBINATION OF A WONDERFUL PRODUCT, AMAZING INSTRUCTORS AND A TON OF VARIETY REALLY KEEPS ME ENGAGED AND ACTUALLY EXCITED ABOUT EXERCISING. THECOMMUNITY THAT YOU ALL HAVE DEVELOPED CONTINUES TO AMAZE ME AS WELL. - KIRSTIN M. PELOTON MEMBER


Table of Contents

LOGO

OUR EMPLOYEES DRIVE US “ FROM PRODUCT DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING, TO LAST-MILE DELIVERY TO OUR CONSUMERS,WE EMBRACE HOW AMBITIOUS OUR MODEL IS. BUT IT’S OUR FEARLESS AND ENDLESS OBSESSION WITH MAKING EVERY MEMBER TOUCHPOINT MEMORABLE THAT MOVES US FORWARD EVERY DAY. - DAVID PACKLES. DIRECTOR OF PRODUCT


Table of Contents

LOGO

OUR INSTRUCTORS INSPIRE US “ THERE IS SOMETHING REALLY SPECIAL ABOUT PROVIDING ENTERTAINMENT AND CREDIBLE FITNESS AUTHORITY AT THE SAME TIME, AND THAT IS THE SECRET SAUCE OF PELOTON. - ROBIN ARZON, VP FITNESS PROGRAMMING


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Purpose

We believe physical activity is fundamental to a healthy and happy life. Our ambition is to empower people to improve their lives through fitness.

We are a technology company that meshes the physical and digital worlds to create a completely new, immersive, and connected fitness experience. We are also:

…a media company that creates engaging-to-the-point-of-addictive original programming with the best instructors in the world.

…an interactive software company that motivates our Members to achieve their goals.

…a product design company that develops beautiful and intuitive equipment that anticipates the needs of our Members.

…a social connection company that enables our community to support one another.

…a direct-to-consumer, multi-channel retail company that facilitates a seamless customer journey.

…an apparel company that allows Members to display their passion for Peloton.

…a logistics company that provides high-touch delivery, set up, and service for our Members.

We are driven by our Members-first obsession and we will be any company we need to be in order to deliver the best fitness experience possible.

Who We Are

Peloton is the largest interactive fitness platform in the world with a loyal community of over 1.4 million Members. We pioneered connected, technology-enabled fitness, and the streaming of immersive, instructor-led boutique classes to our Members anytime, anywhere. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective, and convenient, while fostering social connections that encourage our Members to be the best versions of themselves.

We are an innovation company at the nexus of fitness, technology, and media. We have disrupted the fitness industry by developing a first-of-its-kind subscription platform that seamlessly combines the best equipment, proprietary networked software, and world-class streaming digital fitness and wellness content, creating a product that our Members love. Our highly compelling offering helped our Members complete over 58 million Peloton workouts in fiscal 2019.

Driven by our Members-first mindset, we built a vertically integrated platform that ensures a best-in-class, end-to-end experience. We have a direct-to-consumer multi-channel sales platform, including 74 showrooms with knowledgeable sales specialists, a high-touch delivery service, and helpful Member support teams. Our Members are as devoted to us as we are to them—92% of our Connected Fitness Products ever sold still had an active Connected Fitness Subscription attached as of June 30, 2019.

Our Connected Fitness Product offerings currently include the Peloton Bike, launched in 2014, and the Peloton Tread, launched in 2018. Both our Bike and Tread include a state-of-the-art touchscreen that streams live and on-demand classes. Our products have a multitude of interactive software features that encourage frequent use, facilitate healthy competition on our patented leaderboard, build community among our Members, and inspire our Members to track performance and achieve their goals with real-time and historical metrics. As of June 30, 2019, we had sold approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products, with approximately 564,000 sold in the United States.

Our world-class instructors teach classes across a variety of fitness and wellness disciplines, including indoor cycling, indoor/outdoor running and walking, bootcamp, yoga, strength training, stretching, and meditation. We produce over 950

 

92


Table of Contents

original programs per month and maintain a vast and constantly updated library of thousands of original fitness and wellness programs. We make it easy for Members to find a class that fits their interests based on class type, instructor, music genre, length, available equipment, area of physical focus, and level of difficulty.

Our content is available on our Connected Fitness Products through a $39.00 monthly Connected Fitness Subscription, which allows for unlimited workouts across multiple users within a household. Our Connected Fitness Subscribers can enjoy our classes anywhere through Peloton Digital, which is available through iOS and Android mobile devices, as well as most tablets and computers. We also have Digital Subscribers who pay $19.49 per month for access our content library on their own devices.

Our revenue is primarily generated from the sale of our Connected Fitness Products and associated recurring subscription revenue. We have experienced significant growth in sales of Connected Fitness Products, which, when combined with our strong Connected Fitness Subscriber retention rates, has driven high growth in Connected Fitness Subscribers. Our Connected Fitness Subscriber base grew by 108% in fiscal 2019.

Our compelling financial profile is characterized by high growth, strong retention, recurring revenue, margin expansion, and efficient customer acquisition. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, together with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, generates attractive Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. When we acquire new Connected Fitness Subscribers, we are able to offset our customer acquisition costs with the gross profit earned on our Connected Fitness Products. This allows for rapid payback of our sales and marketing investments and results in a robust unit economic model.

We are a fast-growing and scaled fitness platform. For fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019:

 

   

we generated total revenue of $218.6 million, $435.0 million, and $915.0 million, respectively, representing 99.0% and 110.3% year-over-year growth;

 

   

we incurred net losses of $(71.1) million, $(47.9) million, and $(195.6) million, respectively; and

 

   

our Adjusted EBITDA was $(51.8) million, $(30.4) million, and $(71.3) million, respectively.

See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

For fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, key metrics of our business included:

 

   

Connected Fitness Subscribers of 107,708, 245,667, and 511,202, respectively; and

 

   

Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn of 0.70%, 0.64%, and 0.65%, respectively.

For a definition of Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Model” and for a definition of Connected Fitness Subscribers, Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, and Subscription Contribution Margin, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

 

93


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Historical Performance

Our Industry and Opportunity

Industry

We participate in the massive and growing global health and wellness industry. According to a 2018 report by the Global Wellness Institute, the total global spend on the wellness industry in 2017 was $4.2 trillion, of which the global spend on fitness and certain categories of wellness, including meditation and yoga, represented nearly $600 billion. According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, or IHRSA, 183 million and 62 million people had gym memberships globally and in the United States, respectively, as of 2018.

Our current product portfolio, which consists of our Bike, Tread, and fitness and wellness subscription services, addresses a large consumer base. Within our current and announced markets (the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany), we estimate that 75 million people used treadmills and 27 million used stationary cycling bikes in the 12 months ended March 2019. In those same regions, we estimate that over 5 million treadmills and nearly 3 million stationary cycling bikes were purchased for in-home use in the 12 months ended March 2019. We believe that we are significantly expanding the market for fitness equipment and products. According to our 2019 Member Survey, four out of five Members were not in the market for home fitness equipment prior to purchasing a Peloton Connected Fitness Product.

Opportunity

We consider our market opportunity in terms of a Total Addressable Market, or TAM, which we believe is the market we can reach over the long-term in our current and announced markets, and a Serviceable Addressable Market, or SAM, which we address with our current product verticals and price points.

According to our research, our TAM is 67 million households, of which 45 million are in the United States. Within our TAM, we estimate that 52 million households are interested in learning more about our Connected Fitness Products without seeing the price. We estimate that our SAM is 14 million Connected Fitness Products, with 12 million represented in the United States. Historically, our SAM has grown as our brand awareness has increased. With low brand awareness in our current international markets, we believe we will see SAM expand as we make further investments in building brand and product awareness in these regions. We will grow both TAM and SAM as we expand beyond our current geographies and grow SAM as we develop new Connected Fitness Products and content in new fitness verticals. With approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products sold globally as of June 30, 2019, we are approximately 4% penetrated in our SAM of 14 million. For a discussion of the methodology used in determining our TAM and SAM, see the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

94


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

*

Represents our total addressable market within our current and announced markets—the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany.

Consumer Trends in Our Favor

Increasing Focus on Health and Wellness

The growing awareness of the benefits of exercise and physical activity is driving increasing participation and spend in fitness and wellness. This has translated into consistent year-over-year growth of the fitness industry both in the United States and globally over the past two decades, even during times of economic recession. According to IHRSA, health club industry revenues in the United States grew at a 5.4% annual growth rate over the last ten years. In addition, employers and health insurance companies are investing in employee well-being by offering incentives for preventative health measures such as exercise. According to a 2017 study by the National Business Group on Health, 74% of employers offer employee wellness incentives, with the average employee incentive amount increasing from $521 in 2013 to $742 in 2017.    

Streaming Media is the Leading Channel of Consumption

The quality, volume, and speed of streaming content has profoundly changed media consumption patterns. Consumers can select from extensive catalogs of content across video programming, music, books, and gaming, among other categories, allowing for personalized, on-demand consumption anywhere, anytime, and at a great value. According to Kagan, a media research group of S&P Global Market Intelligence, global digital music paid subscribers are estimated to have grown from 12.1 million in 2012 to 162.5 million in 2018. Similarly, digital video paid subscribers are estimated to have increased in the United States from 37.6 million in 2012 to 167.8 million in 2018.

Desire for Community and Shared Experiences

We believe consumers are increasingly spending on experiences and are seeking meaningful community connections. Within the fitness industry, consumers have migrated to boutique fitness due to personalization, expert instruction, and the sense of community. Boutique-style fitness offerings are the fastest growing brick-and-mortar fitness category. According to IHRSA, as of 2017, 40% of members of health and fitness clubs reported belonging to a boutique fitness studio, and from 2013 to 2017, membership in boutique studios grew approximately 121%.

Demand for Convenience

Household trends, longer working hours, and the rise of mobile technology make it challenging to balance time between family, work, and personal health and wellness. According to the Pew Research Center, over the last few decades, there has been an increase in dual income families from 49% in 1970 to 66% in 2016. We believe that busy lifestyles, less free time, and changing household dynamics are driving demand for convenient fitness options.

What Sets Us Apart

Category-Defining Brand with Broad Appeal

Peloton is the pioneer of connected, technology-enabled fitness. By meshing the physical and digital worlds, we have created an immersive experience that our Members love. We have scaled rapidly through data-driven marketing and

 

95


Table of Contents

education-based sales efforts. Our marketing is made more efficient by the significant word-of-mouth referrals from our loyal Members, which has become one of our largest sales channels. As a result of strong Connected Fitness Product sales and low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, we have grown our Connected Fitness Subscribers from 35,135 as of June 30, 2016 to 511,202 as of June 30, 2019, representing annualized growth of approximately 144.1%.

We are democratizing access to high-quality boutique fitness by making it accessible and affordable through the compelling value of our unlimited household Connected Fitness Subscriptions and attractive financing programs for the Bike and Tread. We continue to broaden our demographic appeal—our fastest growing demographic segments are consumers under 35 years old and those with household incomes under $75,000.

Growing and Scaled Platform with Network Effects

As the largest interactive fitness platform in the world, our rapidly growing and scaled Member base is a highly strategic asset. With our first mover advantage, we have achieved critical mass, which improves our platform and Member experience. As of June 30, 2019, on average, nearly 6,400 Members participated in each cycling class, across live and on-demand. As our community of Members continues to grow, the Peloton fitness experience becomes more inspiring, more competitive, more immersive, and more connected. Over time, Members are embedded in the Peloton community and we become a part of their lives, increasing the opportunity cost of Members leaving or potential Members not joining our platform.

Engaging-to-the-Point-of-Addictive Fitness Experience Drives High Retention

By making fitness fun and motivating, we help our Members achieve their personal goals. We analyze millions of workouts per month to help us develop features that improve our Member experience and create new, on-trend fitness and wellness content that our Members crave. Engagement is the leading indicator of retention for our Connected Fitness Subscribers. We have consistently seen workouts increase over time. On average, our Connected Fitness Subscribers completed 7.5, 8.4, and 11.5 workouts per month in fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. Usage drives value and loyalty, which is evidenced by our exceptional weighted-average 12-month Connected Fitness Subscriber retention rate of 95% across all fiscal year cohorts since fiscal 2016.

Vertically Integrated Platform That is Difficult to Replicate

We are driven by our Members-first obsession and see every Member touchpoint as an opportunity to exceed expectations. To create the best platform, we designed our own products, developed our own interactive software, and created our own high production value fitness and wellness programming. For full end-to-end Member support, we were also compelled to develop our own customer education, purchase and delivery, and services platform. We sell our Connected Fitness Products exclusively through our knowledgeable inside sales and showroom associates as well as our e-commerce site. Our high-touch delivery teams ensure that new Members are immediately set up and ready to work out on their new Bike or Tread. The effectiveness of our end-to-end platform is demonstrated by the high Net Promoter Score for our Bike, which has been within the range of 80 to 93 since we began measuring it in 2016.

Compelling Financial Model

Our financial profile is characterized by high growth, strong retention, recurring revenue, margin expansion, and efficient customer acquisition. Our growth is attributable to our data-driven marketing approach and Member word-of-mouth referrals, both of which help us generate predictable and increasingly efficient Connected Fitness Product sales. Our low Average Net Monthly Connected Fitness Churn, combined with our high Subscription Contribution Margin, results in attractive Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value. We offset customer acquisition costs with the gross profit earned on our Connected Fitness Products, generating rapid payback of sales and marketing investments and robust unit economics.

Founder-Led, Passionate Team

Peloton was founded by John Foley in 2012. Along with his four co-founders, John set out to create the most convenient and immersive indoor cycling experience in the world. Our founders believed deeply that creating a Members-first experience would require Peloton to be as vertically integrated as possible, and so we built teams that span software development, product design, fitness instruction, content production, marketing, music, logistics, retail, and apparel. We believe that no other company is at the intersection of all these disciplines, which means that every day we are doing something that no other company has done before. This, along with the positive impact we have on our Members’ physical and mental well-being, fuels our passion for continuous innovation and progress.

 

96


Table of Contents

Growth Strategies

Our goal is to rapidly grow our Member base through the sale of our Connected Fitness Products while continuing to engage and retain our scaled and loyal community of Members.

Grow Brand Awareness

We are still in the early stages of growth in our existing markets. As of June 30, 2019, we had sold approximately 577,000 Connected Fitness Products globally, a small fraction of the 14 million products we believe reflect our current SAM. While our aided brand awareness has grown rapidly in the United States and reached 67% as of April 3, 2019, we have significant room to increase our brand and product awareness in both the United States and in our other geographies through television, digital, and social media marketing, as well as our showrooms and word-of-mouth referrals. We continue to broaden our demographic appeal by educating customers on the compelling value of our Connected Fitness Subscriptions.

Continuously Improve Member Experience

We constantly improve and evolve our interactive software and content to drive Member engagement, which helps us maintain our high retention rates as we grow. We deploy new software features frequently and currently produce over 950 original programs per month to keep our content library fresh and on-trend. We also continue to drive usage through innovative fitness and wellness programs and goal-based challenges that make Members feel more accountable and help them reach their personal goals. Total Workouts for our Connected Fitness Subscribers grew from 17.9 million in fiscal 2018 to 52.2 million in fiscal 2019, respectively, representing a 192% increase. For a definition of Total Workouts, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operational and Business Metrics.”

Launch New Products and Expand Content Offering

Over time, we plan to invest heavily in new product development and content to further penetrate our SAM. We will launch new Connected Fitness Products and accessories in our existing, as well as new fitness verticals, while continuously updating and expanding our original fitness and wellness programming. We will pursue new products where there is a large market opportunity in areas of fitness with staying power.

Pursue Disciplined Expansion into New Geographies

With more than 174 million people belonging to gyms globally, we believe there is significant opportunity for Peloton to grow internationally. In 2018, we began our international expansion and brought the Peloton experience to the United Kingdom and Canada. With our expansion into Germany in the winter of 2019, we will be in the largest fitness markets in the world. We will continue to pursue disciplined international expansion by targeting countries with high fitness penetration and spend, the presence of boutique fitness, and where we believe the Peloton value proposition will resonate.

Invest in Our Platform

We will continue to invest in technology and infrastructure to extend our leadership in connected fitness, increase our value proposition, and support our growth. Over the next couple of years, we will continue to invest in state-of-the-art production studios in New York City and London and a new headquarters in New York City, which will include a dedicated research and development facility for new product design, development, and testing. We will continue to invest heavily in a variety of software and hardware engineering functions, supply chain operations, manufacturing, and advanced quality assurance to support our growth.

Increase Profitability Through Fixed Cost Leverage

The continued growth of our Connected Fitness Subscriber base will allow us to improve Subscription Contribution Margin, increase Connected Fitness Subscriber Lifetime Value, and generate operating leverage. A significant portion of our content creation costs can be leveraged over time given that a limited number of production studios and instructors can support the future growth of our Subscriber base. We expect to drive continued efficiencies in sales and marketing expenses as we benefit from increasing brand awareness, word-of-mouth referrals from our growing Subscriber base, and further optimization of our sales and marketing investments by channel. We will also achieve operating leverage as we scale fixed general and administrative expenses, including those associated with our new headquarters in New York City.

 

97


Table of Contents

Our Product Offerings

Connected Fitness Products

Our Connected Fitness Products include the Peloton Bike, launched in 2014, and the Peloton Tread, launched in 2018. Our Bike features a carbon steel frame, a nearly silent belt drive, magnetic resistance for durability, and a 22” high-definition touchscreen with built-in stereo speakers to stream live and on-demand classes, all in a compact, 4’ by 2’ footprint. In the United States, we sell our Bike for $2,245, which includes delivery and set up. We offer qualified customers in the United States a 39-month, 0% APR financing program, allowing them to purchase the Bike and pay in monthly installments of $58.00.

The Tread provides a one-of-a-kind experience for runners, strength trainers, and bootcamp enthusiasts. Like our Bike, the Tread has a state-of-the-art touch screen that allows Members to stream live and on-demand classes and is designed for performance and comfort. The Tread features a shock-absorbing rubber-slat belt and ball bearing system, ideal for low-impact training, while pace and incline knobs allow for seamless adjustments. The 32” high-definition touchscreen features a 20-watt sound bar for an immersive experience both on and off the Tread. Currently our Tread is only available in the United States and sells for $4,295, which includes delivery and set up. We offer qualified customers a 24-month, 0% APR financing program, allowing them to purchase the Tread and pay in monthly installments of $179.00.

 

Peloton Bike

 

      

Peloton Tread

 

LOGO

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO

Connected Fitness Subscriptions

Our Connected Fitness Subscriptions are on a month-to-month basis, allow for multiple household users, and provide unlimited access to all live and on-demand classes. Our Connected Fitness Subscription allows Members to access classes through our Connected Fitness Products, compete on our motivating leaderboard, track performance metrics, and connect and interact with the broader Peloton community. Our Connected Fitness Subscription also includes access to our content through Peloton Digital which is available through iOS and Android mobile devices and most tablets and computers. Our Connected Fitness Subscriptions allow up to five Members of a household to access our content simultaneously. On average, we had 2.0 Members per Connected Fitness Subscription as of June 30, 2019.

 

Subscription Content

 

Bike

 

   

Tread

 

      

Digital

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

      

 

 

LOGO

 

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Peloton Digital

Peloton Digital began as a companion app for Connected Fitness Subscribers to provide access to our classes while our Members were away from their Connected Fitness Products. Starting in June 2015, we offered Peloton Digital as a standalone fitness app. In June 2018, we relaunched Peloton Digital when we expanded our content offering to include bootcamp and indoor/outdoor running and walking classes. As of June 30, 2019, we had approximately 102,000 Peloton Digital Subscribers, in addition to our over 511,202 Connected Fitness Subscribers. A Digital Subscriber is an individual or household that has a paid Peloton subscription with a successful credit card billing. With over 67 million households in our current and announced markets open to subscription fitness, we believe there is ample opportunity for us to grow our Digital Subscription base over time.

Today, Peloton Digital is included with all Connected Fitness Subscriptions. As of June 30, 2019, 50% of our Connected Fitness Subscribers used Peloton Digital to supplement their workout regime. Peloton Digital also helps us attract new Connected Fitness Subscribers by serving as an acquisition tool for new Members.

Peloton Digital

 

LOGO

 

99


Table of Contents

Since the Peloton Digital relaunch in June 2018, we have added several new fitness verticals which we believe have increased the value of our subscription services. These include indoor/outdoor running and walking, bootcamp, strength training, stretching, and meditation. We have also significantly expanded our yoga offerings. Our Members have shown strong interest in these new verticals; in fiscal 2019, 35% of workouts completed were not indoor cycling classes.

 

Peloton Total Fitness Experience

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

   
            

Our Compelling Value Proposition

Our monthly Connected Fitness Subscription at $39.00 is less expensive than most monthly gym memberships, a fraction of the price of a personal training session, and approximately the same price as one boutique fitness class for one person. Boutique studio fitness classes typically cost between $25.00 and $45.00 per class, per person and follow a rigid schedule whereas our monthly Connected Fitness Subscription covers the household and offers unlimited use, anytime, anywhere. Our live class schedule and on-demand library feature classes spanning five to 90 minutes, providing Members with flexibility and convenience.

To increase affordability, we offer attractive 0% APR financing programs for our Connected Fitness Products. These programs allow our qualified customers to pay in monthly installments of as low as $58.00 for 39 months and $179.00 for 24 months for our Bike and Tread, respectively. Our financing programs have successfully broadened our base of Members by attracting consumers from a wider spectrum of ages and income levels. In fiscal 2019, approximately 50% of all Connected Fitness Products sold were financed.

Existing Connected Fitness Subscribers provide a clear endorsement of the superior value of our offering. According to our 2019 Member Survey, the vast majority of our Members say that Peloton offers a better value than all other fitness alternatives. We strive to continuously improve our Member experience and value proposition through enhancements to our content and interactive software features.

Our Vertically Integrated Fitness Platform

Technology

Our content delivery and interactive software platform are critical to our Member experience. We invest substantial resources in research and development to enhance our platform, develop new products and features, and improve our

 

100


Table of Contents

platform infrastructure. Our research and development organization consists of world-class engineering, product, and design teams. Our teams have a diverse set of skills and industry experience, including expertise in highly scalable distributed systems, machine learning, artificial intelligence, and user-centric application engineering. Our engineering, product, and design teams work together to bring our products to life, from conception and validation to implementation. We constantly improve our existing Connected Fitness Products through frequent software updates with new and innovative interactive features. We are committed to leveraging data to continuously improve our Member experience by studying and understanding points of interaction and how our Members use our software features.

Video streaming and storage are provided by third-party cloud providers. By leveraging these third parties, we are able to focus our resources on creating product enhancements and new software features. In addition, our technology platform is designed with redundancy and high availability in mind in order to minimize Member service disruption.

Content and Music

We create engaging-to-the-point-of-addictive original fitness and wellness content in an authentic live environment that is immersive, motivating, and encourages a sense of community. We combine high production value content with a broad catalogue of music to create a truly unique fitness experience our Members love.

Content Development

We use performance data to understand our Members’ workout habits in order to evolve and optimize our programming around class type, length, music, and other considerations. We have developed a diverse content library with thousands of classes across an extensive range of class lengths, difficulty levels, and fitness preferences ranging from fun and flexible to structured and highly technical, all of which our Members easily access through filtering and search capabilities. We produce over 950 original programs per month from three production studios in New York City and London, with 29 instructors as of June 30, 2019, and across 10 fitness and wellness disciplines including indoor cycling, indoor/outdoor running and walking, bootcamp, yoga, strength training, stretching, meditation, and floor cardio. We entered into a long-term lease agreement at 5 Manhattan West in New York City in October 2018, which will serve as our fitness programming hub in North America and will feature four state-of-the-art production studios. We anticipate that this facility will open in Spring 2020.

As we further expand internationally, we will develop localized content, as we have done in the United Kingdom where we produce content featuring three local instructors as of June 30, 2019. In December 2018, we entered into a long-term lease agreement at 11 Floral Street in London, England, which will serve as our fitness programming hub in Europe with three state-of-the-art production studios. As we expand into Germany and other non-English-speaking countries, we will produce classes in local languages from this location and use subtitling for our English-speaking programming. We may selectively open small, local studios to supplement our international programming.

Instructors

In front of the camera, our 29 celebrated instructors play a critical role in bringing the Peloton experience to life for our Members. Our instructors are not only authorities in their respective areas of fitness, but also relatable, magnetic personalities who inspire passionate followings. We offer a diverse cast of instructors that allows us to appeal to a broad audience of Members. Our instructors inspire our Members both on and off the camera and attend showroom openings and other Member-focused events where they meet and interact with our Members. Our Members feel connected to our instructors, and many Members travel from far distances to take a class at our New York City studios.

 

101


Table of Contents

World Class Peloton Instructors

 

 

LOGO

 

102


Table of Contents

Production Team

Behind the camera, our studio production teams are dedicated to creative excellence. We have top production talent representing decades of experience at major broadcast and cable networks, some of whom have won Emmy Awards for production excellence. Our teams provide dedicated creative support to our instructors before, during, and after live productions with the help of content performance data. We are focused on efficiency while maintaining high-quality production. All classes are shot in broadcast quality environments with a fraction of the staff and budget typical of a major network show. This allows us to deliver a constant stream of live-produced, authentic fitness and wellness programming with cinematic quality that provides clarity of instruction and entertainment value.

 

 

LOGO

Music and Music Technology

We have developed a proprietary music platform that fuels the workout experience with thoughtfully curated playlists that align with our Members’ musical preferences. We have over a million songs under license, representing the largest audiovisual connected fitness music catalog in the world. Our curated music is as diverse and dynamic as the Members we serve, delivering a custom-fit-and-finish musical experience created by instructors and music supervisors on our production team.

We control the intersection of fitness and music in a deeply engaging way, motivating Members to achieve their fitness goals while discovering great music in the process. Peloton is a discovery resource for new artists and songs while also providing the opportunity for our Members to re-discover music they love. Members consistently rank the music we provide as one of their favorite aspects of the Peloton experience. We believe we have defined a new standard for musical content development in the fitness and wellness categories, which includes premiering new music, working with artists to co-curate classes based on their own music or influences, and partnering to create new music.

We have applied, and will continue to apply, technological solutions to enhance our music platform including:

 

   

data-driven playlist recommendations for our instructors and music supervisors to use in developing class plans;

 

   

instructor-facing song search and filtering functions, including the ability to search by song length and BPM;

 

   

real-time music and content management and reporting;

 

   

for Members, a display of every song played in a class, including artist name and associated artwork;

 

   

ability for Members to “like” songs they discover anywhere on our platform and save it to their profile; and

 

   

integrations with Spotify and Apple Music, enabling Members to sync songs they hear on Peloton to their streaming service.

 

103


Table of Contents

Music Rights Strategy

We have built a world class music content management and reporting system to meet the needs of our music rights holders in order to support our highly-engaged, growing global community of over 1.4 million Members. Peloton is increasingly seen by our partners as an impactful music discovery platform, which has created opportunities to progressively and meaningfully enhance our classes with custom music experiences. We expect this to continue as we invest in music-first technology to improve the quality of our Members’ experience, strengthen our competitive advantage over other fitness platforms, and add value to our Members.

Sales and Marketing

Our goal is to increase brand awareness and purchase intent for our Connected Fitness Products and subscriptions. We use a unique combination of brand and product-specific performance marketing to build brand awareness and generate predictable sales of our Connected Fitness Products. In just a few years, Peloton’s aided brand awareness has grown significantly, and as of April 3, 2019, our aided brand awareness in the United States was 67%. Our marketing strategies have focused on product education and broadening our demographic reach. Our fastest growing demographic segments included Members under the age of 35 and Members making under $75,000 in annual household income.

Video has been the strongest medium to communicate the features of the Peloton platform. We primarily market through advertisements on broadcast and cable television, social media, and over-the-top providers such as Hulu and YouTube to reach our target audience, focusing on incremental return on investment. Our direct-to-consumer model allows us to conduct frequent tests in our sales channels, including testing our brand creative and messages, allowing us to further optimize marketing spend. We also frequently test alternative marketing channels, such as podcasts and other forms of audio advertising, as well as direct mailing.

 

LOGO

Direct to Consumer, Multi-Channel Sales Model

We sell our products directly to customers through a multi-channel sales platform that includes e-commerce, inside sales, and showrooms. Our sales associates use robust customer relationship management tools to deliver an elevated, personalized, and educational purchase experience, regardless of channel of capture and conversion. Integration and coordination across all sales channels is critical to the customer journey, evidenced by over 37% of our customers purchasing a product or service in a different channel than where they originally engaged with Peloton in fiscal 2019.

 

   

E-Commerce and Inside Sales: Our desktop and mobile websites, www.onepeloton.com, www.onepeloton.co.uk, and www.onepeloton.ca, provide an elevated brand experience where visitors can learn about our products and services and access product reviews. Our inside sales team engages with customers by phone, email, and online chat on our websites, and offers one-on-one sales consultations seven days a week.

 

104


Table of Contents
   

Showrooms: Our showrooms allow customers to experience and try our products. We provide interactive product demonstrations and many of our showrooms have private areas where customers can do a “test ride” or “test run.” We frequently host Peloton community events in our showrooms, which help deepen brand engagement and loyalty.

 

   

Commercial: The commercial and hospitality markets represent a small percentage of sales but are important to driving trial and brand awareness. Our Bikes in hospitality locations help keep our Members riding when they travel, creating further Member engagement, loyalty, and convenience. Across our markets as of June 30, 2019, there were 1,298 Peloton Bikes in 696 hotels and resorts.

Showroom Site Strategy

As of June 30, 2019, we operated 74 showrooms across the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Our showrooms are located primarily in upscale malls, lifestyle centers, and premium street locations. When evaluating potential new markets, we carefully examine historical sales data, key demographics, traffic patterns, geographic locations, and co-tenancy of other complementary lifestyle-oriented retailers. In the United States, we attempt to cluster stores around major urban markets and suburbs while also operating in super regional and regional centers that draw from a greater trade area. In Canada and the United Kingdom, we will continue to focus on major urban markets. We target locations where we expect payback of one year or less and positive contributions to EBITDA within the first year of operation.

We operate two showroom formats including our large showrooms which range from 1,500 to 2,000 square feet and “microstores” which are typically around 300 square feet. Large showrooms comprise 70% of our retail locations and provide space for Connected Fitness Products and Peloton-branded apparel, as well as private areas for “test rides” and “test runs.” Microstores represent 30% of our retail locations and are typically placed in highly visible “center court” areas. Our showroom leases are typically five to ten years in lease duration while microstores are typically open for up to 1.5 years. Microstores allow us to test markets and specific shopping areas, and provide a temporary location while searching for the ideal large showroom space.

 

 

LOGO

Retention Marketing & Member Support Services

The retention marketing team is focused on driving engagement to help us maintain our high Connected Fitness Subscriber retention rates. The team develops new ways to promote engagement with our products and community or help Members reengage with our platform when activity has lapsed. The retention team helps curate goal-based challenges, awards digital badges for Member accomplishments, and sends Peloton-branded “Century Club” shirts after a Member’s 100th class. The team also communicates with Members with no recent activity through email campaigns that help encourage these Members to get back to their workout routine. The retention marketing team also collects and responds to feedback about our platform that is on our closed Facebook group of over 180,000 Members as of June 30, 2019.

In order to bring our community together, we organize several in-person events throughout the year including welcoming Members for workouts, milestone celebrations, and instructor meet-and-greets at our production studios in New York City. We also host Members at our showrooms, and celebrate our Members with our flagship Member event, Peloton Homecoming, held in New York City each May. At Peloton Homecoming 2019, we welcomed nearly 3,000 individuals to New York City to participate in three days of events including scheduled talks, a community celebration, and fitness classes.

 

105


Table of Contents

The Member support team was created to serve all the needs of our customers and Members including sales support, scheduling, delivery, installation, account and billing inquiries, Connected Fitness Product trouble-shooting and repair, product education, returns and exchanges, and anything else our Members need. This team primarily operates in New York City and Plano, Texas. We also utilize some additional third-party support services in Ireland and North America to help us efficiently scale our team.

Manufacturing

We outsource the manufacturing of our products to multiple contract manufacturers located in Asia. The components used in our products are sourced either directly by us or on our behalf by our contract manufacturers from a variety of component suppliers. To continue to provide our Members with leading fitness technology, our supply chain team coordinates the relationships between our contract manufacturers and component suppliers. We regularly review our existing contract manufacturers and component suppliers, and evaluate new partners and suppliers, to ensure that we can scale our manufacturing base as we grow.

We purchase from our primary contract manufacturers on a purchase order basis. Under our governing agreements, our contract manufacturers must follow our established product design specifications, quality assurance programs, and manufacturing standards. We have developed preferred relationships with our partners to maintain access to the resources needed to scale seasonally and ensure our partners have the requisite experience to produce our Connected Fitness Products and accessories. We pay for and own certain tooling and equipment specifically required to manufacture our products to have control of supply and component pipelines. We have purchase commitments based on our purchase orders for certain amounts of goods, work-in-progress, and components.

In order to mitigate against the risks related to a single source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers and manufacturers when possible, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of any single source components and products. To date, we have not experienced material delays in obtaining any of our components or products.

At each of our manufacturers’ facilities, we have a quality team that is involved throughout the entire development process. To ensure consistent quality, we routinely perform product audits on non-core suppliers and staff full-time supplier quality engineers at core product manufacturing sites.

Logistics and Fulfillment

To control every touchpoint of our product and service offering, we have built networks of last mile field operations centers, which have further expanded from the United States into Canada and the United Kingdom. With 24 locations in major markets of North America and two locations in the United Kingdom as of June 30, 2019, our field operations team supports in-home delivery of our Connected Fitness Products with professional high-touch set up service and ongoing in-home service and care. As highly trained experts on our products and services, our field specialists offer product education, assistance with account set up, and tips and recommendations for product care and content selection. As we grow our logistics network, we are able to efficiently service, deploy, and install replacement parts to our Members over time.

With our commitment to our Members-first approach, we will continue to invest to strengthen our field operations’ coverage in locations we identify as cost-effective delivery markets throughout North America and in new international regions. To further scale our distribution system and maintain flexibility, we also work with third-party fulfillment partners that deliver our products from multiple locations in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. Third-party fulfillment partnerships allow us to reduce order fulfillment time, reduce shipping costs, and expand our geographical reach. Our field operations performed 58% of Connected Fitness Product deliveries during fiscal 2019.

Intellectual Property

The protection of our technology and intellectual property is an important aspect of our business. We rely upon a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality procedures, contractual commitments, and other legal rights to establish and protect our intellectual property. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements and invention or work product assignment agreements with our employees and consultants to control access to, and clarify ownership of, our proprietary information.

As of June 30, 2019, we held six issued U.S. patents and had 22 U.S. patent applications pending. We also held 13 patent applications pending in foreign jurisdictions. Our U.S. issued patents expire between May 20, 2025 and July 16, 2034. As of

 

106


Table of Contents

June 30, 2019, we held 10 registered trademarks in the United States, including the Peloton mark and our “P” logo and also held 63 registered trademarks in foreign jurisdictions. We continually review our development efforts to assess the existence and patentability of new intellectual property. We intend to continue to file additional patent applications with respect to our technology.

Intellectual property laws, procedures, and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, or misappropriated. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and, therefore, in certain jurisdictions, we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology.

Government Regulation

We are subject to many varying laws and regulations in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and throughout the world, including those related to privacy, data protection, content regulation, intellectual property, consumer protection, e-commerce, marketing, advertising, messaging, rights of publicity, health and safety, employment and labor, product liability, accessibility, competition, and taxation. These laws often require companies to implement specific information security controls to protect certain types of information, such as personal data, “special categories of personal data” or health data. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created, or amended in a manner that could harm our current or future business and operations. In addition, it is possible that certain governments may seek to block or limit our products and services or otherwise impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility or usability of any or all of our products and services for an extended period of time or indefinitely.

In the European Union, the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR is intended to create a single legal framework that applies across all EU member states. However, there are certain areas where EU member states can deviate from the requirements in their own legislation. It is therefore likely that we will need to comply with these local regulations in addition to the GDPR. Local supervisory authorities are able to impose fines for non-compliance and have the power to carry out audits, require companies to cease or change processing, request information, and obtain access to premises. The GDPR created more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, requiring enhanced disclosures to data subjects about how personal data is processed (including information about the profiling of individuals and automated individual decision-making), limiting retention periods of personal data, requiring mandatory data breach notification, and requiring additional policies and procedures to comply with the accountability principle under the GDPR. In addition, data subjects have more robust rights with regard to their personal data. Similarly, other jurisdictions are instituting privacy and data security laws, rules, and regulations, which could increase our risk and compliance costs.

Additionally, we are subject to laws, rules, and regulations regarding cross-border transfers of personal data, including laws relating to the transfer of personal data outside the European Economic Area, or EEA, and the United Kingdom (after Brexit). We rely on transfer mechanisms permitted under these laws, including the standard contract clauses, which have been subject to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. If these existing mechanisms for transferring personal data from the EEA, the United Kingdom, or other jurisdictions are unavailable, we may be unable to transfer personal data of employees or Members in those regions to the United States.

Competition

We believe that our first-mover advantage, leading market position, brand recognition, and vertically integrated platform set us apart in the rapidly growing market for connected, technology-enabled fitness. We provide a superior value proposition and benefit from the clear endorsement of our Connected Fitness Subscribers, giving us a competitive advantage versus traditional fitness and wellness products and services, and future potential entrants.

While we believe we are changing the consumption patterns for fitness and growing the market, the main sources of competition include in-studio fitness classes, fitness clubs, at-home fitness equipment and content, and health and wellness apps.

The areas in which we compete include:

 

   

Consumers and Engagement. We compete for consumers to join our platform through Connected Fitness or Digital Subscriptions, and we seek to retain them through engagement and community.

 

107


Table of Contents
   

Product Offering. We compete with producers of fitness products and work to ensure that our Connected Fitness Products maintain the most innovative technology and user-friendly features.

 

   

Talent. We compete for talent in every vertical across our company including technology, media, fitness, design, logistics, music, marketing, finance, legal, and retail. As our platform is highly dependent on technology and software, we require a significant base of engineers to continue innovating.

The principal competitive factors that companies in our industry need to consider include, but are not limited to: total cost, manufacturing efficiency, enhanced products and services, original content, product quality and safety, competitive pricing policies, vision for the market and product innovation, strength of sales and marketing strategies, technological advances, and brand awareness and reputation. We believe we compete favorably across all of these factors and we have developed a business model that is difficult to replicate.

Culture and People

 

LOGO   The main group of riders in a race.

Riders in a peloton work together, conserve energy and perform better because of one another.

Mission and Values

Like our brand, product, and content offerings, our culture is dynamic, unique, and framed by our expansive vision and passion for community and collaboration. For our people, the purpose and function of our culture is clear, and operates as a shared language of values and as a way of getting things done that permeates through the many areas in which we operate as a company. Our culture is shaped by our four primary values, described below:

 

   

Put Members First: We obsess over every touchpoint of our Member experience. We have a Member-centered mindset that prioritizes a positive product and brand experience. We are proud to be pioneers and innovators of a global, product-oriented, fitness-centered community.

 

   

Operate with a Bias for Action: We value innovation, continuous improvement, and challenging the status quo, all of which are keys to success in a competitive environment. We move quickly, take smart risks, fail fast and learn from failures. We never let the fear of imperfection stop us from achieving great things.

 

   

Empower Teams of Smart Creatives: We hire individuals who are great at what they do, and encourage all of our team members to think openly and creatively to solve tough, exciting problems. We empower our team members to think and act like owners.

 

   

Together We Go Far: As our company name suggests, we know the importance and value of a team. We know our collective differences make us stronger, and uphold the obligation to dissent and listen. We value inclusivity and we are proud that everyone can work to help solve difficult problems and have an impact.

To foster these values, we have committed to promote our “One Peloton” culture:

 

   

Best Place to Work: We offer generous benefits and compensation packages, including equity to all full-time employees, parental leave, health and wellness offerings, family planning assistance, and learning and development opportunities.

 

   

Commitment to Equal Pay: We conduct an annual third-party audit of team members’ pay to confirm that our pay-for-performance philosophy transcends race and gender. If an audit reveals any pay differences unexplained by legitimate business factors between team members who hold similar jobs, but are of different races or genders, we adjust the affected team members’ respective compensation accordingly.

 

   

Social Impact: Our “Comeback Initiative” recognizes Members and non-Members nominated by themselves or others through sharing stories about their respective journeys back from a difficult time. Committees consisting of Peloton team members determine the individuals to recognize and, in turn, develop deeper connections to our community. Recognized individuals receive a Peloton Bike and three-year Connected Fitness Subscription. We believe this award offers motivation and encouragement to support those on their comeback journeys, while engaging and activating our community.

Employees

We are extremely proud of our team which embodies a diverse mix of backgrounds, industries, and levels of experience. As of June 30, 2019, we employed approximately 1,800 individuals in the United States across our New York City headquarters,

 

108


Table of Contents

Plano campus, Atlanta office, showrooms, and 23 field operations warehouses. Internationally, we had 94 employees in the United Kingdom and Germany across corporate, showroom, and warehouse functions, 34 employees in Canada largely in showroom and warehouse roles, and 26 individuals in Taiwan across quality engineering and operations functions. Certain of our instructors are covered by collective bargaining agreements with the Screen Actors Guild-American Federation of Television and Radio Artists, or SAG-AFTRA. However, we are not signatories to any agreements with SAG-AFTRA. With the exception of SAG-AFTRA, none of our domestic employees are currently represented by a labor organization or a party to any collective bargaining. We also hire additional seasonal employees in our field operations, member support, and showrooms during the holiday season.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in New York City, where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 65,000 rentable square feet under a lease that expires in 2027. We use these facilities primarily for technology, product design, research and development, sales and marketing, supply chain and logistics, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology. In November 2018, we entered into a lease agreement for our planned new corporate headquarters in New York City, which we intend to occupy by the fall of 2020 and which consists of approximately 312,000 square feet under a 16-year lease. We also have a Member support and sales team located in Plano, Texas, where we occupy approximately 28,000 rentable square feet under a lease that expires in 2023.

In addition to our corporate headquarters and regional campus, we currently operate two small programming hubs in New York City where we produce our content and offer fitness classes. In December 2017, we entered into a twenty-year lease for approximately 36,000 rentable square feet in New York City, which will include four production studios and adjacent office space. In September 2018, we entered into a lease for 11 Floral Street in London, which will serve as our content production hub for Europe and has 31,150 rentable square feet. We expect to open this London location in Fall 2020. We currently operate a temporary production studio in London where we produce local indoor cycling content. We also lease office space and showrooms for our products in 74 locations in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Canada as of June 30, 2019.

We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any expansion of our operations as needed.

Legal Proceedings

VR Optics

On August 11, 2016, VR Optics, LLC, or VR Optics, filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging that we are infringing U.S. Patent No. 6,902,513 titled “Interactive fitness equipment,” or the ’513 patent. On November 7, 2016, we filed counterclaims against VR Optics for declaratory judgment of non-infringement and invalidity and intentional interference with our contractual relationship with Villency Design Group, LLC, or VDG, a product design company we hired in 2012 to help design the Peloton Bike. We also filed an amended third-party complaint against VDG for breach of contract and the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and Eric Villency and Joseph Coffey, the owners of VR Optics and VDG, for intentional interference with our contractual relationship with VDG. Among other things, we seek to enforce VDG’s contractual obligation to defend and indemnify us for intellectual property claims, including the patent claim asserted by VR Optics.

On December 9, 2016, VR Optics and VDG moved to dismiss all our non-patent counterclaims. In response, we amended our counterclaims to add a new claim against VDG for its fraudulent concealment of a potential patent infringement claim against us when Mr. Villency and Mr. Coffey first sought to acquire the ’513 patent, which was prior to the expiration of our contract with VDG. On January 20, 2017, VR Optics, VDG, Mr. Villency, and Mr. Coffey filed a motion to dismiss the third-party complaint and one of our non-patent counterclaims against VR Optics. The motion to dismiss was denied on August 18, 2017. Fact discovery concluded on February 1, 2019. Expert discovery is complete. Summary judgment motions were filed by both parties in early July 2019 and decisions on them are pending. There is currently no trial date set.

We intend to defend the claims made against us and to prosecute the counterclaims presented. Litigation, however, is inherently uncertain, and any judgment or injunctive relief entered against us or settlement could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects. In addition, litigation can involve significant management time and attention, and the cost of litigation can be expensive, regardless of outcome.

 

109


Table of Contents

Downtown Music Publishing

On March 19, 2019, Downtown Music Publishing LLC, ole Media Management, L.P., Big Deal Music, LLC, CYPMP, LLC, Peer International Corporation, PSO Limited, Peermusic Ltd., Peermusic III, Ltd., Peertunes, Ltd., Songs of Peer Ltd., Reservoir Media Management, Inc., The Richmond Organization, Inc., Round Hill Music LLC, The Royalty Network, Inc., and Ultra International Music Publishing, LLC filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, captioned Downtown Music Publ’g LLC, et. al v. Peloton Interactive, Inc., alleging that we engaged in copyright infringement by using certain accused songs in classes without necessary licenses. The plaintiffs allege that they are music publishers that own or control the copyrights in numerous musical works that were synchronized by us without the plaintiffs’ authorization. The complaint asserts a single claim for copyright infringement. It seeks injunctive relief, more than $150 million in damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs.

The plaintiffs served us with the summons and complaint on March 21, 2019. On April 30, 2019, we answered the complaint and filed counterclaims against the original named plaintiffs and National Music Publishers’ Association, Inc., a trade association, alleging that they coordinated to collectively negotiate licenses in violation of the antitrust laws. Our counterclaims also assert that the trade association tortiously interfered with Peloton’s attempts to engage in direct negotiations with music publishers in violation of state law. The counterclaims seek injunctive relief, monetary damages (to be trebled under applicable statute), and attorneys’ fees and costs. An amended complaint filed on May 31, 2019 named additional plaintiffs Greensleeves Publishing Ltd., Me Gusta Music, LLC, Raleigh Music Publishing LLC, STB Music, Inc., and TuneCore, Inc. and identified additional musical works. We answered the amended complaint on June 14, 2019. On June 24, 2019, counter-defendants filed a motion to dismiss the counterclaims, to which we filed an opposition on August 8, 2019. Discovery on the claims and counterclaims is ongoing in the case.

We intend to defend the claims made against us and to prosecute the counterclaims presented. Litigation, however, is inherently uncertain, and any judgment or injunctive relief entered against us or settlement could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects. In addition, litigation can involve significant management time and attention, and the cost of litigation can be expensive, regardless of outcome.

Other

We are and, from time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any other legal proceedings that in the opinion of our management, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows.

 

110


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Non-Employee Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of June 30, 2019.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers:

     

John Foley

     48      Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

William Lynch

     49      President and Director

Jill Woodworth

     47      Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Cortese

     39      Chief Operating Officer and Head of Product Development

Hisao Kushi

     54      Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Erik Blachford(1)(3)*

     52      Director

Karen Boone(2)

     45      Director

Jon Callaghan(1)(2)

     50      Director

Howard Draft(2)

     65      Director

Jay Hoag(3)

     61      Director

Pamela Thomas-Graham(1)(3)

     56      Director

 

*

Lead independent director.

 

(1)

Member of the Nominating, Governance, and Corporate Responsibility Committee.

 

(2)

Member of the Audit Committee.

 

(3)

Member of the Compensation Committee.

Executive Officers

John Foley is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since June 2012 and chairman of our board of directors since April 2015 when we converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation. Before our founding, Mr. Foley served as the President of eCommerce at Barnes & Noble, Inc., a retailer of content, digital media, and educational products, from August 2010 to June 2012. From March 2005 to August 2010, Mr. Foley served as the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Pronto.com, a price comparison service platform and a subsidiary of IAC/InterActiveCorp, a media and internet company. Mr. Foley holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Foley is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the historical knowledge, operational expertise, leadership, and continuity that he brings to our board of directors as our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer.

William Lynch has served as our President since January 2017 and as a member of our board of directors since August 2019. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lynch served as the Chief Executive Officer of Savant Systems, LLC, a luxury smart home technology company, from May 2014 to November 2016. From March 2010 to June 2013, Mr. Lynch served as the Chief Executive Officer of Barnes & Noble, and from February 2009 to March 2010, Mr. Lynch served as the President of Barnes & Noble.com, a business division of Barnes & Noble, where he oversaw the creation of the Nook product line and software. Mr. Lynch has also held senior management roles at HSN.com, IAC/InterActiveCorp, and Palm Computing. Mr. Lynch previously served on the board of directors of Barnes & Noble from October 2011 to July 2013. Mr. Lynch holds a B.S. in Economics from the University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School. We believe Mr. Lynch is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of the strategic and operational experience and leadership that he brings as our President and the former chief executive officer and executive leader of public and private companies.

Jill Woodworth has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2018. From April 2006 to April 2018, Ms. Woodworth served as a Managing Director for J.P. Morgan, a multinational investment bank and financial services company. From July 1994 to April 2006, Ms. Woodworth worked in investment banking at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, a multinational investment bank and financial services company, where she held various positions within equity capital markets and client coverage. Ms. Woodworth holds a B.S. in Economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

111


Table of Contents

Thomas Cortese is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since February 2012 and Head of Product Development since April 2019. Prior to our founding, Mr. Cortese served as the Chief Executive Officer of Proust.com, an online social media and memory sharing company, and a subsidiary of IAC/InterActiveCorp, from February 2010 to January 2012. From February 2008 to February 2010, Mr. Cortese served as the Vice President of Product Management at Pronto.com, a price comparison service platform and a subsidiary of IAC/InterActiveCorp, a media and internet company. Mr. Cortese holds a B.A. in Philosophy from The George Washington University.

Hisao Kushi is one of our co-founders and has served as our Secretary since March 2015 and our Chief Legal Officer since June 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Kushi served as an advisor to us from January 2012 to May 2015. From November 2013 to January 2015, Mr. Kushi served as the Chief Operating Officer of Evite, Inc., a social-planning website for creating and sending digital invitations, and a subsidiary of Liberty Media Corporation. From December 2010 to April 2014, Mr. Kushi served as General Counsel to a variety of companies owned by Liberty Media including BuySeasons, Inc., Evite, and Gifts.com. Prior to Liberty Media, between 2003 and 2010, Mr. Kushi served as general counsel to a number of companies owned by IAC/InterActiveCorp, including Citysearch, Pronto, and Proust, among others. Mr. Kushi holds a B.A. in English from the University of Massachusetts Amherst and a J.D. from Boston College.

Non-Employee Directors

Erik Blachford has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. As an independent venture capital investor and advisor since January 2011, he focuses on consumer tech and travel companies and has invested in companies such as Zillow, Glassdoor, Grove Collaborative, and Hotel Tonight. He was a member of the founding team at Expedia, and served as the company’s second Chief Executive Officer, then as the Chief Executive Officer of IAC/InterActiveCorp’s travel division, IAC Travel, until 2005. He was the Chief Executive Officer at Terrapass, Inc. from April 2007 to September 2009, and the Chief Executive Officer at Butterfield & Robinson, Inc. from September 2009 to January 2011. Mr. Blachford has also consulted as a Venture Partner at Technology Crossover Ventures, a private equity and venture capital firm, since March 2011. Mr. Blachford currently serves on the board of directors of Zillow Group, Inc. and several private companies. He holds a B.A. in English and theater from Princeton University, an M.B.A. from Columbia Business School, and an M.F.A. in Creative Writing from San Francisco State University. We believe Mr. Blachford is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his strategic and operational experience as a former executive officer and his extensive experience working with the management teams of, and investing in, a number of privately and publicly held companies.

Karen Boone has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2019. Ms. Boone most recently served as the President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer of Restoration Hardware, Inc., a home furnishings company, from May 2014 to August 2018 and as Chief Financial Officer from June 2012 to May 2014. Prior to that, from 1996 to 2012, Ms. Boone held various roles at Deloitte & Touche LLP, a public accounting firm, most recently as an Audit Partner. Ms. Boone currently serves on the board of directors of Sonos, Inc. Ms. Boone holds a B.S. in Business Economics from the University of California, Davis. We believe Ms. Boone is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive experience leading a consumer brand and her expertise and background with regard to accounting and financial matters.

Jon Callaghan has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Mr. Callaghan is a founder and Managing Member of True Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he has served since January 2006. Prior to True Ventures, Mr. Callaghan served as a Managing Director at Globespan Capital, a venture capital firm, and as a Managing Partner at CMGI@Ventures, CMGI Inc.’s affiliated venture capital group. Mr. Callaghan served on the board of directors of Fitbit, Inc. from September 2008 to May 2018 and currently serves as a member of the board of directors of several private companies. Mr. Callaghan holds a B.A. in Government from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Callaghan is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience working with the management teams of, and investing in, a number of privately and publicly held companies.

Howard Draft has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Mr. Draft retired as the Executive Chairman at DraftFCB, a global integrated marketing communications firm in 2015. He was Chairman and CEO of DraftWorldWide from 1988 until 2006, at which time FCB and Draft were merged. Mr. Draft served as their Chairman and CEO until 2009. Mr. Draft previously sat on the board of directors of optionsXpress Holdings, Inc. from April 2007 until its acquisition by Charles Schwab Corporation in September 2011. Mr. Draft holds a B.A. in Philosophy and Art History from Ripon College. We believe Mr. Draft is qualified to serve on our board of directors because he brings entrepreneurial and

 

112


Table of Contents

executive management experience, particularly in the areas of direct marketing and integrated marketing offerings on a global basis.

Jay Hoag has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2018. Mr. Hoag is a co-founder and General Partner of Technology Crossover Ventures where he has served since June 1995. Mr. Hoag currently serves on the board of directors of Electronic Arts Inc., Tripadvisor, Inc., Zillow Group, Inc., and Netflix Inc. and several private companies. Mr. Hoag also previously served on the board of directors of various public companies, including, TechTarget, Inc. from May 2004 to July 2016. Mr. Hoag holds a B.A. from Northwestern University and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Hoag is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience working with the management teams of, and investing in, a number of privately and publicly held companies.

Pamela Thomas-Graham has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2018. Ms. Thomas-Graham is the founder and has served as the Chief Executive Officer at Dandelion Chandelier LLC, a private digital media enterprise focused on the world of luxury, since August 2016. From October 2015 to August 2016, Ms. Thomas-Graham served as Chair, New Markets, of Credit Suisse Group AG, a multinational investment bank and financial services company, and from January 2010 to October 2015, she served as Chief Marketing and Talent Officer, Head of Private Banking & Wealth Management New Markets, and member of the Executive Board of Credit Suisse. From January 2008 to January 2010, she served as a Managing Director at Angelo, Gordon & Co., a privately-held investment firm. From September 2005 to December 2007, Ms. Thomas-Graham was Group President of Liz Claiborne Inc.’s Women’s Better and Moderate Apparel business unit. She also served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of NBC Universal’s CNBC television business unit, Director of CNBC International, and President and Chief Executive Officer of CNBC.com. Ms. Thomas-Graham currently serves on the board of directors of Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son, Norwegian Line Holdings Ltd., and The Clorox Company. Ms. Thomas-Graham holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard University and a joint M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and J.D. from Harvard Law School. We believe Ms. Thomas-Graham is qualified to serve on our board of directors because she brings invaluable strategic, operational, and corporate governance experience as a chief executive officer and executive leader of public and private companies.

Appointment of Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board of Directors Composition

Current Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members with no vacancies. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as in effect prior to the completion of this offering and amended and restated voting agreement, Mses. Boone and Thomas-Graham and Messrs. Blachford, Callaghan, Draft, Foley, Hoag, and Lynch have been designated to serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement (1) the seat occupied by Mr. Foley is elected by the holders of a majority of our common stock, voting separately as a single class, as the designee of Mr. Foley; (2) the seat occupied by Mr. Lynch is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, as the designee of the holders of a majority of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock held by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P.; (3) the seat occupied by Mr. Callaghan is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, as the designee of the holders of a majority of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock held by True Ventures IV, L.P; (4) the seat occupied by Mr. Hoag is elected by the holders of a majority of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, as the designee of the holders of a majority of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock held collectively by all entities affiliated with TCV; and (5) the seats occupied by Mses. Boone and Thomas-Graham and Messrs. Blachford and Draft are elected by the holders of a majority of our capital stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated voting agreement by which the directors are currently elected will terminate in connection with this offering and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors following this offering.

After this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our restated certificate and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Each of our current directors

 

113


Table of Contents

will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that, upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in fiscal 2021, will consist of Howard Draft, Erik Blachford, and Pamela Thomas-Graham;

 

   

Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in fiscal 2022, will consist of John Callaghan and Jay Hoag; and

 

   

Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in fiscal 2023, will consist of John Foley, William Lynch, and Karen Boone.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that only our board of directors may fill vacancies on our board. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions” for additional information.

Director Independence

Our Class A common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committees be independent. Under rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Mses. Boone and Thomas-Graham and Messrs. Blachford, Callaghan, Draft, and Hoag are “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and current and prior relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

114


Table of Contents

Lead Independent Director

Our board of directors will adopt, effective prior to the completion of this offering, corporate governance guidelines that provide that one of our independent directors will serve as our lead independent director. Our board of directors has appointed Mr. Blachford to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Blachford will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between the Chairperson of our board of directors and the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the closing of this offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee will operate under a written charter approved by our board of directors that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq. Following this offering, copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Ms. Boone and Messrs. Callaghan and Draft. Ms. Boone is the chairperson of our audit committee. Ms. Boone and Messrs. Callaghan and Draft each meet the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Boone is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose on Ms. Boone any duties, obligations, or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

considering the adequacy of our internal controls;

 

   

reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors, executive officers, and employees (with waivers for directors or executive officers to be approved by the board of directors);

 

   

inquiring about significant risks, reviewing our policies for risk assessment and risk management, including cybersecurity risks, and assessing the steps management has taken to control these risks;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions that are material or otherwise implicate disclosure requirements; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Ms. Thomas-Graham and Messrs. Blachford and Hoag. Mr. Blachford is the chairperson of our compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation and the terms of any compensatory agreements of our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

115


Table of Contents
   

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

establishing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating, Governance, and Corporate Responsibility Committee

Our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee is comprised of Ms. Thomas-Graham and Messrs. Blachford and Callaghan. Ms. Thomas-Graham is the chairperson of our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee. The composition of our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee meets the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

   

recommending directors to serve on board committees;

 

   

reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

   

reviewing succession plans for senior management positions, including the chief executive officer;

 

   

oversee any program relating to corporate responsibility and sustainability, including environmental, social and corporate governance matters;

 

   

evaluating, and overseeing the process of evaluating, the performance of our board of directors and individual directors; and

 

   

advising our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Board Diversity

Each year, our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee will review, with the board of directors, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates, our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee will consider factors including, without limitation, an individual’s character, integrity, judgment, potential conflicts of interest, other commitments, and diversity. While we have no formal policy regarding board diversity for our board of directors as a whole nor for each individual member, the nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee does consider such factors as gender, race, ethnicity and experience, area of expertise, as well as other individual attributes that contribute to the total diversity of viewpoints and experience represented on the board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during fiscal 2019.

Code of Conduct

Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The full text of our code of conduct will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our global code of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

 

116


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The table below provides information regarding the total compensation of the non-employee members of our board of directors who served on our board of directors during fiscal 2019. Mr. Foley, our only employee director, received no compensation for his service as a director in fiscal 2019. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, during fiscal 2019, we did not pay any fees to, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to the non-employee members of our board of directors.

 

  Name    Option  Awards
($)(1)(2)
     Total ($)  

Erik Blachford

   $ 2,594,800      $ 2,594,800  

Karen Boone

     3,892,200        3,892,200  

Jon Callaghan

             

Howard Draft

     2,594,800        2,594,800  

Lee Fixel*

             

Jay Hoag

             

Pamela Thomas-Graham

     2,594,800        2,594,800  

 

*

Mr. Fixel resigned from our board of directors in August 2019.

 

(1)

The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our non-employee directors during fiscal 2019 as computed in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 13 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our non-employee directors from the stock options.

 

(2)

The following table sets forth information on stock options granted to non-employee directors during fiscal 2019, the aggregate number of shares of our Class B common stock underlying outstanding stock options held by our non-employee directors as of June 30, 2019, and the aggregate number of shares of our Class B common stock underlying outstanding unvested stock options held by our non-employee directors as of June 30, 2019:

 

  Name    Number of Shares
Underlying Stock Options
Granted in Fiscal 2019
    Number of Shares
Underlying Stock Options
Held at Fiscal Year End
    Number of Shares
Underlying Unvested
Stock Options Held
at Fiscal Year End
 

Erik Blachford

     400,000 (1)      1,340,000 (2)      562,083  

Karen Boone

     600,000 (3)      600,000 (3)      537,500  

Jon Callaghan

                  

Howard Draft

     400,000 (1)      582,919 (4)      582,917  

Lee Fixel

                  

Jay Hoag

                  

Pamela Thomas-Graham

     400,000 (1)      600,000 (5)      495,833  

 

  (1)

The stock option for 400,000 shares vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the January 17, 2019 vesting commencement date. The stock option is early exercisable. The stock option also provides that, in the event of a change in control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock option will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change in control. Such stock option is subject to continued service as a director.

 

  (2)

Consists of (a) a stock option for 600,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/4th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option vesting on March 30, 2016 and the remaining shares subject to the stock option vest at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option monthly thereafter, (b) a stock option for 180,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/4th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option on July 12, 2018 and the remaining shares subject to the stock option vest at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option monthly thereafter, (c) a stock option for 160,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the March 15, 2018 vesting commencement date, and (d) a stock option for 400,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the January 17, 2019 vesting commencement date. The stock options are early exercisable. The stock options also provide that, in the event of a change in control (as defined in the applicable stock option agreement), all of the unvested shares subject to the stock options will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change in control. Such stock options are subject to continued service as a director.

 

  (3)

Consists of (a) a stock option for 200,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the January 6, 2019 vesting commencement date and (b) a stock option for 400,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the January 17, 2019 vesting commencement date. The stock options are early exercisable. The stock options also provide that, in the event of a change in control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock options will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change in control. Such stock options are subject to continued service as a director.

 

117


Table of Contents
  (4)

Consists of (a) a stock option for 220,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/4th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option on July 12, 2018 and the remaining shares subject to the stock option vest at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option monthly thereafter, (b) a stock option for 160,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the March 15, 2018 vesting commencement date, and (c) a stock option for 400,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the January 17, 2019 vesting commencement date. The stock options are early exercisable. The stock options also provide that, in the event of a change in control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock options will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change in control. Such stock options are subject to continued service as a director.

 

  (5)

Consists of (a) a stock option for 200,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the March 26, 2018 vesting commencement date and (b) a stock option for 400,000 shares that vests at a rate of 1/48th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option each month following the January 17, 2019 vesting commencement date. The stock options are early exercisable. The stock options also provide that, in the event of a change in control, all of the unvested shares subject to the stock options will become immediately vested and exercisable as of the date immediately prior to the change in control. Such stock options are subject to continued service as a director.

In connection with this offering, in August 2019, our board of directors approved the following non-employee director compensation. Following the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be entitled to receive stock options under our 2019 Plan as follows:

Initial Stock Option Grant. Each non-employee director appointed to our board of directors following this offering will be granted a stock option, on the date of his or her appointment to our board of directors having an aggregate value of $500,000 based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The option will vest with respect to 1/3rd of the total number of stock options subject to such award on each annual anniversary of the grant, in each case, so long as such non-employee director continues to serve on our board of directors through such date.

Annual Stock Option Grant. Commencing with our fiscal 2021 annual meeting of stockholders, on each annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director who is serving on our board of directors on, and will continue to serve on our board of directors immediately following, the date of such annual meeting will automatically be granted a stock option having an aggregate value of $250,000 based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Each award will vest with respect to 1/4th of the total number of stock options subject to such award on each quarterly anniversary thereafter such that the option will be fully vested and exercisable on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant, or if earlier, the next annual meeting of stockholders, in each case, so long as such non-employee director continues to serve on our board of directors through such date.

Non-employee directors will not receive any cash compensation for service on our board of directors.

 

118


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to certain of our executive officers during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019. These executive officers, who consist of our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) who were serving as executive officers as of June 30, 2019, the end of our last completed fiscal year, were:

 

   

John Foley, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

William Lynch, President; and

 

   

Jill Woodworth, Chief Financial Officer.

We refer to these individuals in this section as our “Named Executive Officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to, earned by, or paid to our Named Executive Officers for services rendered in all capacities during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019.

 

  Name and Principal Position   Fiscal
Year
    Salary
($)
    Option
Awards

($)(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 

John Foley
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer

   

2019

2018

 

 

   

500,000

500,000

 

 

   

20,109,700

4,348,883

 

 

   

750,000

642,770

 

 

   


 

 

   

21,359,700

5,491,383

 

 

William Lynch
President

   

2019

2018

 

 

   

500,000

500,000

 

 

   

20,109,700

7,782,200

 

 

   

750,000

642,770

 

 

   

49,152

55,702

(3) 

(3) 

   

21,408,852

8,980,672

 

 

Jill Woodworth(4)
Chief Financial Officer

   

2019

2018

 

 

   

500,000

92,949

 

 

   

9,730,500

3,360,486

 

 

   

750,000

 

 

   


 

 

   

10,980,500

3,453,435

 

 

 

(1)

The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 as computed in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 13 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by our Named Executive Officers from the stock options.

 

(2)

The amounts reported represent the amounts earned based upon achievement of certain performance goals under our executive bonus program. Payments for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019 are described in greater detail in the section titled “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”

 

(3)

The amount reported represents reimbursements for expenses incurred while commuting between Mr. Lynch’s primary residence in Virginia and our corporate headquarters in New York, including costs related to personal and familial use of commercial and chartered aircrafts. These costs are calculated as the actual amounts reimbursed or paid by us for the flights.

 

(4)

Ms. Woodworth joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in April 2018.

Equity Compensation

From time to time, we have granted equity awards in the form of stock options to our Named Executive Officers, which are generally subject to vesting based on each of our Named Executive Officer’s continued service with us. Each of our Named Executive Officers currently holds outstanding stock options to purchase shares of our Class B common stock that were granted under our 2015 Plan, as set forth in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table” below.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Messrs. Foley and Lynch participated in our executive bonus program during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019. Incentives under our executive bonus program were payable annually based on our achievement of certain company performance metrics, including global net revenue and adjusted EBITDA. For fiscal 2018, the target bonus amounts were $500,000 for Messrs. Foley and Lynch. For fiscal 2019, the target bonus amounts were $750,000 for Ms. Woodworth and Messrs. Foley and Lynch. Amounts earned by Messrs. Foley and Lynch for fiscal 2018 and Ms. Woodworth and Messrs. Foley and Lynch for fiscal 2019 under the executive bonus program are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column.

 

119


Table of Contents

Offer Letters and Employment Arrangements

John Foley

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new employment agreement with John Foley, Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. The confirmatory employment agreement is not expected to have a specific term and will provide that Mr. Foley is an at-will employee. The agreement will supersede all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Foley may have concerning his employment relationship with us. Mr. Foley’s current annual base salary is $500,000 and he will be eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment.

William Lynch

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new employment agreement with William Lynch, our President. The confirmatory employment agreement is not expected to have a specific term and will provide that Mr. Lynch is an at-will employee. The agreement will supersede all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Lynch may have concerning his employment relationship with us. Mr. Lynch’s current annual base salary is $500,000 and he will be eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment.

Jill Woodworth

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new employment agreement with Jill Woodworth, our Chief Financial Officer. The confirmatory employment agreement is not expected to have a specific term and will provide that Ms. Woodworth is an at-will employee. The agreement will supersede all existing agreements and understandings Ms. Woodworth may have concerning her employment relationship with us. Ms. Woodworth’s current annual base salary is $500,000 and she will be eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control

Prior to the completion of this offering, we anticipate adopting arrangements for our executive officers, including our Named Executive Officers, that provide for payments and benefits upon certain terminations of employment, including in connection with a change of control of us.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of our Named Executive Officers, information regarding outstanding equity awards held as of June 30, 2019.

 

                Option Awards(1)  
  Name   Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Grant
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)

Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)

Unexercisable
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

John Foley

   

3/30/2015

1/1/2016

8/25/2017

3/15/2018

1/17/2019

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(3) 

(3) 

(3) 

   

7/13/2015

4/20/2016

4/20/2016

10/13/2017

4/2/2018

1/17/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

1,420,000

1,533,336

1,400,000

1,200,000

3,100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

   


 

 

 

 

 

 

   


3,066,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

0.19

1.66

1.66

2.89

3.28

8.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

7/12/2025

4/19/2026

4/19/2026

10/12/2027

4/1/2028

1/16/2029

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Lynch

   

2/9/2017

3/15/2018

1/17/2019

(2) 

(3) 

(3) 

   

8/8/2017

4/2/2018

1/17/2019

 

 

 

   

847,716

800,000

3,100,000

 

 

 

   


 

 

 

   


 

 

 

   

2.89

3.28

8.82

 

 

 

   

8/7/2027

4/1/2028

1/16/2029

 

 

 

Jill Woodworth

   

4/23/2018

1/17/2019

(2) 

(3) 

   

4/2/2018

1/17/2019

 

 

   

2,000,000

1,500,000

 

 

   


 

 

   


 

 

   

3.28

8.82

 

 

   

4/1/2028

1/16/2029

 

 

 

(1)

All of the outstanding stock option awards were granted under the 2015 Plan and are for shares of Class B common stock.

 

(2)

Vests with respect to 1/4th of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 3/4th of the shares underlying the option vest in equal monthly installments over three years, in each case subject to continued service.

 

120


Table of Contents
(3)

Vests monthly at the rate of 1/48th of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option following the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to continued service.

 

(4)

Subject to milestone vesting: (a) 50% of the shares of our Class B common stock underlying the stock option will accelerate and vest upon a liquidity event (as defined in the stock option award agreement, which includes an initial public offering) valuing us at $450,000,000 or greater but less than $750,000,000 and (b) 100% of the shares will accelerate and vest upon a liquidity event valuing us at $750,000,000 or greater.

Employee Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable compensation tool that enables us to attract, retain, and motivate our employees, consultants, and directors by aligning their financial interests with those of our stockholders. The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2015 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Plan in April 2015, which was subsequently approved by our stockholders. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers the 2015 Plan and the awards granted thereunder. Awards under our 2015 Plan are for shares of our Class B common stock.

The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonqualified stock options, as well as for the issuance of restricted stock awards, or RSAs. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant nonqualified stock options and RSAs to our employees, directors, and consultants. We refer to such employees, directors, or consultants who receive an award under our 2015 Plan as participants.

The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2015 Plan is ten years. Options generally vest subject to continued service, and will cease to vest on the date a participant ceases to provide services to us and all then unvested options will be forfeited. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof, may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. Stock options granted under the 2015 Plan generally may be exercised, to the extent vested as of the date of termination, for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, for a period of six months in the case of disability, for a period of 12 months in the case of death or such longer or shorter period as our compensation committee may provide, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the stock option.

An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of an RSA will be determined by our board of directors, or a committee thereof. Unless otherwise determined at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant ceases to provide services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made as set forth in the 2015 Plan. In the event of a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, outstanding awards under our 2015 Plan shall be subject to the agreement evidencing the transaction (or, in the event the transaction does not include such an agreement, as determined by our board of directors), which need not treat all outstanding awards in an identical manner, and may include one or more of the following: (1) the continuation of the outstanding awards; (2) the assumption of the outstanding awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; (3) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options for the outstanding options and new RSAs for the outstanding RSAs; (4) the cancellation of vested stock options or RSAs in exchange for a payment equal to the value of the per share consideration payable to holders of our common stock in the transaction and, in respect of options, less the option’s exercise price (this payment may be zero if the option or RSA has no value); (5) the cancellation of the outstanding awards for no consideration; (6) the suspension of the right to exercise options for a limited period if administratively necessary; or (7) the termination of early exercise rights so that outstanding awards may only be exercised for vested shares after the transaction. Our board of directors has discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of an option or other award in connection with a corporate transaction as described above.

 

121


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2019, we had reserved 84,008,954 shares of our Class B common stock for issuance under our 2015 Plan. As of June 30, 2019, options to purchase 64,602,124 shares had been granted and remained outstanding and 9,085,593 shares remained available for future grant. The stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2019 had a weighted-average exercise price of $22.05 per share. We also granted options to purchase 664,050 shares under the 2015 Plan subsequent to June 30, 2019, with an exercise price of $17.22 per share. Our 2019 Plan (described below) will be effective upon the date immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. As a result, we will not grant any additional equity awards under the 2015 Plan following that date, and the 2015 Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding stock options will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan and the applicable stock option agreements evidencing such awards, until such outstanding awards are exercised, or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Upon the effectiveness of our 2019 Plan, the shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under our 2015 Plan will become available for grant and issuance under our 2019 Plan as Class A common stock.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

In                      2019, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2019 Plan. The 2019 Plan will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will serve as the successor to our 2015 Plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2019 Plan to our compensation committee.

Our 2019 Plan provides for the award of both incentive stock options, which are intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, and nonqualified stock options, as well as for RSAs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance awards, and stock bonuses. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant all other types of awards to our employees, directors, and consultants. We refer to employees, directors, or consultants who receive an award under our 2019 Plan as participants.

We reserved                shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under our 2019 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan will increase automatically on July 1 of each of 2020 through 2029 by the number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to 5% of the total outstanding shares of all of our classes of common stock as of the immediately preceding June 30. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will be available for grant and issuance under our 2019 Plan as shares of our Class A common stock (and any shares of our Class B common stock from our 2015 Plan that become available for grant under our 2019 Plan will be issued as Class A common stock):

 

   

shares subject to issuance upon exercise of any stock option or SAR granted under our 2019 Plan but which cease to be subject to the stock option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of stock options or SARs;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under our 2019 Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under our 2019 Plan that otherwise terminate without such shares being issued;

 

   

shares surrendered, cancelled, or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof, but to the extent an award under the 2019 Plan is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan);

 

   

any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2015 Plan on the effective date of our 2019 Plan;

 

   

shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under our 2015 Plan that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the effective date of our 2019 Plan;

 

   

shares issued under our 2015 Plan before the effective date of our 2019 Plan pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are forfeited after the effective date of our 2019 Plan;

 

   

shares issued under our 2015 Plan that are repurchased by us at the original issue price; and

 

   

shares subject to stock options or other awards that are used to pay the exercise price of a stock option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

No more than                              shares of our Class A common stock may be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2019 Plan.

 

122


Table of Contents

The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2019 Plan is ten years. The compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. Stock options granted under the 2019 Plan generally may be exercised, to the extent vested as of the date of termination, for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, for a period of 12 months in the case of death or disability, or such longer or shorter period as our compensation committee may provide, but in any event no later than the expiration date of the stock option. Stock options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our Class A common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest subject to continued service and/or the achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the holder of the RSA no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

SARs provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our Class A common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price at grant. SARs may vest subject to continued service and/or the achievement of performance conditions; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date the SAR is granted.

RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our Class A common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to continued service and/or the achievement of performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU whole shares of our Class A common stock, cash, or a combination of our Class A common stock and cash.

Performance awards cover shares of our Class A common stock and may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions as provided in the 2019 Plan in cash, by issuance of the underlying shares, other property, or any combination of the foregoing.

Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance, and may be settled in the form of cash, Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, and may be subject to restrictions, which may vest subject to continued service and/or the achievement of performance conditions.

In the event of a change in the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock without consideration by reason of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or distribution, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, consolidation, reclassification, spin-off, or similar change in our capital structure, appropriate proportional adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan; the exercise prices, number, and class of shares subject to outstanding options or SARs; the number and class of shares subject to other outstanding awards; and any applicable maximum award limits with respect to incentive stock options.

In the event of a corporate transaction which constitutes a change of control, any or all outstanding awards may be (1) continued by the company, if the company is the successor entity; (2) assumed or substituted by the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, for substantially equivalent awards (including, but not limited to a payment in cash or other right to acquire the same consideration paid to stockholders of the company upon a change of control). In the event a successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute outstanding awards, then such awards will become fully vested and, as applicable, exercisable, immediately prior to the consummation of the proposed change of control. For purposes of the foregoing, any awards subject to outstanding performance-based criteria that are not assumed will be deemed earned and vested at 100% of target level unless otherwise indicated in an applicable award agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control, any outstanding awards granted to our non-employee directors under the 2019 Plan will become vested and exercisable, as applicable, prior to the consummation of the change in control.

A corporate transaction generally includes (1) a “person” becoming the “beneficial owner” of our securities representing more than 50% of our total voting power; (2) the consummation of our sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (3) the consummation of our merger or consolidation with any other corporation, except where we retain at least 50% of our total voting power; (4) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein our stockholders give up all of their equity interest in us; or (5) a change in our effective control that

 

123


Table of Contents

occurs on the date that a majority of members of our board is replaced during any 12-month period by members whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of our board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election.

All awards will be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by our board of directors or required by law during the term of service of the award holder, to the extent set forth in such policy or applicable agreement.

Our 2019 Plan will terminate 10 years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2019 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval as may be required by applicable law or listing rules. No termination or amendment of the 2019 Plan may adversely affect any then-outstanding award without the consent of the affected participant.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In                      2019, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2019 ESPP. The 2019 ESPP will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We have adopted the 2019 ESPP in order to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Our 2019 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We initially reserved                  shares of our Class A common stock for issuance under our 2019 ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2019 ESPP will increase automatically on July 1 of each of 2020 through 2029 by the number of shares equal to 1% of the total outstanding shares of all of our classes of common stock as of the immediately preceding June 30, provided that no more than                          shares may be issued over the term of the 2019 ESPP. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year.

Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer the 2019 ESPP to our compensation committee. Employees eligible to participate in any offering pursuant to the 2019 ESPP generally include any employee that is employed by us or certain of our designated subsidiaries at the beginning of the offering period, provided that the committee may exclude employees who fail to meet certain service-based or other requirements to the extent permitted by law. Under our 2019 ESPP, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our Class A common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Generally, our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their base cash compensation. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our 2019 ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. Our 2019 ESPP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

The 2019 ESPP will be administered through a series of offering periods, which in no event may be longer than 27 months. Each offering period may itself consistent of one or more purchase periods. Unless otherwise determined by the board of directors or compensation committee, the company currently intends to establish offering periods of 24-months, each consisting of four six-month purchase periods.

The purchase price for shares of our Class A common stock purchased under our 2019 ESPP will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on (1) the first business day of the applicable offering period and (2) the last business day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period, but in no event less than the par value of a share.

No participant will have the right to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year, that have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 2,500 shares of our Class A common stock during any one purchase period, or a lesser amount determined by our compensation committee.

If the number of outstanding shares of our Class A common stock is changed by stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification, or similar change in our capital structure without consideration, then our compensation committee will proportionately adjust the number and class of common stock that is

 

124


Table of Contents

available under the 2019 ESPP, the purchase price and number of shares any participant has elected to purchase as well as the maximum number of shares which may be purchased by participants.

If we experience a change of control transaction, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change of control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur on or prior to the closing of the proposed change of control transaction, and our 2019 ESPP will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change of control.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a broad-based 401(k) plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to defer eligible compensation up to certain annual limits. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are generally not taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the DGCL and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, and certain of our other employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers, and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines, and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers, and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We believe that provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws, and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

 

125


Table of Contents

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

126


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since July 1, 2016 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

the amount involved exceeds or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Stock Repurchase Agreement

In March 2017, we entered into a Stock Repurchase Agreement with Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P., or Tiger, CP Interactive Fitness LP, or Catterton, and an affiliate of Tiger. Pursuant to this agreement, we repurchased (1) 9,086,392 shares of our capital stock from Tiger for an aggregate total repurchase price of approximately $49.2 million, and (2) 13,420,940 shares of our capital stock from Catterton for an aggregate total repurchase price of approximately $72.7 million. Lee Fixel, our former director, has an indirect ownership interest in Tiger and Tiger Global PIP VII Holdings, L.P.

2017 Tender Offer

In April 2017, we commenced a tender offer to purchase up to 9,661,156 shares of outstanding common stock, options to purchase common stock, and redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.42 per share, pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. In June 2017, upon the closing of the tender offer, we repurchased an aggregate of 9,661,156 shares of our capital stock, for an aggregate repurchase price of approximately $52.3 million. Among other sellers, the following directors and executive officers participated in the tender offer:

 

   

John Foley, Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, sold 1,340,000 shares of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of vested stock options, for an aggregate price of approximately $7.3 million;

 

   

Thomas Cortese, Chief Operating Officer and Head of Product Development, sold 460,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $2.5 million; and

 

   

Hisao Kushi, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, sold 300,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $1.6 million.

Series E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

Between March 2017 and May 2017, we sold an aggregate of 60,013,480 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of approximately $5.42 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $325.0 million. Each share of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by certain of these entities.

 

127


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by an affiliate of a member of our board of directors and holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Related Party

   Shares of
Series E
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with True Ventures(1)

     3,693,136        19,999,993  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(2)

     13,849,260        74,999,975  

 

(1)

Consists of (a) 923,284 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by True Ventures Select I, L.P. and (b) 2,769,852 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by True Ventures Select II, L.P. James Stewart is the general partner for True Ventures Select I, L.P. and True Ventures Select II, L.P. True Ventures Select I, L.P. and its affiliate beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock. Jon Callaghan, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Member of True Ventures.

 

(2)

Consists of (a) 1,758,856 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund, (b) 101,560 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, (c) 1,846,568 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, (d) 923,284 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund, (e) 1,341,716 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, (f) 26,036 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, (g) 2,769,852 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, (h) 1,290,384 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, (i) 87,712 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Commingled Pool, (j) 2,549,928 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (k) 377,252 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund, and (l) 776,112 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund.

Series F Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In August 2018, we sold an aggregate of 38,088,200 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of approximately $14.44 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $550.5 million. Each share of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our Class B common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for more details regarding the shares held by certain of these entities.

The following table summarizes the Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by us, affiliates of members of our board of directors, and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Related Party

   Shares of
Series F
Redeemable

Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Entities affiliated with TCV(1)

     10,387,688        150,000,085  

True Ventures Select III, L.P.

     1,385,025        20,000,010  

Affiliates of Tiger(2)

     4,439,755        64,110,861  

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(3)

     2,077,536        29,999,994  

LFX Trust, L.L.C.(4)

     227,776        3,289,126  

 

(1)

Consists of (a) 7,350,467 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by TCV IX, L.P., (b) 2,074,031 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by TCV IX (A), L.P., (c) 392,570 shares of our Class B common stock held of record held by TCV IX (B), L.P., and (d) 570,620 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by TCV Member Fund, L.P. Erik Blachford, a Venture Partner at TCV, and Jay Hoag a General Partner of TCV, are both members of our board of directors.

 

128


Table of Contents
(2)

Consists of shares of Class B common stock held by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. and an affiliate of Tiger Global Management, LLC. Tiger Global Management, LLC is controlled by Chase Coleman and Scott Shleifer. The business address for each of these entities and individuals is c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC, 9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

(3)

Consists of (a) 748,920 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund, (b) 298,932 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund, (c) 990,692 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, and (d) 38,992 shares of our Class B common stock held of record by Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Commingled Pool.

 

(4)

Consists of shares of Class B common stock held by LFX Trust, L.L.C., or LFX. Lee Fixel, a former member of our board of directors, is the manager of LFX.

Employment Arrangement with an Immediate Family Member of Our Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Jill Foley, the spouse of John Foley, Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, is our Vice President of Boutique. During fiscal 2017, 2018, and 2019, Ms. Foley received an annual base salary of $127,500, $141,042, and $191,250, respectively, in addition to equity and annual bonus payments. For each fiscal period, Ms. Foley’s compensation was based on reference to external market practice of similar positions or internal pay equity when compared to the compensation paid to employees in similar positions who were not related to the Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Foley was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to employees in similar positions who were not related to the Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer.

Employment Arrangement with an Immediate Family Member of Our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Kate Kushi, the daughter of Hisao Kushi, our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, has served as our Brand Marketing Campaign Coordinator since August 2018. For fiscal 2019, Ms. Kushi’s annual base salary was $56,934, in addition to equity compensation. Ms. Kushi’s compensation was based on reference to external market practice of similar positions or internal pay equity when compared to the compensation paid to employees in similar positions who were not related to our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Ms. Kushi was also eligible for equity awards on the same general terms and conditions as applicable to employees in similar positions who were not related to our Chief Legal Officer and Secretary.

2018 Tender Offer

In September 2018, we commenced a tender offer to purchase up to an aggregate of 13,850,242 shares of outstanding common stock, options to purchase common stock, and redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of approximately $14.44 per share, pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. In October 2018, upon the closing of the tender offer, we repurchased an aggregate of 9,264,518 shares of our capital stock, for an aggregate total repurchase price of approximately $133.8 million. Among other sellers, the following directors and executive officers, participated in the tender offer:

 

   

John Foley, Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, sold 1,769,164 shares of common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $24.5 million;

 

   

William Lynch, President, sold 227,600 shares of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of vested stock options, for an aggregate price of approximately $3.3 million;

 

   

Thomas Cortese, Chief Operating Officer and Head of Product Development, sold 700,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $10.1 million; and

 

   

Hisao Kushi, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, sold 320,000 shares of common stock for an aggregate price of approximately $4.6 million.

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

In April 2019, we entered into our fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our executive officers and directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

129


Table of Contents

Loan to Executive Officer

In June 2019, we remitted $4.4 million to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service on behalf of William Lynch, our President, in connection with his exercise of non-qualified stock options to purchase 900,000 shares of Class B common stock. Mr. Lynch repaid the full amount of the tax remittance to us in July 2019.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into, and plan on entering into, indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, our restated certificate of incorporation, and our restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Review, Approval, or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

Our written related party transactions policy and the charters of our audit committee and nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee, to be adopted by our board of directors and in effect upon the completion of this offering, require that any transaction with a related person that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC must be reviewed and approved or ratified by our audit committee, unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by our nominating, governance, and corporate responsibility committee.

Prior to this offering we had no formal, written policy or procedure for the review and approval of related party transactions. However, our practice has been to have all related party transactions reviewed and approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors, including the transactions described above.

 

130


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table presents certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of July 31, 2019, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock, by:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our Named Executive Officers;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A or Class B common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, based on information furnished to us, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. Shares of our Class B common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

131


Table of Contents

We have based our calculation of the percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on zero shares of our Class A common stock and 235,978,634 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding on July 31, 2019, which includes 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock resulting from the conversion of an equivalent number of outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of July 31, 2019. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering also assumes the sale of                  shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner in the table below is c/o Peloton Interactive, Inc., 125 West 25th Street, 11th Floor, New York, New York 10001.

 

    Shares
Beneficially

Owned Before
this Offering
    % Total
Voting
Power
Before
this

Offering(1)
    Shares
Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
    % Total
Voting
Power
After

this
Offering(1)
 
    Class B     Class A     Class B  

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %         Shares         %         Shares         %  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                                         

John Foley(2)

    15,169,568       6.2       6.2            

William Lynch(3)

    7,502,716       3.1       3.1            

Jill Woodworth(4)

    3,500,000       1.5       1.5            

Erik Blachford(5)

    1,791,044       *       *            

Karen Boone(6)

    600,000       *       *            

Jon Callaghan(7)

    28,369,274       12.0       12.0            

Howard Draft(8)

    1,130,724       *       *            

Lee Fixel(9)

    1,046,656       *       *            

Jay Hoag(10)

                           

Pamela Thomas-Graham(11)

    600,000       *       *            

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(12)

    69,524,570       26.3       26.3            

Other 5% Stockholders:

               

CP Interactive Fitness, LP(13)

    12,803,381       5.4       5.4            

Entities affiliated with TCV(14)

    15,741,169       6.7       6.7            

Entities affiliated with Tiger(15)

    46,721,427       19.8       19.8            

Entities affiliated with True Ventures(7)

    28,369,274       12.0       12.0            

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(16)

    15,926,796       6.8       6.8            

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

(1)

Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as a single class. The holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share, and holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote per share. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock” for more information about the voting rights of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

 

(2)

Represents (i) 6,366,232 shares of our Class B common stock; (ii) 8,653,336 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 4,131,945 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us; and (iii) 150,000 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock held by Jill Foley that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 94,688 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us. Does not include up to 3,066,664 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are subject to milestone vesting and will accelerate and vest upon the occurrence of specified liquidity events, including an initial public offering exceeding a certain valuation, as defined in the corresponding stock option award agreement.

 

(3)

Represents (i) 1,175,000 shares of our Class B common stock; (ii) 4,747,716 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 4,559,573 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us; (iii) 1,430,000 shares of our Class B common stock held by William Lynch and Nicole P. Lynch as Community Property with Right of Survivorship; (iv) 46,000 shares of our Class B common stock held by The Jack Lynch 2018 Irrevocable Trust; (v) 46,000 shares of our Class B common stock held by The Lily Lynch 2018 Irrevocable Trust; (vi) 46,000 shares of our Class B common stock held by The Charlotte Lynch 2018 Irrevocable Trust; and (vii) 12,000 shares of our Class B common stock held by The Texas Lynch 2018 Irrevocable Trust.

 

(4)

Represents 3,500,000 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 2,760,417 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us.

 

132


Table of Contents
(5)

Represents (i) 451,044 shares of Class B common stock held of record by the Erik Blachford and Maryam Mohit Family Trust, Erik Blachford, Trustee, and (ii) 1,340,000 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 515,833 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us.

 

(6)

Represents 600,000 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 500,000 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us.

 

(7)

Represents (i) 18,241,748 shares of Class B common stock held of record by True Ventures IV, LP; (ii) 3,927,052 shares of Class B common stock held of record by True Ventures Select I, LP; (iii) 2,769,852 shares of Class B common stock held of record by True Ventures Select II, LP; and (iv) 3,430,622 shares of Class B common stock held of record by True Ventures Select III, LP. True Venture Partners IV, LLC is the general partner of True Ventures IV, LP. True Venture Partners Select I, LLC is the general partner of True Ventures Select I, LP. True Venture Partners Select II, LLC is the general partner of True Ventures Select II, L.P. True Venture Partners Select III, LLC is the general partner of True Ventures Select III, L.P. Jon Callaghan and Philip Black are the managing members of True Ventures IV, LLC, True Venture Partners Select I, LLC, True Venture Partners Select II, LLC, and True Venture Partners Select III, LLC. The business address for each of these entities is 575 High Street, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

(8)

Represents (i) 374,570 shares of Class B common stock; (ii) 615,418 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 534,167 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us; and (iii) 140,763 shares of Class B common stock held by Caroline Draft.

 

(9)

Represents 1,046,656 shares of Class B common stock held by LFX Trust, L.L.C., of which Mr. Fixel is the managing member. Mr. Fixel resigned from the Board of Directors in August 2019.

 

(10)

Mr. Hoag is a director of Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd. and Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd. and a limited partner of Technology Crossover Management IX, L.P. and Technology Crossover Management X, L.P. which are entities affiliated with the TCV Funds described in note (14) below, but does not hold voting or dispositive power over the shares held of record by the TCV Funds. See note (14) below for more information regarding the TCV Funds.

 

(11)

Represents 600,000 shares underlying options to purchase Class B common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 458,333 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us.

 

(12)

Represents (i) 41,052,263 shares of Class B common stock and (ii) 28,195,255 shares of Class B common stock subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 2019, of which 17,044,540 shares are unvested and subject to repurchase by us.

 

(13)

Represents 12,803,381 shares of Class B common stock held of record by CP Interactive Fitness, LP. CP7 Management L.L.C. is the general partner of CP Interactive Fitness, LP. The sale and managing members of CP7 Management, LLC are J. Michael Chu and Scott A. Dahnke. The address for CP7 Management L.L.C. is 599 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

(14)

Represents (i) 2,584,758 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV IX (A), L.P.; (ii) 489,240 shares of Class B stock held of record by TCV IX (B), L.P.; (iii) 9,160,510 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV IX, L.P.; (iv) 710,175 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV Member Fund, L.P.; (v) 2,067,355 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV X, L.P.; (vi) 512,669 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV X (A), L.P.; (vii) 100,792 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV X (B), L.P.; and (viii) 115,670 shares of Class B common stock held of record by TCV X Member Fund, L.P., collectively the TCV Funds. Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd., or TCM IX, is a general partner of each of Technology Crossover Management IX, L.P. and TCV Member Fund, L.P. Technology Crossover Management IX, L.P. is the general partner of each of TCV IX, L.P.; TCV IX (A), L.P.; and TCV IX (B). L.P., Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd. is a general partner of TCV Member X Fund, L.P. and the general partner of Technology Crossover Management X, L.P. or TCM X, which is the general partner of TCV X, L.P., TCV X (A), L.P. and TCV X (B), L.P. Technology Crossover Management X, Ltd. has sole voting and investment power over shares held by TCV X, L.P., TCV X (A), L.P., and TCV (B), L.P. The address of each of the foregoing entities and persons is 2500 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California 94025.

 

(15)

Consists of shares of Class B common stock held by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P., Tiger Global PIP VII Holdings, L.P. and an affiliate of Tiger Global Management, LLC. Tiger Global Management, LLC is controlled by Chase Coleman and Scott Shleifer. The business address for each of these entities and individuals is c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC, 9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

(16)

Represents (i) 1,341,716 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, (ii) 26,036 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, (iii) 3,760,544 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, (iv) 377,252 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, (v) 776,112 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund , (vi) 2,549,928 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, (vii) 1,290,384 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, (viii) 2,507,776 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund, (ix) 126,704 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Commingled Pool, (x) 1,222,216 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund, (xi) 1,846,568 shares of Class B common stock held by Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund, and (xii) 101,560 shares of Class B common stock held by FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, or collectively, the Fidelity Entities. The Fidelity Entities are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, or the Fidelity Funds, advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company, or FMR Co, a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The business address for each of these entities is 200 Seaport Blvd. V12E, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

 

133


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they will be in effect following this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. We expect to adopt a restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes provisions that are expected to be included in these documents. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares of our Class A common stock, $0.000025 par value per share,                shares of our Class B common stock, $0.000025 par value per share, and                 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.000025 par value per share.

Assuming the conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, as of June 30, 2019, there were outstanding:

 

   

zero shares of our Class A common stock;

 

   

235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding, held by approximately 428 stockholders of record;

 

   

64,602,124 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.71 per share; and

 

   

240,000 shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant, with an exercise price of $0.19 per share.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes for each share of Class B common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Following this offering, the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, with our directors, executive officers, and 5% stockholders and their respective affiliates holding     % of the voting power in the aggregate. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our restated certificate of incorporation. Delaware law could require either holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock to vote separately as a single class in the following circumstances:

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation to increase or decrease the par value of a class of our capital stock, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment; and

 

   

if we were to seek to amend our restated certificate of incorporation in a manner that alters or changes the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of our capital stock in a manner that affected its holders adversely, then that class would be required to vote separately to approve the proposed amendment.

Our restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. As a result, the holders of a majority of our voting shares can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

 

134


Table of Contents

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to the prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any shares of preferred stock outstanding at that time.

Change of Control Transactions

In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock upon a merger or consolidation with or into any other entity, or other substantially similar transaction, the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share Class B common stock have 20 times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A common stock, or such merger, consolidation, or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Conversion

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs after the closing of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers described in our restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to family members, trusts solely for the benefit of the stockholder or their family members, and partnerships, corporations, and other entities exclusively owned by the stockholder or their family members. Once converted or transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

All the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock upon the date that is the earlier of (i) the date specified by a vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Class B common stock, (ii) ten years from the closing of this offering, and (iii) the date the shares of Class B common stock cease to represent at least 1% of all outstanding shares of our common stock. Following such conversion, each share of Class A common stock will have one vote per share and the rights of the holders of all outstanding common stock will be identical. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock may not be reissued.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, each currently outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into one share of Class B common stock effective upon the completion of this offering. Following this offering, no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be outstanding.

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock

 

135


Table of Contents

and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2019, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 64,602,124 shares of our Class B common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.71 per share, pursuant to our 2015 Plan. Since June 30, 2019, we have granted options to purchase an aggregate of 664,050 shares of our Class B common stock, with an exercise price of $22.05 per share, pursuant to our 2015 Stock Plan.

Warrant

As of June 30, 2019, we had outstanding a warrant to purchase 240,000 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.19, which expires in June 2025. The warrant has a cashless exercise provision pursuant to which the holder, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares based on the fair market value of such shares at the time of exercise, after deducting the aggregate exercise price.

Registration Rights

We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discount and stock transfer taxes) of the holders of the shares registered for sale pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with the completion of this offering, substantially all of our stockholders that have registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions and provided that if (1) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (2) we have publicly released our earnings results for the quarterly period during which this offering occurred and (3) such lock-up period is scheduled to end during or within five trading days prior to a blackout period, such lock-up period will end ten trading days prior to the commencement of such blackout period. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Following the completion of this offering, the holders of certain outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and the holders of shares of our Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. Immediately following this offering, there will be approximately                registrable securities outstanding. These rights are provided under the terms of our fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in April 2019, and include requested registration rights, Form S-3 registration rights, and piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such amended and restated investor rights agreement, all fees, costs, and expenses of underwritten registrations, including fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the selling stockholders, will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including the estimated underwriting discount, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered. However, we will not be required to bear the expenses in connection with the exercise of the requested and Form S-3 registration rights of a registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the selling stockholders holding a majority of registrable securities to be registered.

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of (1) five years following the completion of this offering or (2) as to any given holder of registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder of registration rights (a) can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in compliance with Rule 144(b)(1)(i) or (b) holds 1% or less of our outstanding common stock and all registrable securities held by such holder can be sold in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement for us to be in compliance with the current public information requirement under Rule 144(c)(1).

Requested Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock following this offering, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to demand registration rights. Under the terms of the amended and restated investor rights agreement, if we receive a written request, at any time after the earlier of (1) August 30, 2025 or (2) six months following the effective date of this offering, from the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities then outstanding that we file a

 

136


Table of Contents

registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of outstanding registrable securities, then we will be required, within 20 days of receipt of the written request, to use commercially reasonable efforts to register, as soon as practicable, all of the shares requested to be registered for public resale, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered will have aggregate gross proceeds (before underwriting discount) of at least $20.0 million. We are required to effect only three registrations pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investor rights agreement. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement no more than once during any 12-month period for up to 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a requested registration under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 210,640,629 shares of our Class B common stock following this offering or their permitted transferees are also entitled to Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities then outstanding can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible and qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $5.0 million. The stockholders may require us to effect at most two registration statements on Form S-3 in any 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than once during any 12-month period for up to 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a registration on Form S-3 under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, the holders of an aggregate of                 shares of our Class B common stock following this offering or their permitted transferees are entitled to piggyback registration rights. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to sales of securities of participants in one of our stock plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities or a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right, in their sole discretion, to limit, because of marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned, first, to us, and second, pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, subject to additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investor rights agreement.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers. In general, DGCL Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

137


Table of Contents
   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that DGCL Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

   

Dual Class Common Stock. As described above in the section titled “—Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our restated certificate of incorporation will provide for a dual class common stock structure pursuant to which holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the shares of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. Current investors, executives, and employees will have the ability to exercise significant influence over those matters.

 

   

Board of Directors Vacancies. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

   

Classified Board. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board of directors could discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Board of Directors Composition” for additional information.

 

   

Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

   

Supermajority Requirements for Amendments of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws. Our restated certificate of incorporation will further provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock will be required to amend certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, including provisions relating to the classified board, the size of the board, removal of directors, special meetings, actions by written consent, and designation of our preferred stock. In addition, the affirmative vote of holders of 75% of the voting power of each of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting separately by class, will be required to amend the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation relating to the terms of our Class B common stock. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock will be required to amend or repeal our restated bylaws, although our restated bylaws may be amended by a simple majority vote of our board of directors.

 

   

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our lead independent director, or our chief executive officer. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, holders of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of

 

138


Table of Contents
 

our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our lead independent director, or our chief executive officer, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

   

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our restated bylaws provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

   

No Cumulative Voting. The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

   

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. After the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.

 

   

Choice of Forum. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims that are vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or for which the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have subject matter jurisdiction. For instance, the provision would not preclude the filing of claims brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder in federal court.

Listing

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PTON.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

139


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our Class A common stock or the availability of shares of our Class A common stock for sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2019, we will have a total of                shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and 235,942,233 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding. This includes                  shares that we are selling in this offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately following this offering, and assumes no additional exercise of outstanding options. Shares of our Class B common stock are convertible into an equivalent number of shares of our Class A common stock and generally convert into shares of our Class A common stock upon transfer.

The remaining outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. As a result of the lock-up agreements and market standoff provisions described below and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; provided that if (1) if at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (2) we have publicly released our earnings results for the quarterly period during which this offering occurred, and (3) the lock-up period as described below is scheduled to end during or within five trading days prior a blackout period, beginning on the date that is ten trading days prior to the commencement of such blackout period, such additional shares shall become eligible for sale in the public market; and

 

   

the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter upon subject to vesting and, in some cases, to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand Off Provisions

All of our directors, executive officers, and substantially all of the holders of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that, subject to exceptions described under the section titled “Underwriting” below, prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, stock options, or any security or instrument related to this common stock, or stock option for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC; provided that if (1) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (2) we have publicly released our earnings results for the quarterly period during which this offering occurred and (3) such lock-up period is scheduled to end during or within five trading days prior to a blackout period, such lock-up period will end ten trading days prior to the commencement of such blackout period. These agreements are subject to certain customary exceptions. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our

 

140


Table of Contents

affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144 and the requirements of the lock-up and market standoff agreements, as described above. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up and market standoff agreements, as described above) without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff provisions described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701. Moreover, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements and or market standoff agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriting” and will not become eligible for sale until the expiration of those agreements.

Registration Statements

In connection with this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class B common stock subject to outstanding stock options and the shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

We have granted demand, Form S-3, and piggyback registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

141


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxes, does not discuss the potential application of the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare Contribution tax on net investment income, and does not deal with state or local taxes, U.S. federal gift, and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent provided below, or any non-U.S. tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances.

Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as:

 

   

insurance companies, banks, and other financial institutions;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations) and tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement;

 

   

non-U.S. governments and international organizations;

 

   

broker-dealers and traders in securities;

 

   

U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our Class A common stock;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy;

 

   

persons who do not hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); and

 

   

partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities (regardless of their places of organization or formation).

Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, possibly retroactively, and are subject to differing interpretations which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions or will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences described herein, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OR ANY U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES, AND THE POSSIBLE APPLICATION OF TAX TREATIES.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Class A common stock that is not a U.S. Holder or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A

 

142


Table of Contents

common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If you are an individual non-U.S. citizen, you may, in some cases, be deemed to be a resident alien (as opposed to a nonresident alien) by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. Generally, for this purpose, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year, are counted.

Resident aliens are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Individuals who are uncertain of their status as resident or nonresident aliens for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock.

Distributions

We do not expect to make any distributions on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make distributions on our Class A common stock, however, such distributions made to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or exchange of our Class A common stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock.”

Any distribution on our Class A common stock that is treated as a dividend paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that is not effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. Such form must be provided prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine if you are able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that the holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to the applicable withholding agent. In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

See also the section below titled “—Foreign Accounts” for additional withholding rules that may apply to dividends paid to certain foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below under the sections titled “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other

 

143


Table of Contents

disposition of our Class A common stock unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that the holder maintains in the United States), (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (3) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or the holder’s holding period in the Class A common stock.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (1) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. Corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (1) above may also be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (2) above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. With respect to (3) above, in general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if United States real property interests (as defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations) comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. However, there can be no assurance that we will not become a United States real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly, or constructively, no more than five percent of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (2) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our Class A common stock will be U.S. situs property and, therefore, will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise. The terms “resident” and “nonresident” are defined differently for U.S. federal estate tax purposes than for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we or certain financial middlemen must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our Class A common stock, including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes only, certain U.S. related brokers may be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

 

144


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If backup withholding is applied to you, you should consult with your own tax advisor to determine whether you have overpaid your U.S. federal income tax, and whether you are able to obtain a tax refund or credit of the overpaid amount.

Foreign Accounts

In addition, U.S. federal withholding taxes may apply under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments, including dividends on our Class A common stock, made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution agrees to undertake certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. The 30% federal withholding tax described in this paragraph cannot be reduced under an income tax treaty with the United States. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019, although under recently proposed regulations (the preamble to which specifies that taxpayers are permitted to rely on such proposed regulations pending finalization), no withholding would apply with respect to payments of gross proceeds.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW, AS WELL AS TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX LAWS SUCH AS ESTATE AND GIFT TAX.

 

145


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                           

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  

Evercore Group L.L.C.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Siebert Cisneros Shank & Co., LLC

  

R. Seelaus & Co., LLC

  

The Williams Capital Group, LP

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will commit to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                shares of Class A common stock in this offering to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

 

146


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                 additional shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Paid by Us

   No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the initial public offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our executive officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC; provided that if (1) at least 120 days have elapsed since the date of this prospectus, (2) we have publicly released our earnings results for the quarterly period during which this offering occurred, and (3) such lock-up period is scheduled to end during or within five trading days prior to a blackout period, such lock-up period will end ten trading days prior to the commencement of such blackout period. We will announce the date of any expected blackout-related release to the lock-up at least two trading days in advance of such release. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Class A common stock or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “PTON.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In

 

147


Table of Contents

determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discount, will be approximately $                 . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In June 2019, we entered into the Credit Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, and Silicon Valley Bank, as joint syndication agents, which amended and restated the loan and security agreement that we previously entered into in November 2017. The Credit Agreement provides for a $250.0 million secured revolving credit facility, including up to the lesser of $150.0 million and the aggregate unused amount of the facility for the issuance of letters of credit. The principal amount, if any, is payable in full in June 2024. As of June 30, 2019, we had not drawn on the credit facility and did not have outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans,

 

148


Table of Contents

commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or EEA, that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a ‘Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

(a)    To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b)    To fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

(c)    In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any Brazilian placement agent of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to public” in relation to shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression ‘‘Prospectus Directive’’ means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (1) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order; or (2) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principals that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

149


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) or, Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (2) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time, or the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (2) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, or (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, or (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

150


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Fenwick & West LLP, New York, New York, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, individuals and entities associated with Fenwick & West LLP beneficially own an aggregate of 6,926 shares of our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will convert to Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The financial statements audited by Ernst & Young LLP as of June 30, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019 have been included in this prospectus in reliance on the authority of their report as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.onepeloton.com. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. The information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our Class A common stock in this offering.

 

151


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

Audited Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Peloton Interactive, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the Company) as of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, cash flows and changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2018 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, New York

August 20, 2019

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

     As of June 30,     Pro Forma
as of
June 30,
2019
 
       2018             2019      
                 (unaudited)  

ASSETS

      

Current Assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $     150.6     $     162.1                     

Marketable securities

           216.0    

Accounts receivable, net of allowances

     9.4       18.5    

Inventories

     25.3       136.6    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     18.4       48.4    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     203.8       581.7    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Property and equipment, net

     36.2       249.7    

Intangible assets, net

     24.5       19.5    

Goodwill

     4.2       4.3    

Restricted cash

     1.0       0.8    

Other assets

     1.6       8.5    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 271.2     $ 864.5    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Current Liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 28.1     $ 92.2    

Accrued expenses

     51.4       104.5    

Customer deposits and deferred revenue

     88.5       90.8    

Other current liabilities

     2.2       3.3    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     170.2       290.8    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Deferred rent

     9.4       23.7    

Build-to-suit liability

           147.1    

Other non-current liabilities

     1.0       0.4    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     180.5       462.0    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.000025 par value, 182,193,592 and 215,443,468 shares authorized; 176,313,468 and 210,640,629 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2019, pro forma (unaudited)

     406.3       941.1     $  

Stockholders’ Deficit:

      

Common stock, $0.000025 par value, 266,946,216 and 400,000,000 shares authorized; 25,936,848 and 25,301,604 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively; 235,942,233 shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

                  

Additional paid-in capital

     20.5       90.7       1,031.8  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

           0.2       0.2  

Accumulated deficit

     (336.1     (629.5     (629.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (315.6     (538.6   $ 402.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 271.2     $ 864.5    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2017             2018             2019      

Revenue:

      

Connected Fitness Products

   $ 183.5     $ 348.6     $ 719.2  

Subscription

     32.5       80.3       181.1  

Other

     2.6       6.2       14.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     218.6       435.0       915.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Connected Fitness Products

     113.5       195.0       410.8  

Subscription

     29.3       45.5       103.7  

Other

     1.9       4.9       17.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     144.7       245.4       531.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     73.9       189.6       383.6  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     13.0       23.4       54.8  

Sales and marketing

     86.0       151.4       324.0  

General and administrative

     45.6       62.4       207.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     144.7       237.1       585.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (70.7     (47.5     (202.3

Other (expense) income, net:

      

Interest (expense) income, net

     (0.3     (0.3     7.0  

Other (expense) income, net

                 (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income, net

     (0.3     (0.3     6.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (71.1     (47.8     (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

           0.1       0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (163.4   $ (47.9   $ (245.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (5.97   $ (2.18   $ (10.72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     27,379,789       21,934,228       22,911,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (0.84
      

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

         233,552,393  
      

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

   $     $     $ 0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

                 0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 
         2017             2018             2019      

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization expense

     3.7       6.6       21.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

     10.3       8.5       89.5  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     0.2       0.7       0.5  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     0.1       0.3       0.3  

Amortization of (discount) on marketable securities

                 (2.2

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (3.6     (4.1     (9.1

Inventories

     (5.0     (9.6     (111.3

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1.0     (12.1     (30.3

Other assets

     (1.1     1.4       (5.5

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     22.1       41.0       117.3  

Customer deposits and deferred revenue

     19.0       63.0       2.2  

Other liabilities

     7.8       1.9       13.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (18.6     49.7       (108.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Purchases of marketable securities

                 (249.8

Maturities of marketable securities

                 36.0  

Cash paid for cost method investment

                 (0.6

Purchases of property and equipment

     (10.2     (28.0     (83.0

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired

           (28.7     (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (10.2     (56.7     (297.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     315.6             539.1  

Repurchase of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, including issuance costs

     (170.0           (130.3

Proceeds from borrowings under credit facility

     10.5              

Debt repayments

     (13.0     (3.1      

Debt issuance costs

     (0.2     (1.2     (0.9

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     0.7       7.4       9.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     143.6       3.1       417.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

                 0.2  

Net change in cash

     114.8       (3.9     11.3  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash — Beginning of period

     40.7       155.5       151.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash — End of period

   $ 155.5     $ 151.6     $ 163.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 0.2     $ 0.3     $ 1.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Information:

      

Property and equipment accrued but unpaid

   $ 0.4     $ 4.3     $ 12.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Building — build-to-suit asset

   $     $     $ 147.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense capitalized for software development costs

   $     $ 0.3     $ 0.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in millions)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance — July 1, 2016

    138.9     $ 117.1       28.1     $     $ 3.4     $     $ (81.4   $ (78.0

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net

    60.0       315.6                                      

Repurchase of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (22.6     (26.4     (9.7                       (135.2     (135.2

Forfeiture of restricted stock awards

                (0.1                              

Exercise of stock options

                1.9             0.7                   0.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            2.0                   2.0  

Net loss

                                        (71.1     (71.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2017

    176.3     $ 406.3       20.2     $     $ 6.1     $     $ (287.7   $ (281.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

        $       5.7     $     $ 5.3           $     $ 5.3  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            8.6                   8.6  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

                            0.5             (0.5      

Net loss

                                        (47.9     (47.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2018

    176.3     $ 406.3       25.9     $     $ 20.5     $     $ (336.1   $ (315.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, net

    38.1       539.1                                      

Repurchase of common and redeemable preferred stock

    (3.8     (4.3     (4.8                       (97.8     (97.8

Exercise of stock options

                4.2             8.2                   8.2  

Stock-based compensation expense

                            62.1                   62.1  

Other comprehensive income

                                  0.2             0.2  

Net loss

                                        (195.6     (195.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance — June 30, 2019

    210.6     $ 941.1       25.3     $     $ 90.7     $ 0.2     $ (629.5   $ (538.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description and Organization

Peloton Interactive, Inc. (“Peloton” or the “Company”) is the largest interactive fitness platform in the world with a loyal community of Members, which we define as any individual who has a Peloton account. The Company pioneered connected, technology-enabled fitness and the streaming of immersive, instructor-led boutique classes to its Members anytime, anywhere. The Company makes fitness entertaining, approachable, effective, and convenient while fostering social connections that encourage its Members to be the best versions of themselves.

The Company markets and sells its interactive fitness products (“Connected Fitness Products”) directly through its retail showrooms and at www.onepeloton.com. The Company was founded in 2012 and incorporated in the State of Delaware in 2015. As of June 30, 2019, the Company had established wholly owned subsidiaries in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, and Germany and its corporate headquarters is in New York, New York.

The Company organizes its business into the following three reportable segments: Connected Fitness Products, Subscription and Other. See Note 17, Segment Information, for further discussion of the Company’s segment reporting structure.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included elsewhere in these financial statements have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

Basis of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Peloton Interactive, Inc. and its subsidiaries in which the Company has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of June 30, 2019 presents the Company’s stockholders’ deficit as though all of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding had automatically converted into an aggregate of 210,640,629 shares of the Company’s common stock, upon the completion of a qualifying initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s common stock. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received by the Company upon the completion of a qualifying IPO are excluded from such pro forma financial information.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash and short-term investments purchased with maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were substantially held in money market and operating accounts. At various times during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, the balances of cash at financial institutions exceeded the federally insured limit. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes cash and cash equivalents are not subject to any significant credit risk.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash primarily consists of cash held in reserve accounts related to operating lease obligations.

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowances

The Company’s accounts receivable primarily represent amounts due from third-party sales processors. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates accounts receivable estimated to be uncollectible, which to date have not been material, and provides allowances, as necessary, for doubtful accounts.

Revenue Recognition

Adoption of Topic 606

On July 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09 and all subsequent amendments. The Company elected to apply the standard and all related ASUs retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented. The adoption of the new standard had no material impact on the measurement or recognition of revenue, resulting in no adjustments to the prior periods. Additional disclosures, however, have been added in accordance with ASU 2014-09. Refer to Note 3, Revenue.

Shipping and Delivery Fees

The Company accounts for shipping, delivery and installation fees, net of discounts and refunds, billed to customers as revenue.

Sales Taxes

Sales tax collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities is not included in revenue and is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods, which are generally purchased from contract manufacturers. Connected Fitness Product, accessories, and apparel inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a weighted-average cost basis. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically adjusts the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon estimates of future demand and market conditions, as well as damaged or otherwise impaired goods. Spare parts are recorded as inventory and recognized in cost of goods sold as consumed.

Marketable Securities

The Company classifies its marketable debt securities as available-for-sale and, accordingly, records them at fair value. Marketable securities with original maturities of greater than three months and remaining maturities of less than one year are classified as current investments. Investments with maturities beyond one year may be classified as current based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations. Unrealized holding gains and losses, which are immaterial, are excluded from earnings and are reported net of tax in other comprehensive income until realized. Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses, are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. For leasehold improvements, the useful life is the lesser of the applicable lease term or the expected asset life. Charges for repairs and maintenance that do

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. The Company capitalizes the cost of pre-production tooling which it owns during a supply arrangement. Pre-production tooling and engineering costs the Company will not own or will not be used in producing products under long-term supply arrangements are expensed as incurred.

Internal-Use Software

The Company capitalizes certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software. The Company evaluates the costs incurred during the application development stage of internal use software and website development to determine whether the costs meet the criteria for capitalization. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities including maintenance are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, not to exceed three years. Capitalized costs less accumulated amortization are included within property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interest, if any, over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company has no intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

Intangible assets other than goodwill are comprised of acquired developed technology. At initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. In conducting its annual impairment test, the Company first reviews qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company performs a quantitative assessment and the fair value of the reporting unit is determined by analyzing the expected present value of future cash flows. If the carrying value of the reporting unit continues to exceed its fair value, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the excess is recorded. The Company performs its annual impairment tests in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year.

The Company assesses the impairment of intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted net future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds fair value.

Cost of Revenue

Connected Fitness Products

Cost of revenue consists of product costs, including manufacturing costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, packaging, warranty replacement costs, fulfillment costs, warehousing costs, and certain allocated costs related to management, facilities, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain logistics.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Subscription

Subscription cost of revenue includes costs associated with content creation and cost to stream content to our Members across the Company’s platform. These costs consist of both fixed costs, including studio rent and occupancy, other studio overhead and instructor and production personnel costs, and variable costs, including music royalty fees, content costs for past use, third-party platform streaming costs, and payment processing fees for our monthly subscription billings.

Music Royalty Fees

The Company recognizes music royalty fees on all music it streams to Members as these fees are incurred in accordance with the terms of the relevant license agreement with the music rights holder. The incurrence of the royalties is primarily driven by content usage by the Company’s Members on a fee-per-play basis through the use of the Company’s Subscriptions and classified within subscription cost of revenue within the Company’s statement of operations. The Company’s license agreements with music rights holders generally include provisions for advance royalties as well as minimum guarantees. When a minimum guarantee is paid in advance, the guarantee is recorded as a prepaid expense and amortized to subscription cost of revenue.

As the Company executes music license agreements with various music rights holders for go-forward usage, the Company may also simultaneously enter into a settlement agreement whereby the Company is released from all potential licensor claims regarding the Company’s alleged past use of copyrighted material in exchange for a negotiated payment. These are referred to as “content costs for past use” and are recorded within subscription cost of revenue. The Company has entered into agreements with music rights holders who represent all the music catalogs that the Company needs to operate its service, however, given the uncertain and opaque nature of music rights ownership, the Company’s archived library may continue to include music for which certain rights or fractional interests have not been accurately determined or fully licensed. Prior to the execution of a music license agreement, the Company estimates and records a charge based upon license agreements previously entered into and the market share and size of the music rights holder.

Income Taxes

The Company utilizes the asset and liability method for computing its income tax provision. Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the expected future consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities as well as operating loss, capital loss, and tax credit carryforwards, using enacted tax rates. Management makes estimates, assumptions, and judgments to determine the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent the Company believes recovery is not likely, establishes a valuation allowance.

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, which to date have not been material, are recognized within income tax expense.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel- and facilities-related expenses, consulting and contractor expenses, tooling and prototype materials and software platform expenses. Substantially all of the Company’s research and development expenses are related to developing new products and services and improving existing products and services. Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, research and development costs were $13.0 million, $23.4 million, $54.8 million, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and are recognized as expense, net of actual forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. For performance-based options issued, the value of the instrument is measured at the grant date as the fair value of the award and expensed over the vesting term under an accelerated attribution method when the performance targets are considered probable of being achieved. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the grant date fair value of stock awards issued is affected by a number of variables, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected common stock price volatility over the expected life of the options, the expected term of the stock option, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of the Company’s common stock. The Company derives its volatility from the average historical stock volatilities of several peer public companies over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards. The Company estimates the expected term based on the simplified method for employee stock options considered to be “plain vanilla” options, as the Company’s historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Expected dividend yield is 0.0% as the Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying dividends on its common stock.

Generally, the Company’s stock options plans permit early exercise. The unvested portion of shares exercised is recorded as a liability on the Company’s balance sheet and reclassified to equity as vesting occurs.

Common Stock Valuations

The Company has historically granted stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair value as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board of Directors”) on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market, the Board of Directors, with input from management, exercises significant judgment and consider numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of each stock option grant, including:

 

   

relevant precedent transactions involving the Company’s capital stock;

 

   

the liquidation preferences, rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

   

the Company’s actual operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

the Company’s stage of development;

 

   

the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the stock options, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of the common stock underlying the granted options;

 

   

recent secondary stock sales and tender offers;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In addition, the Board of Directors considers the independent valuations completed by a third-party valuation consultant. The valuations of the Company’s common stock are determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation.

Share Repurchases

Shares of the Company’s common and preferred stock may be repurchased from time to time as authorized by the Board of Directors. Share repurchases are funded from existing cash balances, and repurchased shares are retired and returned to

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

unissued authorized shares. These repurchases are accounted for as reductions to the Company’s common and preferred stock to the extent available with remaining amounts allocated against retained earnings.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of these financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including, among others, those related to income taxes, the realizability of inventory, stock-based compensation, contingencies, revenue-related reserves, content costs for past use reserve, fair value measurements, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, as well as intangible assets, and impairment of goodwill, intangible, and long-lived assets. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, market conditions, and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties, and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment can be reasonably estimated. If a loss is reasonably possible and the loss or range of loss can be reasonably estimated, the Company discloses the possible loss or states that such an estimate cannot be made.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Subsequent changes in fair value of these financial assets and liabilities are recognized in earnings or other comprehensive income when they occur. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurement or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and credit risk.

The Company applies the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

 

   

Level 1 inputs are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 inputs are based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets), or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 3 inputs are based on unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities, and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The Company’s material financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses. The carrying values of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximated their fair values at June 30, 2018 and 2019, due to the short period of time to maturity or repayment.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The Company computes net income (loss) per share using the two-class method required for participating securities. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options are participating securities. The Company considers any shares issued upon early exercise of stock options, subject to repurchase, to be participating securities because holders of such shares have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event a cash dividend is declared on common stock. These participating securities do not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in the Company’s losses. As such, net losses for the periods presented were not allocated to the Company’s participating securities.

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of outstanding shares of common stock and, when dilutive, potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Potential shares of common stock consist of incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options and warrants as well as the redeemable convertible preferred shares. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2019, the excess of the repurchase price of preferred stock over its carrying value (see Note 12) has been recorded as an increase to net loss to determine net loss attributable to common stockholders.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

ASU 2014-09

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance, and requires companies to recognize revenue based upon the transfer of control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, the standard requires disclosures related to the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The Company applied the five-step method outlined in ASU 2014-09 to all revenue streams and elected the full retrospective method for its adoption of the standard as of July 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The additional disclosures required by ASU 2014-09 are included in Note 3, Revenue.

ASU 2016-09

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for public entities for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, the standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for any entity in any interim or annual period. The Company early adopted ASU 2016-09 as of July 1, 2017. With the adoption of ASU 2016-09, the Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur. The Company applied the guidance on a modified retrospective basis, which resulted in a $0.5 million cumulative effect adjustment and increase to accumulated deficit as of July 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2016-09 in 2018 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2017-01

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. The standard provides guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions of assets or businesses. If substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets, the assets acquired are not considered a business. For public entities, this standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, this standard is effective for annual reporting periods

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted ASU 2017-01 as of July 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2017-09

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, to provide clarity and reduce both diversity in practice and cost complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718 to a change to the terms and conditions of a stock-based payment award. ASU 2017-09 also provides guidance about the types of changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award that require an entity to apply modification accounting in accordance with Topic 718. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and for interim periods therein. The Company adopted this update as of July 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2018-15

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 requires implementation costs incurred by customers in cloud computing arrangements to be deferred over the noncancelable term of the cloud-computing arrangements plus any optional renewal periods (1) that are reasonably certain to be exercised by the customer or (2) for which exercise of the renewal option is controlled by the cloud service provider. The effective date of this pronouncement for public entities is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, the standard is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The standard can be adopted either using the prospective or retrospective transition approach. The Company early adopted ASU 2018-15 using the prospective approach as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

ASU 2016-02

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases. ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to separate the lease components from the non-lease components in a contract and recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. For public entities, this standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, this standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company early adopted ASU 2016-02 using the modified retrospective approach as of July 1, 2019. Based upon the Company’s lease portfolio and evaluation of the standard, the Company estimates the adoption will result in the addition of $400 million to $500 million of right-of-use-assets and liabilities to the consolidated balance sheet, with no significant change to the consolidated statements of operations or cash flows. Additionally, the Company estimates an approximate $147 million decrease in assets and liabilities due to the de-recognition of the build-to-suit asset and liability.

ASU 2017-04

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The standard is effective for public entities for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in annual reporting years beginning after December 15, 2019. For all other entities, including emerging growth companies, the standard is effective for annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests in annual reporting years beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption of this standard is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

3. Revenue

The Company’s primary source of revenue is from sales of its Connected Fitness Products and associated recurring subscription revenue.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

 

   

identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

determination of the transaction price

 

   

allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The Company’s revenue is reported net of sales returns and discounts, which to date have not been material to the Company’s financial statements. The Company estimates its liability for product returns based on historical return trends by product category and seasonality and an evaluation of current economic and market conditions and records the expected customer refund liability as a reduction to revenue, and the expected inventory right of recovery as a reduction of cost of revenue. If actual return costs differ from previous estimates, the amount of the liability and corresponding revenue are adjusted in the period in which such costs occur.

Some of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For customer contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations if they are distinct. The transaction price is then allocated to each performance obligation based on its standalone selling price. The Company generally determines standalone selling price based on prices charged to customers.

Connected Fitness Products

Connected Fitness Products include the Company’s Bike and Tread, related accessories, associated fees for delivery and installation, and extended warranty agreements. The Company recognizes Connected Fitness Product revenue net of sales returns and discounts when the product has been delivered to the customer. The Company generally allows customers to return products within thirty days of purchase, as stated in its return policy.

The Company records fees paid to third-party financing partners in connection with its consumer financing program as a reduction of revenue, as it considers such costs to be a customer sales incentive. The Company records payment processing fees for its credit card sales for Connected Fitness Products within selling and marketing expenses.

Subscription

The Company’s subscriptions provide unlimited access to content in its library of live and on-demand fitness classes. The Company’s subscriptions are offered on a month-to-month basis.

Historically, the Company offered a prepaid subscription option where Subscribers earned one free month or three free months of subscription with the purchase of a 12-month subscription or 24-month subscription, respectively. The Company also offered Subscribers the ability to finance the prepaid subscription with the purchase of a Connected Fitness Product as part of its financing program. The associated financing fees were paid to the Company’s third-party partner at the outset of the arrangement and are recorded as a reduction to subscription revenue. The Company terminated both programs in July 2018.

Amounts paid for subscription fees are included within customer deposits and deferred revenue and recognized ratably on a month-to-month basis.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company generates a small portion of its revenue from the sale of studio credits to attend and participate in a live, instructor-led class at its New York City studios. Studio revenue is recognized at the time the credits are redeemed and used.

Product Warranty

The Company offers a standard product warranty that its Connected Fitness Products will operate under normal, non-commercial use for a period of one-year from the date of original delivery. The Company has the obligation, at its option, to either repair or replace the defective product. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenue. Factors that affect the warranty obligation include historical as well as current product failure rates, service delivery costs incurred in correcting product failures, and warranty policies. The Company’s products are manufactured by contract manufacturers, and in certain cases, the Company may have recourse to such contract manufacturers.

The Company also offers the option for customers in some markets to purchase a third-party extended warranty and service contract that extends or enhances the technical support, parts, and labor coverage offered as part of the base warranty included with the Connected Fitness Product for an additional period of 12 to 27 months.

Revenue and related fees paid to the third-party provider are recognized on a gross basis as the Company has a continuing obligation to perform over the service period. Extended warranty revenue is recognized ratably over the extended warranty coverage period and is included in Connected Fitness Products revenue in the consolidated statement of operations.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company’s revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by major product lines, excluding sales-based taxes, are included in Note 17, Segment Information.

The Company’s revenue disaggregated by geographic region, based on ship-to address, were as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    
         2017              2018              2019      
     (in millions)  

North America (1)

   $ 218.6      $ 435.0      $ 897.9  

United Kingdom

                   17.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 218.6      $ 435.0      $ 915.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Consists of United States and Canada

Customer Deposits and Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue is recorded for nonrefundable cash payments received for the Company’s performance obligation to transfer, or stand ready to transfer, goods or services in the future. Deferred revenue consists of subscription fees billed that have not been recognized. Customer deposits represent payments received in advance before the Company transfers a good or service to the customer and are refundable.

As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2019, customer deposits of $85.6 million and $81.3 million, and deferred revenue of $2.9 million and $9.5 million, respectively, were included in customer deposits and deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

In the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company recognized $1.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively, of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Exemptions and Elections

The Company applies the practical expedient as per ASC 606-10-50-14 and does not disclose information related to remaining performance obligations due to their original expected durations being one year or less.

The Company expenses sales commissions on its Connected Fitness Products when incurred because the amortization period would have been less than one year. These costs are recorded in selling and marketing expense.

4. Investments in Marketable Securities

The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in marketable securities:

 

     June 30, 2019  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (in millions)  

Commercial paper

   $ 97.6      $      $      $ 97.6  

Corporate Bonds

     61.9        0.1               62.0  

Certificates of deposit

     34.8                      34.8  

U.S treasury securities

     29.7        0.1               29.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable securities (1)

   $ 224.1      $ 0.2      $      $ 224.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $8.3 million included within cash and cash equivalents.

The Company had no material reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive loss into net loss in any of the periods presented, and the contractual maturity of all marketable securities was less than one year.

5. Fair Value Measurements

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     As of June 30, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

Cash equivalents (1):

           

Commercial paper

   $ 8.3      $      $      $ 8.3  

Marketable Securities:

     

Commercial paper

     89.3                      89.3  

Corporate bonds

     62.0                      62.0  

Certificates of deposit

     34.8                      34.8  

U.S. treasury securities

     29.8                      29.8  

Other:

     

Cost-method investments

                   0.6        0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 224.3      $      $ 0.6      $ 224.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in cash and cash equivalents.

Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. All investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value within marketable securities in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s investments classified as Level 1 are based on quoted prices that are available in active markets.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

6. Acquisition

Neurotic Media Acquisition

On June 6, 2018, the Company acquired Neurotic Media, LLC (“Neurotic”), a Georgia limited liability company, for a purchase price of approximately $28.8 million net of cash acquired, which was paid in cash. Upon completion of the merger agreement, Neurotic became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company acquired Neurotic primarily to automate and streamline content rights management on its platform, and to enhance Member engagement through new music features. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method. Of the total purchase consideration, $4.3 million has been recorded to goodwill, $24.8 million to acquired developed technology, and $0.1 million to tangible net assets. Included within the purchase price and goodwill is $0.1 million in working capital adjustments identified during the measurement period subsequent to the acquisition.

The goodwill of $4.3 million represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from other intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including an experienced workforce and expected future synergies. The Company allocated the goodwill to its Subscription reporting segment.

The results of operations for the acquisition have been included in the consolidated statements of operations since the acquisition date. Actual and pro forma revenue and results of operations for the acquisition have not been presented because they do not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated revenue and results of operations, either individually or in aggregate.

7. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,  
         2018             2019      
     (in millions)  

Leasehold improvements

   $     24.6     $     47.6  

Machinery and equipment

     5.1       11.7  

Capitalized software

     5.8       16.0  

Furniture and fixtures

     3.8       7.5  

Property

     2.2       2.3  

Construction-in-progress

     3.1       40.1  

Building - build-to-suit asset

           147.1  

Pre-production tooling

     1.0       3.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     45.6       275.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization expense

     (9.5     (25.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 36.2     $ 249.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Leasehold improvements

  

Shorter of remaining lease term or useful life

Machinery and equipment

  

Two to ten years

Capitalized software

  

Three years

Furniture and fixtures

  

Three to five years

Property

  

20 years

Pre-production tooling

  

Two to five years

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In November 2018, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space for its new corporate headquarters. As a result of the Company’s involvement during the construction period, whereby the Company had certain indemnification obligations related to the construction, the Company is considered, for accounting purposes only, the owner of the construction project under build-to-suit lease accounting. Accordingly, the Company recorded the estimated fair value of the leased space as an asset, noted in the table above as “Building-build-to-suit asset.” The Company also recorded a corresponding long-term lease liability. Refer to Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies for further details.

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $3.7 million, $6.3 million, and $16.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively, of which zero, $1.2 million, and $3.3 million related to amortization of capitalized software costs for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019.

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows:

 

     June 30,  
         2018              2019      
     (in millions)  

Goodwill, opening balance

   $     —      $     4.2  

Acquisition

     4.2        0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill, closing balance

   $ 4.2      $ 4.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets, net, as of June 30, 2018, were as follows:

 

     Gross
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life (years)
 
     (in millions, except years)  

Acquired developed technology

   $     24.8      $     0.3      $     24.5        5.0  

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets, net, as of June 30, 2019, were as follows:

 

     Gross
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Value
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life (years)
 
     (in millions, except years)  

Acquired developed technology

   $     24.8      $     5.3      $     19.5        4.0  

The Company recognized intangible asset amortization in the consolidated statements of operations of zero, $0.3 million, and $5.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

As of June 30, 2019, estimated amortization related to the Company’s identifiable acquisition-related intangible assets in future periods was as follows:

 

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,

   Amount  
     (in millions)  

2020

   $         5.0  

2021

     5.0  

2022

     5.0  

2023

     4.5  

Thereafter

      
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19.5  
  

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

9. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     June 30,  
         2018              2019      
     (in millions)  

Accrued marketing

   $ 5.9      $ 19.3  

Content costs for past use reserve

     18.6        18.9  

Other

     26.8        66.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 51.4      $ 104.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Debt and Financing Arrangements

2015 Debt Financing Facility

In June 2015, the Company entered into a $3.0 million senior secured term loan facility (as amended from time to time, the “Term Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”), maturing on June 1, 2019. The term loan was repayable in 36 scheduled installments commencing on July 1, 2016. Principal outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement accrued interest, payable monthly, at a floating rate per annum equal to the prime rate plus 1.50%.

In June 2015, the Company entered into a three-year, $32.0 million secured revolving credit facility with SVB (as amended from time to time, the “2015 Credit Agreement”). The amount that could be borrowed under the 2015 Credit Agreement was based upon a borrowing base formula with respect to the Company’s trailing three-month revenue and outstanding liability balances. Borrowed funds accrued interest at a floating rate per annum equal to the prime rate plus 0.25%. Amounts owed under the Term Loan Agreement and 2015 Credit Agreement (collectively, the “SVB Debt Facility”) were guaranteed by the Company. The Company also granted security interests in substantially all of its assets to collateralize these obligations.

The Company had the option to repay its borrowings under the SVB Debt Facility without penalty prior to maturity. As of June 30, 2017, there was $2.0 million of principal outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement of the SVB Debt Facility. In November 2017, the Company terminated the SVB Debt Facility and repaid the remaining $1.6 million principal outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement as of that date. The Company recognized a loss of approximately $0.1 million in November 2017 related to the write-off of the unamortized balance of loan fees on the SVB Debt Facility.

2018 Revolving Credit Facility

In November 2017, the Company entered into a four-year, $100.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the “2018 Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which serves as administrative agent, Bank of America, N.A., Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, and SVB, as joint syndication agents, which replaced the SVB Credit Facility. Interest on the 2018 Credit Agreement was paid based on LIBOR plus a predetermined margin or base rate. The Company was required to pay a commitment fee of 0.375% based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

In connection with the execution of the 2018 Credit Agreement, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $1.2 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, which are capitalized and were being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the 2018 Credit Agreement.

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

In June 2019, the Company entered into an amended and restated revolving credit agreement (“Amended Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, lead arranger and bookrunner and Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and SVB, as joint syndication agents, which amended and restated the 2018 Credit Agreement. The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a $250.0 million secured revolving credit facility, including up to the lesser of $150.0 million and the aggregate unused amount of the facility for the issuance of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

letters of credit. Interest on the Amended Credit Agreement is paid based on LIBOR plus 2.75% or an Alternative Base Rate plus 1.75%. The Company is required to pay an annual commitment fee of 0.375% on a quarterly basis based on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

The Company incurred total commitment fees of $0.2 million and $0.3 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are included in interest expense in the statements of operations.

The principal amount, if any, is payable in full in June 2024. As of June 30, 2019, the Company had not drawn on the credit facility and did not have outstanding borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement.

In connection with the execution of the Amended Credit Agreement, the Company incurred debt issuance costs of $0.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, which are being capitalized and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Amended Credit Agreement. The remaining unamortized deferred financing fees of $0.7 million related to the 2018 Credit Agreement were deferred and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Amended Credit Agreement.

The Company has the option to repay its borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement without premium or penalty prior to maturity. The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants, such as financial statement reporting requirements and delivery of borrowing base certificates, as well as customary covenants that restrict its ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets, guarantee obligations of third parties, declare cash dividends in the entirety or make certain other distributions, and undergo a merger or consolidation or certain other transactions. The Amended Credit Agreement also contains certain financial condition covenants, including maintaining a total level of liquidity of not less than $125.0 million and maintaining certain minimum total revenue ranging from $725.0 million to $1,985.0 million depending on the applicable date of determination. As of June 30, 2019, the Company was in compliance with the covenants under the Amended Credit Agreement. At June 30, 2019, the Company was contingently liable for approximately $40.1 million in standby letters of credit as security for its operating lease and inventory purchasing obligations.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligations

The Company leases facilities under operating leases with various expiration dates through 2039. The Company’s corporate headquarters is located in New York, New York. The Company also leases space for the operation of its production studio facilities, retail showrooms, microstores, warehouses, and office spaces.

Certain of the Company’s lease agreements contain renewal options, rent escalation clauses, rent holidays or landlord incentives. Landlord incentives are capitalized within deferred rent and amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease. Rent expense for non-cancellable operating leases with scheduled rent increases or landlord incentives is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including any applicable rent holidays, beginning on the date of initial possession, which is generally the date when the Company enters the space and begins to make improvements in preparation for intended use. The excess of straight-line rent expense over the scheduled payment amounts and landlord incentives is recorded as a deferred rent obligation. The Company has the option to extend or renew most of its leases, which may increase the future minimum lease commitments. The Company’s lease agreements for its retail showrooms generally provide for a fixed minimum rental plus contingent rent, which is determined as a percentage of gross sales in excess of specified levels.

Rent expense under existing operating lease agreements was $8.0 million, $15.1 million, and $35.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following represents the Company’s minimum annual rental payments under operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter:

 

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,

   Future Minimum
Payments
 
     (in millions)  

2020

   $ 33.0  

2021

     46.3  

2022

     52.8  

2023

     55.1  

2024

     52.3  

Thereafter

     545.4  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 784.9  
  

 

 

 

In November 2015, the Company entered into a 10-year operating lease agreement for its current headquarters office space at 125 West 25th Street, New York, New York (the “25th Street Lease”). The 25th Street Lease commenced in November 2016, upon the date the Company took possession of the leased space, although cash payments for rental obligations under the lease did not begin until May 2017.

In December 2017, the Company entered into a 21-year operating lease agreement for a New York office and retail space at 5 Manhattan West (the “5 Manhattan West Lease”). The 5 Manhattan West Lease commenced in October 2018, upon the date the Company took possession of the leased space and the Company is committed to $99.5 million in minimum fixed payments over the term of the lease although cash payments for rental obligations under the lease do not begin until October 2019. The 5 Manhattan West Lease contains a renewal option for two additional five-year periods. The 5 Manhattan West Lease includes a tenant improvement allowance in the future amounting to $3.0 million. This allowance will be reflected as a reduction in rent expense over the life of the lease on a straight-line basis in the consolidated statements of operations and as a leasehold improvement and other liability in the consolidated balance sheets.

In November 2018, the Company entered into a 16-year operating lease agreement for space to be used as its new corporate headquarters. The lease is expected to commence in August 2019, upon the date the Company takes possession of the leased space and commits the Company to $503.0 million in minimum fixed payments over the term of the lease. The lease contains a renewal option for an additional 10-year period and includes a tenant improvement allowance amounting to $28.0 million. As a result of the Company’s involvement during the construction period, whereby it has certain indemnification obligations related to the construction, the Company is considered, for accounting purposes only, the owner of the construction project under build-to-suit lease accounting.

Commitments

The Company is subject to minimum guarantee royalty payments associated under certain music license agreements.

The following represents the Company’s minimum annual guarantee payments under license agreements for each of the next five years and thereafter:

 

Fiscal Year Ending June 30,

   Future Minimum
Payments
 
     (in millions)  

2020

   $                 13.3  

2021

     18.4  

2022

     10.3  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 42.0  
  

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Sales and Use Taxes

The Company has recorded an estimate of $5.7 million and $4.1 million as of June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, for the potential sales tax liability associated with its subscription fees, which is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company continues to analyze possible sales tax exposure but does not currently believe that any individual claim or aggregate claims that might arise will ultimately have a material effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Content Costs for Past Use Reserve

To secure the rights to stream music on the Peloton platform, the Company must obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, copyright owners of both sound recordings and musical compositions. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, the Company has entered into negotiations with various music rights holders, to pay for any and all uses of musical compositions and sound recordings to-date and, at the same time, enter into go-forward license agreements for the use of music in the future.

Prior to the execution of go-forward music license agreements, the Company estimates and records expenses inclusive of estimated content costs for past use (refer to Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Music Royalty Fees) as well as normal and recurring music royalty expenses. The Company recorded content costs for past use of $15.5 million, $14.5 million, and $16.4 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded estimates for normal and recurring royalty expense of $0.4 million, $1.0 million, and $2.8 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. The Company includes both of these components in its reserve. As of 2018, and 2019, the Company has recorded reserves of $18.6 million and $18.9 million, respectively, included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Legal Proceedings

On March 19, 2019, Downtown Music Publishing LLC, ole Media Management, L.P., Big Deal Music, LLC, CYPMP, LLC, Peer International Corporation, PSO Limited, Peermusic Ltd., Peermusic III, Ltd., Peertunes, Ltd., Songs of Peer Ltd., Reservoir Media Management, Inc., The Richmond Organization, Inc., Round Hill Music LLC, The Royalty Network, Inc., and Ultra International Music Publishing, LLC filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, captioned Downtown Music Publ’g LLC, et. al v. Peloton Interactive, Inc., alleging that the Company engaged in copyright infringement by using certain accused songs in streaming and recorded fitness classes without necessary licenses. The plaintiffs allege that they are music publishers that own or control the copyrights in numerous musical works that were synchronized by the Company without the plaintiffs’ authorization. The complaint asserts a single claim for copyright infringement. It seeks injunctive relief, up to $150 million in damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company intends to vigorously defend the claim.

On April 30, 2019, the Company answered the complaint and filed counterclaims against the original named plaintiffs and National Music Publishers’ Association, Inc., a trade association, alleging that they coordinated to collectively negotiate licenses in violation of the antitrust laws. The counterclaims also assert that the trade association tortuously interfered with the Company’s attempts to engage in direct negotiations with music publishers in violation of state law. The counterclaims seek injunctive relief, monetary damages (to be trebled under applicable statute), and attorneys’ fees and costs. An initial pretrial conference was held on May 9, 2019 and discovery has commenced. An amended complaint filed on May 31, 2019 named additional plaintiffs Greensleeves Publishing Ltd., Me Gusta Music, LLC, Raleigh Music Publishing LLC, STB Music, Inc., and TuneCore, Inc. and identified additional musical works. The Company answered the amended complaint on June 14, 2019. On June 24, 2019, counter-defendants filed a motion to dismiss the counterclaims, to which the Company filed an opposition on August 8, 2019. Discovery on the claims and counterclaims is ongoing in the case.

While the Company cannot predict what the ultimate result of any judgment against, or settlement by, the Company, will be in this matter, based on application of ASC 450, “Contingencies”, at June 30, 2019, the Company has accrued its best estimate within a range of reasonably possible outcomes ranging from $4.0 million to $11.0 million, which is included in

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amounts accrued for this matter at June 30, 2019 are not considered material to the Company’s financial position and the Company continues to vigorously defend its position in the aforementioned outstanding matter and assess its legal position.

In addition to the above, from time to time, the Company is subject to litigation matters and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. The Company believes that the outcome of any existing litigation, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on the results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows of the Company.

12. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Split

In August 2018, the Company effected a 4-for-1 stock split on its shares of common stock. Unless otherwise noted, impacted amounts and share information included in the financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted for the stock split as if such stock split occurred on the first day of the first period presented.

Common Stock

In connection with the conversion to a corporation in April 2015, the Company authorized common stock with a par value of $0.000025 per share. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, there were 266,946,216 and 400,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, respectively, and 25,936,848 and 25,301,604 shares of common stock outstanding, respectively.

Warrant Transactions

In June 2015, the Company issued 240,000 common stock warrants in connection with the Term Loan Agreement with SVB (see Note 10). The warrants were initially recorded at their fair value calculated using the Black-Scholes model, with the following weighted-average assumptions: exercise price of $0.19 per share, price of $0.19 per share, expected term of 10 years, risk-free rate of 2.35%, and volatility of 90%. The fair value of the warrants of $38,000 was recorded as deferred financing costs and such costs were amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the loan. In connection with the termination of the SVB Debt Facility in November 2017, the Company recognized the remaining balance of unamortized deferred financing costs, including the amount related to the warrants, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 (see Note 10).

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2019, the Company’s fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorized the issuance of up to 215,443,468 shares of Preferred Stock, designated as follows: 10,617,908 shares as Series A Preferred Stock, 25,799,744 as Series B Preferred Stock, 48,246,732 as Series C Preferred Stock, 31,635,604 as Series D Preferred Stock, and 60,013,480 as Series E Preferred Stock, and 39,130,000 as Series F Preferred Stock.

Series E Financing & Tender Offer

In March 2017, the Company filed its third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which authorized the issuance of 60,013,480 shares Series E Preferred Stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. In May 2017, the Company filed an amendment to the certificate of incorporation which decreased the authorized number of shares of common stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock, to a total of 266,946,216 shares, 27,169,432 shares, 49,375,076 shares, and 31,635,604 shares, respectively.

In March 2017, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain accredited investors, pursuant to which it sold and issued 40,624,492 shares of its newly created Series E Preferred Stock at a purchase price of approximately $5.42 per share (the “Series E Share Price”) in an initial closing. Between April 1, 2017 and May 31, 2017, the

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Company sold and issued an additional 19,388,988 shares of Series E Preferred Stock in a series of subsequent closings (combined, the “Series E Financing”). The aggregate gross proceeds from the Series E Financing were approximately $325.0 million. The Company incurred issuance costs of $9.4 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 in connection with the Series E Financing, which are recorded as a reduction of the Series E Preferred Stock share balance.

In connection with closing of the Series E Financing, the Company used approximately $175.0 million of the proceeds from the Series E Financing to repurchase outstanding shares of its common stock and Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D Preferred Stock from certain existing stockholders at the Series E Share Price. The repurchase occurred through a series of share repurchase transactions in conjunction with the initial and subsequent closings of the Series E Financing, in addition to a tender offer made by the Company following the closing of the Series E Financing (the “2017 Tender Offer”). The 2017 Tender Offer was made to certain existing equity holders of the Company to repurchase shares of the Company’s capital stock and options to purchase such shares of capital stock from such equity holders at a gross repurchase price equal to the Series E Share Price. The aggregate gross repurchase amounts under the Series E Financing closings and the 2017 Tender Offer were $122.7 million and $52.3 million, respectively. In connection therewith, the Company repurchased 9,717,464 shares of common stock, 2,381,576 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,504,660 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 5,290,300 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and 13,420,940 shares of Series D Preferred Stock each at the Series E Share Price. The repurchased shares were retired and considered authorized, but not issued or outstanding, pursuant to the Company’s third amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The repurchase price of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, including closing costs, of $118.7 million exceeded the carrying value of $26.4 million at the date of repurchase. For the computation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the repurchase price in excess of the then carrying value of the Preferred Stock of $92.3 million was recorded as a reduction to net loss in computing net loss attributable to common stockholders.

In accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $8.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, which represents the excess of the tender offer repurchase price over the fair value of the shares repurchased which were held by employees and is included within general and administrative operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. For shares sold by stockholders who were not employees, the Company recorded the excess of the tender offer repurchase price over the fair value of the shares repurchased as a reduction to retained earnings. The Company recorded a reduction in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, net of closing costs, of $161.6 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 for the share repurchase transaction.

In connection with the share repurchase transactions, the Company incurred transaction costs of $4.4 million directly related to the share repurchase, which are recorded as a reduction in stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2017.

Series F Financing and Tender Offer

On August 29, 2018, the Company filed its fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which authorized the issuance of 39,130,000 shares Series F Preferred Stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

In August 2018, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain accredited investors, pursuant to which it sold and issued 38,088,200 shares of its newly created Series F Preferred Stock (“the Series F Financing”) at a purchase price of $14.44018 per share (“the Series F Share Price”). The aggregate gross proceeds from the Series F Financing were approximately $550.0 million. The Company incurred issuance costs of $10.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 in connection with the Series F Financing, which were recorded as a reduction of the Series F Preferred Stock share balance.

In connection with the closing of the Series F Financing, the Company used approximately $130.0 million of the proceeds from the Series F Financing to repurchase outstanding shares of its common stock and Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series E Preferred Stock from certain existing stockholders at the Series F Share Price. The repurchase occurred through a tender offer made by the Company following the closing of the Series F Financing (the “2018 Tender Offer”). The 2018

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Tender Offer was made to certain existing equity holders of the Company to repurchase shares of the Company’s capital stock and options to purchase such shares of capital stock from such equity holders at a gross repurchase price equal to the Series F Share Price. In connection therewith, the Company repurchased 5,503,479 shares of common stock, 1,091,444 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 1,100,257 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 998,368 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and 570,970 shares of Series E Preferred Stock each at the Series F Share Price. The repurchased shares were retired and considered authorized, but not issued or outstanding, pursuant to the Company’s fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The repurchase price of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, including closing costs, of $54.4 million exceeded the carrying value of $4.3 million at the date of repurchase. For the computation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the repurchase price in excess of the then carrying value of the Preferred Stock of $50.1 million was recorded as a reduction to net loss in computing net loss attributable to common stockholders.

In accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $28.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, which represents the excess of the tender offer repurchase price over the fair value of the shares repurchased which were held by employees and is included within operating expenses in the statements of operations. For shares sold by stockholders who were not employees, the Company recorded the excess of the tender offer repurchase price over the fair value of the shares repurchased as a reduction to retained earnings. The Company recorded a reduction in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity, on a gross basis, of $104.8 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 for the share repurchase transaction.

In connection with the share repurchase transactions, the Company incurred transaction costs of $2.7 million directly related to the share repurchase, which are recorded as a reduction in stockholders’ deficit as of June 30, 2019.

Pursuant to ASC 718-10-25-15, the Company reflects the substantive terms of its employee share-based payments in accounting for the arrangements. With the 2018 Tender Offer, the Company believes that it has established a pattern of cash settlement of immature shares and stock options only during a very discrete set of circumstances in which the Company opens a tender offer in conjunction with preferred stock financing. As such, during the 2018 Tender Offer period, the Company recorded a liability equal to the fair value of the maximum number of options representing immature shares that could have been redeemed in the tender offer. To the extent that this liability exceeded amounts previously recognized in equity, the excess was recognized as additional stock-based compensation expense. Following the closing of the 2018 Tender Offer, the remaining liability after the repurchase of tendered shares was reclassified to stockholders’ equity. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $33.5 million associated with this tender offer.

Dividends

The holders of shares of preferred stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, are entitled to receive dividends upon declaration by the Board of Directors. Such dividends are non-cumulative and are payable at a per annum rate of eight percent of the original share issue price. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, no dividends have been declared or distributed to any stockholders.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at any time, at its holder’s discretion, into one fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock. The conversion rate shall be adjusted whenever the Company shall issue or sell, or is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of common stock for a consideration per share less than the conversion price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale.

The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the consummation of a qualified initial public offering at a public offering price of not less than $30.0 million in the aggregate. The Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the consummation of an initial public offering at a public offering price of not less than $75.0 million in the aggregate. In addition, at any time prior to consummation of an initial public offering,

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the affirmative election of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis; (2) all of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the affirmative election of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock; (3) all of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the affirmative election of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock; and (4) all of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the affirmative election of holders of at least 55% of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Upon any such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and common stock, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company that are legally available for distribution, an amount equal to the applicable original issue price per share, for each share of Preferred Stock held by them, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event that the assets available for distribution are not sufficient to pay the full preferential amounts, the assets will be distributed pro rata among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock, in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive. The aggregate preferential amount for Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock was $413.6 million and $959.5 million as of June 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

After payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, in an amount equal to the applicable original issue price per share, for each share of Preferred Stock held by them, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. In the event that the assets available for distribution are not sufficient to pay the full such preferential amount, the available assets shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive. The aggregate preferential amount for the Series A Preferred Stock was $2.7 million and $2.4 million as of June 30, 2018 and 2019.

After payment of the liquidation preferences to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock, and Series F Preferred Stock, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock.

Voting

The holder of each share of preferred stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible at the time of the vote. With respect to such vote, such holder has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights of the holders of common stock.

For so long as any shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred stock shall be required for effecting or validating certain actions, including: (1) consummation of a liquidation event or any other merger or consolidation; (2) any amendment, alteration, or repeal of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Company; (3) any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of common stock or preferred stock or any series thereof; (4) any authorization or designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of a new class or series of stock that is not junior to the existing series of preferred stock with respect to dividends,

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

liquidation or redemption; (5) any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to common stock and preferred stock, other than certain permitted transactions; (6) any change in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board of Directors; (7) payment or declaration of any dividend on any shares of capital stock of the Company; and (8) any transactions resulting in a creation or reduction of the Company’s ownership interest in any subsidiary, other than an asset transfer or acquisition that has been approved in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

The Company classifies preferred stock in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, which requires that contingently redeemable securities be classified outside of permanent stockholders’ equity.

Accordingly, the Company has classified all shares and classes of preferred stock as mezzanine equity in the accompanying financial statements as of June 30, 2018 and 2019.

Convertible redeemable preferred stock consisted of the following as of June 30, 2018:

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:    Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Outstanding
     Price per
Share
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
 
                          (in millions)  

Series A

     14,000,000        10,617,908      $ 0.25000      $ 2.7      $ 2.7  

Series B

     27,169,432        25,799,744        0.35528        9.2        9.2  

Series C

     49,375,076        48,246,732        0.55428        26.5        26.7  

Series D

     31,635,604        31,635,604        1.66458        52.3        52.7  

Series E

     60,013,480        60,013,480        5.41545        315.6        325.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     182,193,592        176,313,468         $     406.3      $     416.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible redeemable preferred stock consisted of the following as of June 30, 2019:

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:    Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Outstanding
     Price per
Share
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
 
              (in millions)  

Series A

     10,617,908        9,526,464      $ 0.25000      $ 2.4      $ 2.4  

Series B

     25,799,744        24,699,487        0.35528        8.8        8.8  

Series C

     48,246,732        47,248,364        0.55427        26.0        26.2  

Series D

     31,635,604        31,635,604        1.66458        52.3        52.7  

Series E

     60,013,480        59,442,510        5.41545        312.5        321.9  

Series F

     39,130,000        38,088,200        14.44018        539.1        550.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     215,443,468        210,640,629         $     941.1      $     961.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Equity-Based Compensation

2015 Stock Plan

In April 2015, the Board of Directors approved the establishment of the 2015 Stock Plan (“2015 Plan”) to provide stock award grants to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. The Board of Directors, or at its sole discretion, a committee of the Board of Directors, is responsible for the administration of the 2015 Plan. As of June 30, 2019, the Board of Directors has authorized the issuance of up to 85,725,084 shares of common stock for stock award grants, including incentive and non-statutory stock options.

The 2015 Plan requires that the per share exercise price of each stock option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock subject to the stock option on the grant date. Stock option grants shall not be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of its grant or such shorter period as specified in a stock award agreement. For

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

initial grants, vesting generally occurs over four years with the first 25% of the award vesting upon the 12-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% vesting monthly over the following 36 months. The 2015 Plan provides that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on transferability of stock options as the Board of Directors shall determine. In the absence of a determination by the Board of Directors to the contrary, stock options shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and domestic relations orders, unless specifically agreed to by the plan administrator.

The 2015 Plan allows for the early exercise of stock options. Shares purchased pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are subject to repurchase until those shares vest; therefore, cash received in exchange for unvested shares exercised is recorded as a liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company granted options to purchase 4,274,000 shares under the 2015 Plan, consisting of 1,805,552 shares subject to incentive stock options and 2,468,448 shares subject to non-statutory stock options. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company granted options to purchase 23,847,756 shares under the 2015 Plan, consisting of 5,268,903 shares subject to incentive stock options and 18,578,853 shares subject to non-statutory stock options. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Company granted options to purchase 32,108,062 shares under the 2015 Plan, consisting of 5,594,291 shares subject to incentive stock options and 26,513,771 subject to non-statutory stock options.

The following summary sets forth the stock option activity under the 2015 Plan:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Stock
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
millions)
 

Outstanding — June 30, 2016

     21,466,272     $      0.65        9.4      $      48.1  

Granted

     4,274,000       0.76        

Exercised

     (1,893,000     0.38           4.9  

Cancelled

     (1,497,100     0.54        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding — June 30, 2017

     22,350,172       0.70        8.5        48.9  
  

 

 

         

Granted

     23,847,756       3.08        

Exercised

     (5,746,588     1.29           11.5  

Cancelled

     (1,949,076     0.96        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding — June 30, 2018

     38,502,264       2.07        8.6        46.5  
  

 

 

         

Granted

     32,108,062       11.59        

Exercised

     (4,205,766     2.27           40.2  

Cancelled

     (1,802,436     4.88        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding — June 30, 2019

     64,602,124       6.71        8.6        972.0  
  

 

 

         

Vested and Exercisable — June 30, 2019

     17,070,931       2.41        7.5        330.2  
  

 

 

         

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, vested and exercisable were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock, as of June 30, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

As part of the 2015 Plan, the Company issued options to certain key management that vest upon the achievement of certain performance milestones. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense related to the performance based options of $0.8 million.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, the weighted-average grant date fair value per option was $0.53, $1.67, and $6.71, respectively. The fair value of each option was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes method with the following assumptions:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2017             2018             2019      

Weighted-average risk-free interest rate(1)

     1.4     2.4     2.5

Weighted-average expected term (in years)

     6.3       6.3       6.3  

Weighted-average expected volatility(2)

     79.3     55.2     45.0

Expected dividend yield

                  

 

(1)

Based on U.S. Treasury seven-year constant maturity interest rate whose term is consistent with the expected term of the option.

(2)

Expected volatility is based on an analysis of comparable public company volatilities and adjusted for the Company’s stage of development.

With respect to the 2015 Plan, the Company recognized stock compensation expense of $1.9 million, $8.5 million, and $28.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the Company had $217.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.9 years.

14. Concentration of Credit Risk and Major Customers and Vendors

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are maintained with high-quality financial institutions, the compositions and maturities of which are regularly monitored by management.

For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019, there were no customers representing greater than 10% of the Company’s total revenue.

The Company’s top three vendors accounted for approximately 94% and 91% of total finished goods purchases for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

The Company’s top four vendors accounted for approximately 91% of total finished goods purchases for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019.

15. Income Taxes

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2017, 2018, and 2019 was zero, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. The tax income provision consists of the Texas state franchise tax and international income taxes.

A reconciliation from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2017             2018             2019      

Federal income tax rate

     35.0     28.1     21.0

Permanent differences

     (0.2     (1.0     (4.2

Return to provision

                 (0.4

Effect of rates different than statutory

                 (0.3

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     4.3       4.5       3.0  

Franchise tax

           (0.1      

Change in valuation allowance

     (40.1     3.7       (21.0

Rate change

           (39.3     (0.4

Federal credits

     1.0       4.0       2.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

         (0.1 )%     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The primary differences from the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 are due to the change in valuation allowance and permanent differences related to stock compensation. The primary differences from the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 are due to the rate change on deferred tax assets as a result of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Act”), partially offset by state and local taxes and federal tax credits. The primary differences from the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017 are due to the change in valuation allowance, partially offset by state and local taxes.

On December 22, 2017, the Act was signed into law making significant changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”). Changes include, but are not limited to, a federal corporate tax rate decrease from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, a one-time transition tax on the mandatory deemed repatriation of foreign earnings, and numerous domestic and international-related provisions effective in 2018. The Company has estimated its provision for income taxes specifically related to the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate in accordance with the Act and guidance available as of the date of this filing and as a result has recorded $18.0 million of income tax expense, which was offset by a corresponding adjustment for the same amount to the Company’s valuation allowance, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

On December 22, 2017, Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) was issued to address the application of GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company recorded $18.0 million of the income tax expense in connection with the re-measurement of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. As of June 30, 2019, the Company has completed the accounting for all the impacts of the Act with no material changes to the provisional estimate recorded in the prior period.

As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2019, the Company’s deferred tax assets were primarily the result of U.S. federal and state net operating losses (“NOLs”), deferred revenue, research and development tax credits, non-qualified stock options, and accrued litigation reserves. A valuation allowance was maintained on substantially all worldwide gross deferred tax asset balances as of June 30, 2018 and 2019. As of each reporting date, the Company’s management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to future realization of deferred tax assets. The recognition of deferred tax assets was based on the evaluation of current and estimated future profitability of the operations, reversal of deferred tax liabilities and the likelihood of utilizing tax credit and/or loss carryforwards. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2019, the Company continued to maintain that it is not more likely than not that its deferred taxes will be realized in the United States and United Kingdom due to management’s expectation of continued tax losses for the foreseeable future.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     June 30,  
         2018             2019      
     (in millions)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss

   $     28.9     $     34.4  

Accruals and reserves

     4.2       10.0  

R&D credit

     2.8       7.7  

Accrued legal and professional fees

     4.0       4.8  

Non-qualified stock options

     1.4       8.8  

Deferred rent

     1.3       2.9  

Property and equipment

     0.9       0.2  

Intangible Amortization

           0.9  

Inventory capitalization

     0.8       5.0  

Deferred revenue

     1.0       10.4  

Tenant improvement allowance

           2.9  

Other

     0.5       0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     45.9       88.5  

Valuation allowance

     (45.9     (86.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

           (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

           (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

   $     $ 0.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company had federal NOLs of approximately $110.0 million and $112.6 million, respectively, of which $59.3 million will begin to expire in 2036 and the remainder will be carried forward indefinitely. The Company has undergone two ownership changes on November 30, 2015 and April 18, 2017 and its NOLs are subject to a Section 382 limitation. The total NOLs subject to a 382 limitation are $72,338 as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2019. The resulting Section 382 limitations are large enough to avail the Section 382 limited NOLs by June 30, 2022. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company had state NOLs of approximately $94.0 million and $95.8 million, respectively, which will begin to expire at various dates beginning in 2021 if not utilized. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company had foreign NOLs of zero and approximately $26.7 million, respectively, generated from its operations in the United Kingdom, which will be carried forward indefinitely. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company had $2.8 million and $7.7 million, respectively, of U.S. research and development credit carryovers that will begin to expire in 2036.

As of June 30, 2019, the Company did not have material undistributed foreign earnings. The Company has not recorded a deferred tax liability for foreign withholding or other foreign local tax on the undistributed earnings from the Company’s international subsidiaries as such earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate audit settlement. As of June 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company has not recognized any uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States, various state and local jurisdictions, Germany, Canada, and the United Kingdom. The tax years ended June 30, 2018, February 25, 2018, February 26, 2017 and February 29, 2016 remain subject to examination by tax authorities.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

16. Loss Per Share

The computation of loss per share is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2017     2018     2019  
     (in millions, except share
and per share amounts)
 

Basic loss per share:

      

Net loss

   $ (71.1   $ (47.9   $ (195.6

Less: Premium on repurchase of convertible preferred stock

     (92.3           (50.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (163.4   $ (47.9   $ (245.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computation:

      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     27,379,789       21,934,228       22,911,764  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (5.97   $ (2.18   $ (10.72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive shares were not included in the calculation of diluted shares outstanding as the effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
     2017      2018      2019  

Employee stock options

     8,451,783        12,890,826        20,609,654  

Warrants

     196,264        224,903        234,527  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     134,633,504        176,313,468        210,640,629  

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock using the if converted method upon the completion of a qualifying IPO as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period, or original date of issuance if later.

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in millions, except
share and per
share amounts)
 

Numerator:

  

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (195.6

Denominator:

  

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     22,911,764  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock

     210,640,629  
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     233,552,393  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.84
  

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

17. Segment Information

The Company applies ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, in determining reportable segments for its financial statement disclosure. The Company has three reportable segments: Connected Fitness Products, Subscription, and Other. Segment information is presented in the same manner that the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) reviews the operating results in assessing performance and allocating resources. The CODM reviews revenue and gross profit for each of the reportable segments. Gross profit is defined as revenue less cost of revenue incurred by the segment. No operating segments have been aggregated to form the reportable segments. The Company does not allocate assets at the reportable segment level as these are managed on an entity wide group basis. As of June 30, 2019, the Company did not have material assets located outside of the United States.

The Connected Fitness Product segment derives revenue from sale of the Bike, Tread, and related accessories, and associated fees for delivery and installation and extended warranty agreements. The Subscription segment derives revenue from monthly Subscription fees as well as credits from live studio classes. The Other segment primarily consists of boutique and apparel sales. There are no internal revenue transactions between the Company’s segments.

Key financial performance measures of the segments including revenue, cost of revenue, and gross profit are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2017                2018                2019      
     (in millions)  

Connected Fitness Products:

            

Revenue

   $      183.5        $      348.6        $       719.2  

Cost of revenue

     113.5          195.0          410.8  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 70.0        $ 153.6        $ 308.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Subscription:

            

Revenue

   $ 32.5        $ 80.3        $ 181.1  

Cost of revenue

     29.3          45.5          103.7  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 3.2        $ 34.7        $ 77.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Other:

            

Revenue

   $ 2.6        $ 6.2        $ 14.7  

Cost of revenue

     1.9          4.9          17.0  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 0.8        $ 1.3        $ (2.3
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Consolidated:

            

Revenue

   $ 218.6        $ 435.0        $ 915.0  

Cost of revenue

     144.7          245.4          531.4  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 73.9        $ 189.6        $ 383.6  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Gross Profit

Operating expenditures, interest (income) and other expense, and taxes are not allocated to individual segments as these are managed on an entity wide group basis. The reconciliation between reportable segment gross profit to consolidated loss before tax is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  
         2017              2018              2019      
     (in millions)  

Segment Gross Profit

   $        73.9      $      189.6      $ 383.6  

Research and development

     (13.0      (23.4      (54.8

Sales and marketing

     (86.0      (151.4      (324.0

General and administrative

     (45.6      (62.4      (207.0

Total other income (expense), net

     (0.3      (0.3      6.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (71.1    $ (47.8    $ (195.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

18. Related Party Transactions

During June 2019, the Company’s President, Mr. William Lynch, exercised non-qualified stock options resulting in a tax obligation of $4.4 million. The Company remitted the tax obligation on behalf of Mr. Lynch, which is included within prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Mr. Lynch repaid the full amount to the Company on July 8, 2019.

19. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the financial statement issuance date, August 20, 2019, pursuant to ASC 855-10 Subsequent Events.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LOGO

WE ARE PELOTON


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by us, other than the estimated underwriting discount, in connection with the sale of the shares of our Class A common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee, and the Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee.

 

     Amount Paid or
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 60,600  

FINRA filing fee

     75,500  

Nasdaq Global Select Market listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Road show expenses

     *  

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect following the completion of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

under Section 174 of the DGCL (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering provide that:

 

   

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

   

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL;

 

   

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

   

the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, executive officer, or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors, and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Certain of the Registrant’s directors are also indemnified by their employers with regard to their service on the Registrant’s board of directors.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Since August 22, 2016 and through August 22, 2019, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

 

1.

Since August 22, 2016 and through August 22, 2019, the Registrant granted stock options to employees, directors, consultants, and other service providers to purchase an aggregate of 56,971,868 shares of Class B common stock under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.7525 to $27.50, and has issued 11,419,218 shares of Class B common stock upon exercise of stock options under its 2015 Plan with an aggregate exercise price of $17,826,507.46.

 

2.

In March 2017, the Registrant sold and issued 60,013,480 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock to accredited investors at a purchase price of $5.42 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $325.0 million. Registrant’s Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are convertible into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock.

 

3.

In August 2018, the Registrant sold and issued 38,088,200 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 76 accredited investors at a purchase price of $14.44 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $550.0 million. Registrant’s Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are convertible into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)    Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1*   

Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

  3.2   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

  3.3   

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

  3.4   

Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

  4.1*   

Form of Registrant’s Class A common stock certificate.

  4.2   

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and between the Registrant and certain security holders of the Registrant, dated April 5, 2019.

  4.3   

Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between Silicon Valley Bank and the Registrant, dated June  30, 2015.

  5.1*   

Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.

10.1   

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

10.2   

2015 Stock Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder.

10.3*   

2019 Equity Incentive Plan, to be effective on the date immediately prior to the effective date of this registration statement, and forms of award agreements thereunder.

10.4*   

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective on the effective date of this Registration Statement, and form of subscription agreement thereunder.

10.5*   

Employment Agreement by and between John Foley and the Registrant, dated             .

10.6*   

Employment Agreement by and between William Lynch and the Registrant, dated             .

10.7*   

Employment Agreement by and between Jill Woodworth and the Registrant, dated             .

10.8*   

Form of Change in Control and Severance Agreement.

10.9*   

Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and Maple West 25th Owner, LLC, dated November 11, 2015, as amended.

10.10*   

Agreement of Lease by and between the Registrant and CBP 441 Ninth Avenue Owner LLC, dated November 16, 2018.

10.11   

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and the Lenders party thereto, JP Morgan Chase Bank, Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, and Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 20, 2019.

21.1   

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1*   

Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.2   

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

24.1   

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedule.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on August 27, 2019.

 

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ John Foley

 

John Foley

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John Foley and Jill Woodworth, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ John Foley

   Chairman of the Board of Directors and  
John Foley   

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  August 27, 2019

/s/ Jill Woodworth

   Chief Financial Officer  
Jill Woodworth    (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   August 27, 2019

/s/ Erik Blachford

   Director  
Erik Blachford      August 27, 2019

/s/ Karen Boone

   Director  
Karen Boone      August 27, 2019

/s/ Jon Callaghan

   Director  
Jon Callaghan      August 27, 2019

/s/ Howard Draft

   Director  
Howard Draft      August 27, 2019

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jay Hoag

   Director  
Jay Hoag      August 27, 2019

/s/ William Lynch

   Director  
William Lynch      August 27, 2019

/s/ Pamela Thomas-Graham

   Director  
Pamela Thomas-Graham      August 27, 2019

 

II-6

EX-3.2

Exhibit 3.2

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of this corporation is Peloton Interactive, Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was March 17, 2015.

2. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation attached hereto as Exhibit A, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as previously amended and/or restated, has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, with the approval of this corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

Dated:                 , 2019

   

Peloton Interactive, Inc.

   

By:

   
   

Name:

 

John Foley

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ARTICLE I: NAME

The name of this corporation is Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE II: AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III: PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”).

ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED STOCK

1. Total Authorized.

1.1. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 5,050,000,000 shares, consisting of three classes: 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.000025 par value per share (“Class A Common Stock”), 2,500,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.000025 par value per share (“Class B Common Stock” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.000025 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

1.2. The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of capital stock representing a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, and no vote of the holders of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor.

2. Preferred Stock.

2.1. The Corporation’s Board of Directors (“Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the law of the State of Delaware, by resolution or resolutions adopted from time to time, to provide for the issuance of shares of


Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, by filing a certificate of designation pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (“Certificate of Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the designation, powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights (and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) of the shares of each such series and, except where otherwise provided in the applicable Certificate of Designation, to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law, unless a separate vote of the holders of one or more series is required pursuant to the terms of any Certificate of Designation.

2.2. Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Certificate of Designation designating any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IV, (i) any new series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and determined as provided herein by the Board of Directors without approval of the holders of Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, and (ii) any such new series may have powers, preferences and rights, including, without limitation, voting powers, dividend rights, liquidation rights, redemption rights and conversion rights, senior to, junior to or pari passu with the rights of the Common Stock, any series of the Preferred Stock, or any future class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

3. Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

3.1. Equal Status. Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation), share ratably and be identical in all respects and as to all matters.

3.2. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall (a) at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation, (b) be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) and (c) be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by applicable law; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote

 

3


thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote per share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall have the right to twenty (20) votes per share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder.

3.3. Dividends and Distribution Rights. Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividends or distributions as may be declared and paid from time to time by the Board of Directors out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor; provided, however, that in the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive shares of Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive shares of Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such shares, as the case may be), with holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock receiving, on a per share basis, an identical number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors may pay or make a disparate dividend or distribution per share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (whether in the amount of such dividend or distribution payable per share, the form in which such dividend or distribution is payable, the timing of the payment, or otherwise) if such disparate dividend or distribution is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

3.4. Subdivisions, Combinations or Reclassifications. Shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may not be subdivided, combined or reclassified unless the shares of the other class are concurrently therewith proportionately subdivided, combined or reclassified in a manner that maintains the same proportionate equity ownership between the holders of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock on the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that shares of one such class may be subdivided, combined or reclassified in a different or disproportionate manner if such subdivision, combination or reclassification is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

3.5. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Subject to the preferential or other rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding, upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to receive ratably all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders unless disparate or different treatment of the shares of each such class with respect to distributions upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up is approved in advance by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

 

4


3.6. Merger or Consolidation. In the case of any distribution or payment in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock upon the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, such distribution or payment shall be made ratably on a per share basis among the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock as a single class; provided, however, that shares of one such class may receive different or disproportionate distributions or payments in connection with such merger, consolidation or other transaction if (i) the only difference in the per share distribution to the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share Class B Common Stock have twenty times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock, or (ii) such merger, consolidation or other transaction is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

ARTICLE V: CLASS B COMMON STOCK CONVERSION

1. Optional Conversion. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Before any holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to convert any of such holder’s shares of such Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock, such holder shall deliver an instruction, duly signed and authenticated in accordance with any procedures set forth in the Bylaws or any policies of the Corporation then in effect, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office of such holder’s election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable on conversion thereof are to be registered on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, register on the Corporation’s books ownership of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such record holder of Class B Common Stock, or to which the nominee or nominees of such record holder, shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the close of business on the date such notice of the election to convert is received by the Corporation, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock as of such date.

2. Automatic Conversion. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, be converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) ten (10) years from the Initial Public Offering Closing (as defined below), (ii) the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than one percent (1%) of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock then outstanding or (iii) the date specified by the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting separately as a single

 

5


class] (each of the events referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to herein as an “Automatic Conversion”). The Corporation shall provide notice of the Automatic Conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2 of Article V to record holders of such shares of Class B Common Stock as soon as practicable following the Automatic Conversion. Such notice shall be provided by any means then permitted by the General Corporation Law; provided, however, that no failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the Automatic Conversion. Upon and after the Automatic Conversion, the person registered on the Corporation’s books as the record holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock so converted immediately prior to the Automatic Conversion shall be registered on the Corporation’s books as the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon Automatic Conversion of such shares of Class B Common Stock, without further action on the part of the record holder thereof. Immediately upon the effectiveness of the Automatic Conversion, the rights of the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock as such shall cease, and the holders shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Class B Common Stock were converted.

3. Conversion on Transfer. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof, be converted into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, upon the occurrence of a Transfer (as defined below), other than a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), of such share of Class B Common Stock.

4. Policies and Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures, not in violation of applicable law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, relating to the conversion of shares of the Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock as it may deem necessary or advisable. If the Corporation has reason to believe that a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer has occurred, the Corporation may request that the purported transferor furnish affidavits or other evidence to the Corporation as it reasonably deems necessary to determine whether a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer has occurred, and if such transferor does not within ten (10) days after the date of such request furnish sufficient (as determined by the Board of Directors) evidence to the Corporation (in the manner provided in the request) to enable the Corporation to determine that no such Transfer has occurred, any such shares of Class B Common Stock, to the extent not previously converted, shall be automatically converted into shares of Class A Common Stock and such conversion shall thereupon be registered on the books and records of the Corporation. In connection with any action of stockholders taken at a meeting, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be presumptive evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders and the classes of shares held by each such stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

5. Definitions.

(a)Convertible Security” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares of Preferred Stock or other securities (other than shares of Class B Common Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, either directly or indirectly.

 

6


(b)Family Member” shall mean with respect to any natural person who is a Qualified Stockholder, the spouse, domestic partner, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings of such Qualified Stockholder. Lineal descendants shall include adopted persons, but only so long as they are adopted while a minor.

(c)IPO Date” means [•], 2019.

(d)Option” shall mean rights, options, restricted stock units or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Convertible Securities (as defined above).

(e)Parent” of an entity shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

(f)Permitted Entity” shall mean with respect to a Qualified Stockholder: (a) a Permitted Trust solely for the benefit of (1) such Qualified Stockholder, (2) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (3) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder; or (b) any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by (1) such Qualified Stockholder, (2) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (3) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder.

(g)Permitted Transfer” shall mean, and be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i) by a Qualified Stockholder to (A) one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, (B) any Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder, or (C) to such Qualified Stockholder’s revocable living trust, which revocable living trust is itself both a Permitted Trust and a Qualified Stockholder; or

(ii) by a Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder to (A) such Qualified Stockholder or one or more Family Members of such Qualified Stockholder, or (B) any other Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder.

(h)Permitted Transferee” shall mean a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Permitted Transfer.

(i)Permitted Trust” shall mean a bona fide trust where each trustee is (i) a Qualified Stockholder, (ii) a Family Member, or (iii) a professional in the business of providing trustee services, including private professional fiduciaries, trust companies and bank trust departments.

(j)Qualified Stockholder” shall mean: (a) the record holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of the IPO Date; (b) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the IPO Date pursuant to the

 

7


exercise or conversion of any Option or Convertible Security that, in each case, was outstanding as of the IPO Date; (c) each natural person who, prior to the IPO Date, Transferred shares of capital stock of the Corporation to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder; (d) each natural person who Transferred shares of, or equity awards for, Class B Common Stock (including any Option exercisable or Convertible Security exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Class B Common Stock) to a Permitted Entity that is or becomes a Qualified Stockholder; and (e) a Permitted Transferee.

(k)Transfer” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Section 5 of Article V:

(i) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(ii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (B) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

(iii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) pursuant to a written agreement to which the Corporation is a party;

(iv) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a Permitted Transfer;

(v) the fact that, as of the IPO Date or at any time after the IPO Date, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock; provided that any transfer of shares by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to such holder’s spouse, including a transfer in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement, shall constitute a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock unless otherwise exempt from the definition of Transfer;

 

8


(vi) entering into a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with a broker or other nominee; provided, however, that a sale of such shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such plan shall constitute a “Transfer” at the time of such sale; or

(vii) in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other entity, or in the case of any other transaction having an effect on stockholders substantially similar to that resulting from a merger or consolidation, that has been approved by the Board of Directors, the entering into a support, voting, tender or similar agreement or arrangement (in each case, with or without the grant of a proxy) that has also been approved by the Board of Directors.

A Transfer shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) an entity that is a Permitted Entity, if there occurs any act or circumstance that causes such entity to no longer be a Permitted Entity or (ii) an entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if, in either case, there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the IPO Date, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity or any direct or indirect Parent of such entity, other than a Transfer to parties that are, as of the IPO Date, holders of voting securities of any such entity or Parent of such entity.

(l)Voting Control” shall mean, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

6. Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Class B Common Stock are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Article V, the shares of Class B Common Stock so converted shall be retired and shall not be reissued by the Corporation.

7. Effect of Conversion on Payment of Dividends. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 1, 2 or 3 of this Article V, if the date on which any share of Class B Common Stock is converted into Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of Sections 1, 2 or 3 of this Article V occurs after the record date for the determination of the holders of Class B Common Stock entitled to receive any dividend or distribution to be paid on the shares of Class B Common Stock, the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock as of such record date will be entitled to receive such dividend or distribution on such payment date; provided, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to the extent that any such dividend or distribution is payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been declared, and shall be payable in, shares of Class A Common Stock and no shares of Class B Common Stock shall be issued in payment thereof.

8. Reservation. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting

 

9


conversions of shares of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock, such number of duly authorized shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock. If at any time the number of authorized and unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall promptly take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, obtaining the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation. All shares of Class A Common Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares. The Corporation shall take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all such shares of Class A Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or regulation.

ARTICLE VI: AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws, provided, further, that, in the case of any proposed adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws that is approved by the Board and submitted to the stockholders for adoption thereby, if two-thirds (2/3) of the Whole Board has approved such adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII: MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

1. Director Powers. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law or this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2. Number of Directors. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.

 

10


3. Classified Board. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (the “Classified Board”). The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes of the Classified Board. The number of directors in each class shall be divided as nearly equal as is practicable. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock to the public (the “Initial Public Offering Closing”), the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.

4. Term and Removal. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by any electronic transmission. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no director may be removed from the Board of Directors except for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (a) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he or she is a member and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes of directors so as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any director.

5. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the special rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which the director has been assigned expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

 

11


6. Vote by Ballot. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII: DIRECTOR LIABILITY

1. Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended.

2. Change in Rights. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX: MATTERS RELATING TO STOCKHOLDERS

1. No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

2. Special Meeting of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Lead Independent Director (as defined in the Bylaws) or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, and may not be called by the stockholders or any other person or persons.

3. Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Business Transacted at Special Meetings. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Business transacted at special meetings of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

ARTICLE X: SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including without limitation, all portions of any section of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, which is not invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

12


ARTICLE XI: AMENDMENT OF RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

1. General. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote (but subject to Section 2 of Article IV hereof), but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), and subject to Sections 1 and 2.1 of Article IV, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Section 1 of this Article XI, Sections 1.2 and 2 of Article IV, or Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X or Article XII (the “Specified Provisions”); provided, further, that if two-thirds (2/3) of the Whole Board has approved such amendment or repeal of, or any provision inconsistent with, the Specified Provisions, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class (in addition to any other vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation), shall be required to amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, the Specified Provisions.

2. Changes to or Inconsistent with Section 3 of Article IV. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, voting separately as a single class, and the affirmative vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock representing at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as single classes, shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, Section 3 of Article IV or this Section 2 of this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII: CHOICE OF FORUM

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, stockholder, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law,

 

13


this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or as to which the General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws; or (e) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Article XII shall preclude the filing of claims in the federal district courts of the United States of America under the Securities Act, or any successor thereto or under the Exchange Act, or any successor thereto. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

 

14

EX-3.3

Exhibit 3.3

CONFIDENTIAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

1.1

  

Registered Office

     1  

1.2

  

Offices

     1  

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

2.1

  

Location

     1  

2.2

  

Timing

     1  

2.3

  

Notice of Meeting

     1  

2.4

  

Stockholders’ Records

     2  

2.5

  

Special Meetings

     2  

2.6

  

Notice of Special Meeting

     2  

2.7

  

Business Transacted at Special Meeting

     3  

2.8

  

Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means

     3  

2.9

  

Voting Thresholds

     3  

2.10

  

Number of Votes Per Share

     4  

2.11

  

Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action

     4  

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     5  

3.1

  

Authorized Directors

     5  

3.2

  

Vacancies

     5  

3.3

  

Board Authority

     5  

3.4

  

Location of Meetings

     5  

3.5

  

First Meeting

     6  

3.6

  

Regular Meetings

     6  

3.7

  

Special Meetings

     6  

3.8

  

Quorum

     7  

3.9

  

Action Without a Meeting

     7  

3.10

  

Telephonic Meetings

     7  

3.11

  

Committees

     7  

3.12

  

Minutes of Meetings

     8  

3.13

  

Compensation of Directors

     8  

3.14

  

Removal of Directors

     8  

ARTICLE IV NOTICES

     8  

4.1

  

Notice

     8  

4.2

  

Waiver of Notice

     8  

4.3

  

Electronic Notice

     9  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     9  

5.1

  

Required and Permitted Officers

     9  

5.2

  

Appointment of Required Officers

     9  

5.3

  

Appointment of Permitted Officers

     10  

 

i


5.4

  

Officer Compensation

     10  

5.5

  

Term of Office; Vacancies

     10  

5.6

  

Chairman Presides

     10  

5.7

  

Absence of Chairman

     10  

5.8

  

Powers of Chief Executive Officer

     10  

5.9

  

Chief Executive Officer’s Signature Authority

     10  

5.10

  

Absence of Chief Executive Officer

     11  

5.11

  

Powers of President

     11  

5.12

  

Absence of President

     11  

5.13

  

Duties of Secretary

     11  

5.14

  

Duties of Assistant Secretary

     12  

5.15

  

Duties of Treasurer

     12  

5.16

  

Disbursements and Financial Reports

     12  

5.17

  

Treasurer’s Bond

     12  

5.18

  

Duties of Assistant Treasurer

     12  

ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

     12  

6.1

  

Stock Certificates

     12  

6.2

  

Facsimile Signatures

     13  

6.3

  

Lost Certificates

     13  

6.4

  

Transfer of Stock

     13  

6.5

  

Fixing a Record Date

     14  

6.6

  

Registered Stockholders

     14  

ARTICLE VII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     14  

7.1

  

Dividends

     14  

7.2

  

Reserve for Dividends

     14  

7.3

  

Checks

     14  

7.4

  

Fiscal Year

     14  

7.5

  

Corporate Seal

     15  

7.6

  

Indemnification

     15  

7.7

  

Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation

     16  

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS

     16  

ARTICLE IX LOANS TO OFFICERS

     16  

ARTICLE X STOCK TRANSFERS

     17  

10.1

  

Stock Transfer Agreements

     17  

10.2

  

Restriction on Transfer

     17  

ARTICLE XI RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     20  

ARTICLE XII MARKET STAND-OFF

     23  

 

ii


CONFIDENTIAL

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

1.2 Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Location. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of New York, State of New York, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporations Law (“DGCL”). Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice.

2.2 Timing. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2015, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

2.3 Notice of Meeting. Written notice of any stockholder meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and


proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

2.4 Stockholders’ Records. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address (but not the electronic address or other electronic contact information) of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation shall take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.5 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the Chief Executive Officer and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning at least twenty percent (20%) in amount of the entire capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

2.6 Notice of Special Meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The Board of Directors shall determine the place, date and hour of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request in writing, if any. The means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall also be provided in the notice.

2.7 Business Transacted at Special Meeting.

 

2


Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

2.8 Quorum; Meeting Adjournment; Presence by Remote Means.

(a) Quorum; Meeting Adjournment. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

(b) Presence by Remote Means. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(1) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

2.9 Voting Thresholds. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

3


2.10 Number of Votes Per Share. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote by such stockholder or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

2.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders; Electronic Consent; Notice of Action.

(a) Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, is signed in a manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the Corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above.

(b) Electronic Consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the

 

4


Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(c) Notice of Action. Prompt notice of any action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be provided to the stockholders in accordance with Section 228(e) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Authorized Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

3.2 Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 3.2 and any voting agreement or stockholder agreement entered into by the Corporation and its stockholders, the provisions of such voting agreement or stockholder agreement shall govern.

3.3 Board Authority. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.4 Location of Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

5


3.5 First Meeting. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

3.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Notice of any regular meeting shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the Corporation has previously verified the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting.

3.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer upon notice to each director; special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one (1) director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing, or by telegram, facsimile transmission, telephone communication or electronic transmission (provided, with respect to electronic transmission, that the Corporation has previously verified the address to which it is directed). If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission, such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at

 

6


any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.

3.8 Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and any act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be an act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum is not present at any prospective meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3.9 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing, writings, electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

3.10 Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.11 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it, but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be

 

7


submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any provision of these bylaws.

3.12 Minutes of Meetings. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

3.13 Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.14 Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

4.1 Notice. Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

4.2 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

4.3 Electronic Notice.

 

8


(a) Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders and directors, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

(b) Effective Date of Notice. Notice given pursuant to Section 4.3(a) shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Form of Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Required and Permitted Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer and/or a president, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice-Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

5.2 Appointment of Required Officers. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chief Executive Officer and/or a president, a treasurer and a secretary and may choose vice-presidents and other officers.

 

9


5.3 Appointment of Permitted Officers. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

5.4 Officer Compensation. The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.5 Term of Office; Vacancies. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

5.6 Chairman Presides. Unless the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the Chairman of the Board, so long as the Chief Executive Officer is a director of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

5.7 Absence of Chairman. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present. He or she shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

5.8 Powers of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

5.9 Chief Executive Officers Signature Authority. The Chief Executive Officer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to

 

10


be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer may sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

5.10 Absence of Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the president shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

5.11 Powers of President. Unless the Board of Directors appoints a president of the Corporation, the Chief Executive Officer shall be the president of the Corporation. The president of the Corporation shall have such powers as required by law and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

5.12 Absence of President. In the absence of the president or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

5.13 Duties of Secretary. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he or she shall be. He or she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he or she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

5.14 Duties of Assistant Secretary.

 

11


The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

5.15 Duties of Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

5.16 Disbursements and Financial Reports. The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

5.17 Treasurers Bond. If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

5.18 Duties of Assistant Treasurer. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of the treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or these Bylaws may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of

 

12


Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

6.2 Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In the event that any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still acting as such at the date of issue.

6.3 Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

6.4 Transfer of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

6.5 Fixing a Record Date.

 

13


In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

6.6 Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, to vote as such owner, to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, if any, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

7.2 Reserve for Dividends. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their sole discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

7.3 Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

7.4 Fiscal Year.

 

14


The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.5 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced.

7.6 Indemnification. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the Corporation or a predecessor corporation or a director or officer of another corporation, if such person served in such position at the request of the Corporation; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such director or officer only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors. The indemnification provided for in this Section 7.6 shall: (a) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under these bylaws, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (b) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (c) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of a person who has ceased to be a director. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 7.6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the Corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the Corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Corporation (or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the Corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors that alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the Corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the Corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations

 

15


then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its sole discretion shall have power on behalf of the Corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the Corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 7.6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the Corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the Corporation that may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the DGCL shall, for the purposes of this Section 7.6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the Corporation that is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve the Corporation for purposes of Section 145 of the DGCL, as administrator of an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his or her duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

7.7 Conflicts with Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

8.1 These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

LOANS TO OFFICERS

9.1 The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in these

 

16


bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE X

STOCK TRANSFERS

10.1 Stock Transfer Agreements. The corporation shall have the power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

10.2 Restriction on Transfer.

(a) Restriction on Transfer. No stockholder of the Corporation (a “Stockholder”) may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or in any manner dispose of (“Transfer”) any share of stock of the Corporation (a “Share”) or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, other than by means of a Permitted Transfer (as defined below). If any provision(s) of any agreement(s) currently in effect by and between the Corporation and any Stockholder (the “Stockholder Agreement(s)”) conflicts with this Section 10.2 of the Bylaws, this Section 10.2 shall govern, and the remaining provision(s) of the Stockholder Agreement(s) that do not conflict with this Section 10.2 shall continue in full force and effect.

(b) Permitted Transfers. For purposes of this Section 10.2, a “Permitted Transfer” shall mean any of the following:

(1) any Transfer by a Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares to the Corporation;

(2) any Transfer by a Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares to such Stockholder’s Immediate Family (as defined below) or a trust for the benefit of such Stockholder or such Stockholder’s Immediate Family;

(3) any Transfer by a Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares effected pursuant to such Stockholder’s will or the laws of intestate succession;

(4) if a Stockholder is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other business entity, any Transfer by such Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares to its Affiliates (as defined below) or its or their respective partners, limited partners, general partners, members, retired partners, retired limited partners, retired general partners, retired members and/or equityholders of such Stockholder, including a Special Purpose

 

17


Entity (as defined below); provided, however, that such Special Purpose Entity is solely owned by Affiliates of such Stockholder at the time of such Transfer and continues to be solely owned by Affiliates of such Stockholder until the termination of this Section 10.2;

(5) [Reserved];

(6) any Transfer by a Stockholder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock after January 1, 2022, so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with all applicable securities laws and such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are held by a Stockholder that acquired Series D Preferred Stock on November 30, 2015 or from CP Interactive Fitness, LP pursuant to (i) that certain Stock Transfer Agreement, dated as of or about March 20, 2019, or (ii) that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of or about March 20, 2019, or such Stockholder’s transferees as permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(4); provided, however, that, if any Transfer is made to a Competitor (as defined below), such Competitor shall be deemed a Competitor Transferee (as defined in that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation and the parties thereto, dated as of or about March 20, 2019, as amended from time to time);

(7) any Transfer by a Stockholder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock after July 1, 2022, so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with all applicable securities laws and such shares of Series E Preferred Stock are held by a Stockholder that acquired Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2017, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto (as amended from time to time, the “Series E Agreement”), or its transferees as permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(4); provided, however, that, if any Transfer is made to a Competitor (as defined below), such Competitor shall be deemed a Competitor Transferee);

(8) any Transfer by a Stockholder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock after August 30, 2023, so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with all applicable securities laws and such shares of Series F Preferred Stock are held by a Stockholder that acquired Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2018, by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto (as amended from time to time, the “Series F Agreement”), or its transferees as permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(4); provided, however, that, if any Transfer is made to a Competitor, such Competitor shall be deemed a Competitor Transferee;

(9) any Transfer by a Stockholder that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or such Stockholder’s Affiliates of shares of Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock to another Stockholder; or

(10) any Transfer of Shares approved by the Board of Directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, if a Permitted Transfer is permitted in accordance with subsection (10) of this Section 10.2(b) and the Shares of the transferring party are subject to rights of first refusal, co-sale rights or tag-along rights pursuant to these Bylaws or a Stockholder Agreement (the “Investor Rights”), the persons and/or entities

 

18


entitled to the Investor Rights shall be permitted to exercise their respective Investor Rights in conjunction with that specific Permitted Transfer without any additional approval of the Board of Directors.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with these bylaws (including this Article X).

(c) Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article X and Article XI:

(1) “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other person or entity, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund, private equity fund or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or is under common investment management with (including investment managers that are affiliated with one another), such Person.

(2) “Competitor” shall mean any person or entity that is engaged in the business of providing or encouraging streaming and/or peer to peer fitness content exchange through or in conjunction with fitness equipment.

(3) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild or other lineal descendant, any parent, stepparent, grandparent or other ancestor, any spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, uncle, aunt, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, or any Spousal Equivalent.

(4) “Special Purpose Entity” shall mean any entity that holds or would hold only Shares or has or would have a class or series of security holders with beneficial interest primarily in Shares (including an entity that holds cash and/or cash equivalents intended to purchase Shares).

(5) “Spousal Equivalent” shall mean an individual who: (A) is in an exclusive, continuous, committed relationship with the relevant Stockholder, has been in that relationship for the twelve (12) months prior to the relevant date and intends to be in that relationship indefinitely; (B) has no such relationship with any other person and is not married to any other person; (C) shares a principal residence with the relevant Stockholder; (D) is at least 18 years of age and legally and mentally competent to consent to contract; (E) is not related by blood to the relevant stockholder to a degree of kinship that would prevent marriage from being recognized under the law of the state in which the individual and the relevant Stockholder reside; and (F) is jointly responsible with the relevant Stockholder for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations.

(d) Void Transfers. Any Transfer of Shares shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Section 10.2 are strictly observed and followed.

 

19


(e) Termination of Restriction on Transfer. The foregoing restriction on transfer shall lapse upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (ii) immediately prior to the Corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(f) Legends. The certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing restriction on transfer remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XI

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

11.1 In addition to any other restriction on transfer created by applicable securities laws, these Bylaws or contract, to the extent that the restrictions in Section 10.2 above are not applicable for any reason, no Stockholder shall Transfer any of the Shares or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a Transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this Article XI:

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. If the Stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of such Stockholder’s Shares, then the Stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of Shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

(b) Corporate Option to Purchase. For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the Corporation shall have the option to purchase all or any part of the Shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice. In the event the Corporation elects to purchase all the Shares, it shall give written notice to the selling Stockholder of its election and settlement for said Shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (c).

(c) Closing of Corporate Purchase. In the event the Corporation elects to acquire any of the Shares of the selling Stockholder as specified in said selling Stockholder’s notice, the Corporation shall so notify the selling Stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within sixty (60) days after the Corporation receives said selling Stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling Stockholder’s notice were other than

 

20


cash against delivery, the Corporation shall pay for said Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling Stockholder’s notice.

(d) Sale by Selling Stockholder. In the event the Corporation does not elect to acquire all of the Shares specified in the selling Stockholder’s notice, said selling Stockholder may, within the sixty (60) day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the Corporation herein, sell elsewhere the Shares specified in said selling Stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the Corporation, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this Section 11.1, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in said selling Stockholder’s notice. All Shares so sold by said selling Stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of these bylaws (including this Article XI) in the same manner as before said transfer.

(e) Permitted Transactions. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Article XI:

(1) any Transfer by a Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares to the Corporation;

(2) any Transfer by a Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares to such Stockholder’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of such Stockholder or such Stockholder’s Immediate Family;

(3) any Transfer by a Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares effected pursuant to such Stockholder’s will or the laws of intestate succession;

(4) if a Stockholder is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other business entity, any Transfer by such Stockholder of any or all of such Stockholder’s Shares to its Affiliates or its or their respective partners, limited partners, general partners, members, retired partners, retired limited partners, retired general partners, retired members and/or equityholders of such Stockholder, including a Special Purpose Entity; provided, however, that such Special Purpose Entity is solely owned by Affiliates of such Stockholder at the time of such Transfer and continues to be solely owned by Affiliates of such Stockholder until the termination of Section 10.2;

(5) [Reserved];

(6) any Transfer by a Stockholder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock after January 1, 2022, so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with all applicable securities laws and such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are held by a Stockholder that acquired Series D Preferred Stock on November 30, 2015 or from CP Interactive Fitness, LP pursuant to (i) that certain Stock Transfer Agreement, dated as of or about March 20, 2019, or (ii) that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of or about March 20, 2019, or such Stockholder’s transferees as permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(4); provided, however, that, if any Transfer is made to a Competitor, such Competitor shall be deemed a Competitor Transferee;

 

21


(7) any Transfer by a Stockholder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock after July 1, 2022, so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with all applicable securities laws and such shares of Series E Preferred Stock are held by a Stockholder that acquired Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Agreement, or its transferees as permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(4); provided, however, that, if any Transfer is made to a Competitor, such Competitor shall be deemed a Competitor Transferee;

(8) any Transfer by a Stockholder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock after August 30, 2023, so long as such Transfer is made in compliance with all applicable securities laws and such shares of Series F Preferred Stock are held by a Stockholder that acquired Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series F Agreement, or its transferees as permitted pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(4); provided, however, that, if any Transfer is made to a Competitor, such Competitor shall be deemed a Competitor Transferee;

(9) any Transfer by a Stockholder that is an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or such Stockholder’s Affiliates of shares of Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock to another Stockholder; or

(10) any Transfer of Shares approved by the Board of Directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, if a Permitted Transfer is permitted in accordance with to subsection (10) of Section 10.2(b) and the Shares of the transferring party are subject to Investor Rights, the persons and/or entities entitled to the Investor Rights shall be permitted to exercise their respective Investor Rights in conjunction with that specific Permitted Transfer without any additional approval of the Board of Directors.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with these bylaws (including this Article XI).

(f) Waiver of Right of First Refusal. The provisions of this Article XI may be waived with respect to any transfer by the Corporation upon duly authorized action of the Board of Directors.

(g) Void Transfers. Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the Corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions and provisions of this Article XI are strictly observed and followed.

(h) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (ii) immediately prior to the Corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

22


(i) Legends. The certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

ARTICLE XII

MARKET STAND-OFF

Except as otherwise agreed in writing with the underwriters in the Initial Offering, no Stockholder shall, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Corporation’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Initial Offering”), and ending on the date specified by the Corporation and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) (a) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock of the Corporation or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock of the Corporation held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering, or (b) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock of the Corporation, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock of the Corporation or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Article XII shall apply only to the Initial Offering and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. Each Stockholder shall execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Initial Offering that are consistent with this Article XII or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of the Corporation held by each Stockholder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Corporation issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Corporation occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Corporation announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Article XII shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing market stand-off restriction remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER

 

23


THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.”

With respect to any Stockholder, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Article XII and the Fourth Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (as may be amended and/or restated from time to time) entered into by the Corporation and certain of its stockholders (the “Voting Agreement”), the provisions of the Voting Agreement shall govern to the extent such Stockholder is party to the Voting Agreement.

 

24


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

The undersigned, Hisao Kushi, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the Amended and Restated Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by an Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation on March 20, 2019.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 5th day of April, 2019.

 

/s/ Hisao Kushi

Secretary

EX-3.4

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

  

 

 

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

RESTATED BYLAWS

As Adopted August 21, 2019 and

As Effective                         , 2019

 

 

 

 


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

RESTATED BYLAWS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS

   1

Section 1.1: Annual Meetings

   1

Section 1.2: Special Meetings

   1

Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings

   1

Section 1.4: Adjournments

   1

Section 1.5: Quorum

   2

Section 1.6: Organization

   2

Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies

   3

Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

   3

Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

   4

Section 1.10: Inspectors of Elections

   4

Section 1.11: Conduct of Meetings

   5

Section 1.12: Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations

   6

ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

   14

Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications

   14

Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies

   14

Section 2.3: Regular Meetings

   14

Section 2.4: Special Meetings

   15

Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted

   15

Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action

   15

Section 2.7: Organization

   15

Section 2.8: Unanimous Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting

   15

Section 2.9: Powers

   16

Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors

   16

Section 2.11: Confidentiality

   16

ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES

   16

Section 3.1: Committees

   16

Section 3.2: Committee Rules

   16

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS; CHAIRPERSON; LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

   17

Section 4.1: Generally

   17

Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer

   17

Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board

   18

Section 4.5: President

   18

Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer

   18

Section 4.7: Treasurer

   18

Section 4.8: Vice President

   18

 

i


Section 4.9: Secretary

   19

Section 4.10: Delegation of Authority

   19

Section 4.11: Removal

   19

ARTICLE V: STOCK

   19

Section 5.1: Certificates; Uncertificated Shares

   19

Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates or

Uncertificated Shares

   19

Section 5.3: Other Regulations

   20

ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION

   20

Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors

   20

Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses

   20

Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights

   20

Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts

   21

Section 6.5: Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit

   21

Section 6.6: Nature of Rights

   21

ARTICLE VII: NOTICES

   22

Section 7.1: Notice

   22

Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice

   23

ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS

   23

Section 8.1: Interested Directors

   23

Section 8.2: Quorum

   23

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

   23

Section 9.1: Fiscal Year

   23

Section 9.2: Seal

   24

Section 9.3: Form of Records

   24

Section 9.4: Reliance Upon Books and Records

   24

Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs

   24

Section 9.6: Severability

   24

Section 9.7: Time Periods

   24

ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT

   24

 

 

ii


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

RESTATED BYLAWS

As Adopted August 21, 2019 and

As Effective ________, 2019

ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1: Annual Meetings. If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 1.2: Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called in the manner set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”). The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings. Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by applicable law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting). In the case of a special meeting, such notice shall also set forth the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

Section 1.4: Adjournments. Notwithstanding Section 1.5 of these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any) regardless of whether a quorum is present, at any time and for any reason. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communication (if any) by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting

 

- 1 -


at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If a quorum is present at the original meeting, it shall also be deemed present at the adjourned meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel at any time and for any reason any previously scheduled special or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof or otherwise, in which case notice shall be provided to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section 1.3 above.

Section 1.5: Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of stock is required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or, if directed to be voted on by the chairperson of the meeting, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

Section 1.6: Organization. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) such person as the Board may designate, or (b) in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board, or (c) in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director, or, (d) in the absence of such person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or (e) in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or (f) in the absence of such person, by a Vice President. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

- 2 -


Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. At all meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, unless a different or minimum vote is required by applicable law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote on such matter that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each class or series, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting voting for or against such matter).

Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

- 3 -


Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by applicable law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting), or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.9 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.10: Inspectors of Elections.

1.10.1 Applicability. Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the following provisions of this Section 1.10 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.10 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board.

1.10.2 Appointment. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

1.10.3 Inspector’s Oath. Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

1.10.4 Duties of Inspectors. At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

 

- 4 -


1.10.5 Opening and Closing of Polls. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the chairperson of the meeting at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

1.10.6 Determinations. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)b.(i) of the DGCL, or in accordance with Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

Section 1.11: Conduct of Meetings. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (vi) restricting the use of audio/video recording devices and cell phones; and (vii) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

- 5 -


Section 1.12: Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations.

1.12.1 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (or any supplement thereto), (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.12 (the “Record Stockholder”), who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice and other procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 in all applicable respects. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”)), at an annual meeting of stockholders, and such stockholder must fully comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 to make such nominations or propose business before an annual meeting.

(b) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.12.1(a) of these Bylaws:

(i) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 1.12;

(ii) such other business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board) must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action;

(iii) if the Proposing Person (as defined below) has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined below), such Proposing Person must, in the case of a proposal other than the nomination of persons for election to the Board, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such Record Stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice; and

(iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 1.12, the Proposing Person proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 1.12.

 

- 6 -


To be timely, a Record Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (except in the case of the Corporation’s first annual meeting following its initial public offering, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.12.3 of these Bylaws); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so delivered (A) no earlier than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and (B) no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for providing the Record Stockholder’s notice.

(c) As to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, in addition to the matters set forth in paragraph (e) below, such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

(i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person;

(ii) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee;

(iii) the class, series and number of any shares of stock of the Corporation that are beneficially owned or owned of record by such person or any Associated Person (as defined in Section 1.12.4(c));

(iv) the date or dates such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition;

(v) all other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would be otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

(vi) such person’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee, to the public disclosure of information regarding or related to such person provided to the Corporation by such person or otherwise pursuant to this Section 1.12 and to serving as a director if elected;

(vii) whether such person meets the independence requirements of the stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock is primarily traded;

(viii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three (3) years,

 

- 7 -


and any other material relationships, between or among such Proposing Person or any of its respective affiliates and associates, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the Proposing Person or any of its respective affiliates and associates were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

(ix) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.12.2 of these Bylaws.

(d) As to any business other than the nomination of a director or directors that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, in addition to the matters set forth in paragraph (e) below, such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

(i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Proposing Person, including any anticipated benefit to any Proposing Person therefrom; and

(ii) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any such Proposing Person and any of its respective affiliates or associates, on the one hand, and any other person or persons, on the other hand, (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such Proposing Person;

(e) As to each Proposing Person giving the notice, such Record Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

(i) the current name and address of such Proposing Person, including, if applicable, their name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, if different;

(ii) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are directly or indirectly owned of record or beneficially owned by such Proposing Person, including any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future;

(iii) whether and the extent to which any derivative interest in the Corporation’s equity securities (including without limitation any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Corporation or otherwise, and any cash-settled equity swap, total return swap, synthetic equity position or similar derivative arrangement (any of the foregoing, a “Derivative

 

- 8 -


Instrument”), as well as any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation) or any short interest in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of this Bylaw a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of the subject security, including through performance-related fees) is held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of such Proposing Person, including without limitation whether and the extent to which any ongoing hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares) has been made, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to or manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proposing Person with respect to any share of stock of the Corporation (any of the foregoing, a “Short Interest”);

(iv) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such Proposing Person or any of its respective affiliates or associates is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership;

(v) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any Competitor (as defined below) (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

(vi) any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments or Short Interests in any Competitor held by such Proposing Person and/or any of its respective affiliates or associates;

(vii) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any Competitor, on the other hand;

(viii) all information that would be required to be set forth in a Schedule 13D filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1(a) or an amendment pursuant to Rule 13d-2(a) if such a statement were required to be filed under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by such Proposing Person and/or any of its respective affiliates or associates;

(ix) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder;

 

- 9 -


(x) such Proposing Person’s written consent to the public disclosure of information provided to the Corporation pursuant to this Section 1.12;

(xi) a complete written description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) (including any knowledge that another person or entity is Acting in Concert (as defined in Section 1.12.4(c)) with such Proposing Person) between or among such Proposing Person, any of its respective affiliates or associates and any other person Acting in Concert with any of the foregoing persons;

(xii) a representation that the Record Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination;

(xiii) a representation whether such Proposing Person intends (or is part of a group that intends) to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent being a “Solicitation Notice”); and

(xiv) any proxy, contract, arrangement, or relationship pursuant to which the Proposing Person has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation.

The disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) shall not include any information with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

(f) A stockholder providing written notice required by this Section 1.12 shall update such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (ii) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the tenth (10th) business day prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof. In the case of an update pursuant to clause (i) of the foregoing sentence, such update shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and in the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of the foregoing sentence, such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update as set forth in this paragraph shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or nomination or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business and/or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

 

- 10 -


(g) Notwithstanding anything in Section 1.12 or any other provision of the Bylaws to the contrary, any person who has been determined by a majority of the Whole Board to have violated Section 2.11 of these Bylaws or a Board Confidentiality Policy (as defined below) while serving as a director of the Corporation in the preceding five (5) years shall be ineligible to be nominated or be qualified to serve as a member of the Board, absent a prior waiver for such nomination or qualification approved by two-thirds of the Whole Board.

1.12.2 Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be eligible to be a nominee of any stockholder for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the person proposed to be nominated must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 1.12 of these Bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a completed and signed questionnaire in the form required by the Corporation (which form the stockholder shall request in writing from the Secretary of the Corporation and which the Secretary shall provide to such stockholder within ten days of receiving such request) with respect to the background and qualification of such person to serve as a director of the Corporation and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf, directly or indirectly, the nomination is being made and a signed representation and agreement (in the form available from the Secretary upon written request) that such person: (a) is not and will not become a party to (i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (b) is not and will not become a party to any Compensation Arrangement (as defined below) that has not been disclosed therein, (c) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all informational and similar requirements of applicable insurance policies and laws and regulations in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation, (d) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all corporate governance, conflict of interest, stock ownership requirements, confidentiality and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation publicly disclosed from time to time, (e) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and not in the interests of individual constituencies, (f) consents to being named as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-4(d) under the Exchange Act and any associated proxy card of the Corporation and agrees to serve if elected as a director and (g) intends to serve as a director for the full term for which such individual is to stand for election.

1.12.3 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (b) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of

 

- 11 -


giving of notice of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice and other procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 in all applicable respects. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.12.1(b) of these Bylaws shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) no earlier than the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and (ii) no later than 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for providing such notice.

1.12.4 General.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 shall be eligible to be elected at a meeting of stockholders and serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a Qualified Representative of the stockholder (as defined below)) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of (a) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (b) the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

(c) For purposes of these Bylaws the following definitions shall apply:

(A) a person shall be deemed to be “Acting in Concert” with another person if such person knowingly acts (whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, arrangement or understanding) in concert with, or toward a common goal relating to the management, governance or control of the Corporation in substantial parallel with, such other person where (1) each person is conscious of

 

- 12 -


the other person’s conduct or intent and this awareness is an element in their decision-making processes and (2) at least one additional factor suggests that such persons intend to act in concert or in substantial parallel, which such additional factors may include, without limitation, exchanging information (whether publicly or privately), attending meetings, conducting discussions or making or soliciting invitations to act in concert or in substantial parallel; provided that a person shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any other person solely as a result of the solicitation or receipt of revocable proxies or consents from such other person in response to a solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 14(a) (or any successor provision) of the Exchange Act by way of a proxy or consent solicitation statement filed on Schedule 14A. A person Acting in Concert with another person shall be deemed to be Acting in Concert with any third party who is also Acting in Concert with such other person;

(B) “affiliate” and “associate” shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); provided, however, that the term “partner” as used in the definition of “associate” shall not include any limited partner that is not involved in the management of the relevant partnership;

(C) “Associated Person” shall mean with respect to any subject stockholder or other person (including any proposed nominee) (1) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such stockholder or other person, (2) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or other person, (3) any associate of such stockholder or other person, and (4) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control or Acting in Concert with any such Associated Person;

(D) “Compensation Arrangement” shall mean any direct or indirect compensatory payment or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation, including any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with candidacy, nomination, service or action as a nominee or as a director of the Corporation;

(E) “Competitor” shall mean any entity that provides products or services that compete with or are alternatives to the principal products produced or services provided by the Corporation or its affiliates;

(F) “Proposing Person” shall mean (1) the Record Stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at a stockholder meeting, (2) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at a stockholder meeting is made, and (3) any Associated Person on whose behalf the notice of business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting or nomination of persons for election to the Board at a stockholder meeting is made;

 

- 13 -


(G) “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(H) to be considered a “Qualified Representative” of a stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager, trustee or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as a proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction thereof, at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or any other person who shall be appointed to serve as secretary of the meeting, may require, on behalf of the Corporation, reasonable and appropriate documentation to verify the status of a person purporting to be a “Qualified Representative” for purposes hereof.

ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications. The total number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be fixed from time to time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and the term “Whole Board” shall have the meaning specified in the Certificate of Incorporation. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the special rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board shall be divided into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. The number of directors in each class shall be divided as nearly equal as is practicable. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which such director’s term expires and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at a later time or upon the happening of an event. Subject to the special rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, directors may be removed only as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. All vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 2.3: Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.

 

- 14 -


Section 2.4: Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Lead Independent Director or a majority of the members of the Board then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission; provided, however, that if, under the circumstances, the Chairperson of the Board, the Lead Independent Director or the Chief Executive Officer calling a special meeting deems that more immediate action is necessary or appropriate, notice may be delivered on the day of such special meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted. Members of the Board, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

Section 2.7: Organization. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by (a) the Chairperson of the Board, or (b) in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director, or (c) in such person’s absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or (d) in such person’s absence, by a chairperson chosen by the Board at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 2.8: Unanimous Action by Directors in Lieu of a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as applicable. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

- 15 -


Section 2.9: Powers. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors. Members of the Board, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.

Section 2.11: Confidentiality. Each director shall maintain the confidentiality of, and shall not share with any third party person or entity (including third parties that originally sponsored, nominated or designated such director (the “Sponsoring Party”)), any non-public information learned in their capacities as directors, including communications among Board members in their capacities as directors. The Board may adopt a board confidentiality policy further implementing and interpreting this bylaw (a “Board Confidentiality Policy”). All directors are required to comply with this bylaw and any such Board Confidentiality Policy unless such director or the Sponsoring Party for such director has entered into a specific written agreement with the Corporation, in either case as approved by the Board, providing otherwise with respect to such confidential information.

ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES

Section 3.1: Committees. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section 3.2: Committee Rules. Each committee shall keep records of its proceedings and make such reports as the Board may from time to time request. Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolution of the Board designating the committee, any committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and may delegate to any such subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS; CHAIRPERSON; LEAD INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Section 4.1: Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chief Financial Officer, and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All officers shall be elected by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation, death, disqualification or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board and the Board may, in its discretion, leave unfilled, for such period as it may determine, any offices. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier resignation, death, disqualification or removal.

Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

(a) to act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

(b) subject to Section 1.6 of these Bylaws, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

(c) subject to Section 1.2 of these Bylaws, to call special meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

(d) to affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation (if any); and, subject to the direction of the Board, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

 

- 17 -


The person holding the office of President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7 of these Bylaws, the Chairperson of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Chairperson of the Board may or may not be an officer of the Corporation.

Section 4.4: Lead Independent Director. The Board may, in its discretion, elect a lead independent director from among its members that are Independent Directors (as defined below) (such director, the “Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director shall preside at all meetings at which the Chairperson of the Board is not present and shall exercise such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as prescribed by these Bylaws. For purposes of these Bylaws, “Independent Director” has the meaning ascribed to such term under the rules of the exchange upon which the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock is primarily traded.

Section 4.5: President. The person holding the office of Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated one individual as the President and a different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.

Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer. The person holding the office of Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.7: Treasurer. The person holding the office of Treasurer shall have custody of all monies and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.8: Vice President. Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President or that are delegated to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer or President in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s or President’s absence or disability.

 

- 18 -


Section 4.9: Secretary. The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.10: Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer of the Corporation to any other officers or agents of the Corporation, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 4.11: Removal. Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any officer of the Corporation, then such officer may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

ARTICLE V: STOCK

Section 5.1: Certificates; Uncertificated Shares. The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares; provided, however, that the resolution of the Board that the shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be certificated shares. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation, by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (it being understood that each of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary, and any Assistant Secretary shall be an authorized officer for such purpose), representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates or Uncertificated Shares. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

- 19 -


Section 5.3: Other Regulations. Subject to applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares represented by certificates and of uncertificated shares shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors. Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, legislative or any other type whatsoever (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees’ heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 6.5 of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board.

Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the DGCL then so requires, the advancement of such expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

 

- 20 -


Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts. The Board is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

Section 6.5: Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. The following shall apply to the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 of these Bylaws.

6.5.1 Right to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of these Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the DGCL (or other applicable law) for the Corporation to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed.

6.5.2 Effect of Determination. The absence of a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

6.5.3 Burden of Proof. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

Section 6.6: Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s successors shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

- 21 -


Section 6.7: Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

ARTICLE VII: NOTICES

Section 7.1: Notice.

7.1.1 Form and Delivery. Except as otherwise specifically required in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 of these Bylaws) or by applicable law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws may (a) in every instance in connection with any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively delivered to a stockholder when given by hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented to by the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of these Bylaws, by sending such notice by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, at the time provided in Section 7.1.2 of these Bylaws.

7.1.2 Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

- 22 -


7.1.3 Affidavit of Giving Notice. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Section 8.1: Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

Section 8.2: Quorum. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1: Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board.

 

- 23 -


Section 9.2: Seal. The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.

Section 9.3: Form of Records. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of any other information storage device, method or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), electronic or otherwise, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and otherwise comply with the DGCL. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.

Section 9.4: Reliance Upon Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books and records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

Section 9.6: Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 9.7: Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws, any alteration, amendment or repeal of these Bylaws, and any adoption of new Bylaws, shall require the approval of the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation as expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

 

 

- 24 -


CERTIFICATION OF RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, Hisao Kushi, certify that I am Secretary of Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Restated Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

Dated:                             , 2019

 

/s/

Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

CONFIDENTIAL

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 5, 2019, by and among PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is herein referred to as an “Investor” and collectively as the “Investors”, and the holders of Common Stock (as defined below) listed on Schedule B hereto, each of which is herein referred to as a “Common Holder” and collectively as the “Common Holders”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Series C Preferred Stock”), shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Series D Preferred Stock”), shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), and shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock,” and collectively with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), and/or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof and possess registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer and other rights pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2018, by and among the Company, certain holders of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.000025 per share (the “Common Stock”), and such Existing Investors, as amended (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Section 4.7 of the Prior Agreement provides, in part, that any term of the Prior Agreement (other than Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.12, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12(a), 3.12(b), 3.13 and 3.15 (the “Specified Provisions”)) may be amended, terminated or waived, with the consent of the Company and the Existing Investors holding a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement), and the Specified Provisions may be amended, and any provision therein waived by certain parties specified in Section 4.7 of the Prior Agreement (together, the “Required Parties”); and

WHEREAS, CP Interactive Fitness, LP (“Catterton”) is proposing to sell certain of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by it to certain persons and entities (the “New Investors”) and in connection therewith the Company, and the undersigned Common Holders and Existing Investors, who collectively represent the Required Parties, desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement to include the New Investors and to amend and restate the rights and obligations set forth therein, in each case as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, the Company and the Existing Investors hereby agree that the Prior Agreement shall


be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) The term “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(b) The term “Advised Investors” means each of the Fidelity Investors and the Wellington Investors.

(c) The term “Advisory Entity” shall mean each of Baillie Gifford, Fidelity and Wellington.

(d) The term “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, officer, director or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund, private equity fund or other investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or is under common investment management with (including investment managers that are affiliated with one another), such Person.

(e) The term “Baillie Gifford” shall mean Baillie Gifford & Co. and Baillie Gifford Overseas Limited and any successor or affiliated investment manager or advisor to the Baillie Gifford Investors.

(f) The term “Baillie Gifford Investors” means the Investors that receive, directly or indirectly, investment management or management advisory services from Baillie Gifford.

(g) The term “BlackRock Investors” means each of BlackRock Mid-Cap Growth Equity Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds and Master Large Cap Focus Growth Portfolio, a series of Master Large Cap Series LLC.

(h) The term “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors, as constituted from time to time.

(i) The term “Bylaws” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

(j) The term “Certificate” shall mean the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

(k) The term “Competitor” shall have the meaning set forth in the Bylaws.

 

2


(l) The term “Competitor Transferee” means (i) a transferee of shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(6) of the Bylaws that is a Competitor, (ii) a transferee of shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(7) of the Bylaws that is a Competitor and (iii) a transferee of shares of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 10.2(b)(8) of the Bylaws that is a Competitor; provided that no Advised Investors or Series F Advised Investors shall be deemed to be a Competitor Transferee by way of their passive investment in a Competitor.

(m) The term “Fidelity” shall mean Fidelity Management & Research Company and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the Fidelity Investors.

(n) The term “Fidelity Investors” shall mean any Investors advised or subadvised by Fidelity or one of its Affiliates.

(o) The term “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

(p) The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(q) The term “Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

(r) The term “GGV Investors” shall mean GGV Capital VI L.P. and GGV Capital VI Entrepreneurs Fund L.P.

(s) The term “Holder” means any Person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Common Holders shall not be deemed to be Holders for purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.3, 2.11 and 4.7.

(t) The term “Information Rights Investor” means each Investor who holds at least 346,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise thereof).

(u) The term “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Act.

(v) The term “Institutional Holder” means each of Catterton, TCV, Tiger, and True, for so long as each holds any Registrable Securities.

(w) The term “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(x) The term “Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to an Institutional Holder, an Advised Investor or a Series F Advised Investor, a transferee permitted

 

3


pursuant to Sections 10.2(b)(2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9) or (10), in each case, so long as such transferee is not a Competitor, of the Bylaws, solely to the extent such Sections of the Bylaws are applicable to the relevant transfer by such Institutional Holder, Advised Investor or Series F Advised Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, no Strategic Investor or Competitor Transferee shall be a Permitted Transferee.

(y) The term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(z) The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(aa) The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, (ii) shares of Common Stock held by the Common Holders; provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for the purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.3, 2.11, 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 4.7 and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i) and (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned. In addition, the number of shares of Registrable Securities outstanding shall equal the aggregate of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(bb) The term “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 under the Act.

(cc) The term “Rule 144(b)(1)(i)” shall mean subsection (b)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Act as it applies to Persons who have held shares for more than one (1) year.

(dd) The term “Rule 405” shall mean Rule 405 under the Act.

(ee) The term “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(ff) The term “Series F Advised Investors” means the Baillie Gifford Investors and the BlackRock Investors.

(gg) The term “Strategic Investor” shall mean any Special Purpose Entity (as defined in the Bylaws), which was initially owned by a stockholder of the Company and is no longer owned solely by such stockholder or its Affiliates.

(hh) The term “Suspension Event” means that the Board has determined in its reasonable good faith judgment that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time.

 

4


(ii) The term “Suspension Notice” means a certificate signed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board notifying the Holders of a Suspension Event, which notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing.

(jj) The term “TCV” shall mean TCV IX, L.P., TCV IX (A), L.P., TCV IX (B), L.P., TCV Member Fund, L.P. and each of their respective Permitted Transferees.

(kk) The term “Tiger” shall mean Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P. and its Permitted Transferees.

(ll) The term “True” shall mean, collectively, True Ventures IV, LP, True Ventures IV-A, LP and True Ventures Select I, LP and their Permitted Transferees.

(mm) The term “Wellington” means Wellington Management Company LLP and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the Wellington Investors.

(nn) The term “Wellington Investors” means the Investors that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Wellington and their Permitted Transferees that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Wellington.

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Request for Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) August 30, 2025 or (ii) six (6) months after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from (a) any Institutional Holder or (b) the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, excluding for all purposes under clause (b) any Registrable Securities held by a Strategic Investor or a Competitor Transferee (for purposes of this Section 2.1, the “Initiating Holders”), that the Company file a registration statement under the Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $20,000,000, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.1, use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the sending of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.1(a).

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.1(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s

 

5


participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting in accordance with Section 2.1(d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders). In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already qualified to do business in such jurisdiction or subject to service of process in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Act;

(ii) after the Company has effected three (3) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date ninety (90) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.2 below; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof; or

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders a Suspension Notice, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right and the rights under Sections 2.3(b)(iii), 2.3(d)(i)(1), 2.3(d)(ii) and 2.4 shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

 

6


(d) The Institutional Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, excluding for this purpose any Registrable Securities held by a Strategic Investor or a Competitor Transferee, as the case may be, initially requesting registration hereunder will have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters in an offering under a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1, which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

2.2 Company Registration.

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than (i) a registration relating to a demand pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement or (ii) a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after sending of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 4.5 of this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c) of this Agreement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof.

(c) Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under this Section 2.2 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other Persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to

 

7


by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded from the offering, (ii) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty percent (20%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the Initial Offering, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering or (iii) any securities held by a Common Holder be included in such offering if any Registrable Securities held by any Holder other than a Common Holder (and that such Holder has requested to be registered) are excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding sentence concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a venture capital fund, private equity fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated venture capital funds, private equity funds, partners, members, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, members and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

2.3 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from (a) any Institutional Holder or (b) the Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities, excluding for all purposes under clause (b) any Registrable Securities held by a Strategic Investor or a Competitor Transferee (for purposes of this Section 2.3, the “S-3 Initiating Holders”), a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $5,000,000;

 

8


(iii) if the Company shall furnish to all Holders a Suspension Notice, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the S-3 Initiating Holders; provided that such right and the rights under Sections 2.1(c)(v), 2.3(d)(i)(1), 2.3(d)(ii) and 2.4 shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12)-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 pursuant to this Section 2.3;

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already qualified to do business in such jurisdiction or subject to service of process in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Act;

(vi) if the Company, within thirty (30) days of receipt of the request of such S-3 Initiating Holders, gives notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the SEC within one hundred twenty (120) days of receipt of such request (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(vii) during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date ninety (90) days following the effective date of a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.2 of this Agreement; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) Following the effectiveness of the Form S-3, any Institutional Holder or any other S-3 Initiating Holder (each, as applicable, a “Take-Down Initiating Holder” and each other such party, as applicable, a “Non-Initiating Holder”) may at any time and from time to time initiate an offering or sale of all or part of the Registrable Securities (a “Shelf Take-Down”), subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, by delivering notice of such initiation to the Company as set forth herein. If the Take-Down Initiating Holder so elects in a written request delivered to the Company (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”), any Shelf Take-Down may be in the form of an underwritten public offering (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”) and, in such event, the Company shall file as soon as practicable and in any event not later than ten (10)

 

9


business days after the date of such request and, after such filing, use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) effect an amendment or supplement to its registration statement for such purpose, (ii) promptly give written notice thereof to all other Holders and (iii) include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within three (3) business days after sending such written notice. The Take-Down Initiating Holder shall indicate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice whether it intends for such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to involve a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”). In the event of any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the underwriter or underwriters shall be designated by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Holders participating in such underwriting, which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to:

(i) effect any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 2.3(c):

(A) if the Company shall furnish to all Holders included in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, a Suspension Notice, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down for a period of not more than ninety (90) days; provided that such right and the rights under Sections 2.1(c)(v), 2.3(b)(iii), 2.3(d)(ii) and 2.4 shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any offer or sell securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(B) if the aggregate gross proceeds from any particular Underwritten Shelf Take-Down are reasonably anticipated to be less than $5,000,000; or

(C) if the Company has effected two (2) such Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs pursuant to Section 2.3(c) in the preceding twelve (12) months; or

(ii) effect any Shelf Take -Down other than an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (each, a “Non-Underwritten Shelf-Take-Down”) pursuant to Section 2.3(c) if the Company shall furnish to all Holders included in such Non-Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, a Suspension Notice, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such Non-Underwritten Shelf Take-Down for a period of not more than ninety (90) days; provided that such right and the rights under Sections 2.1(c)(v), 2.3(b)(iii), 2.3(d)(i)(1) and 2.4 shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any offer or sell securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale

 

10


of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

(e) If the Take-Down Initiating Holder desires to effect a Shelf Take-Down that does not constitute a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (a “Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”), the Take-Down Initiating Holder shall so indicate in a written request delivered to the Company and each Non-Initiating Holder no later than two (2) business days prior to the expected date of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, which request shall include (i) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, (ii) the expected plan of distribution of such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down and (iii) the action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in connection with such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (including the delivery of one or more stock certificates representing shares of Registrable Securities to be sold in such Non-Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down), and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.3(d) (as applicable), the Company shall file as soon as practicable after the date of such request and use commercially reasonable efforts thereafter to effect an amendment or supplement to its registration statement for such purpose and shall include in such amendment or supplement all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein from each Non-Initiating Holder.

(f) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall effect such unlimited number of Shelf Take-Downs as may be requested by any Institutional Holder. The filing of the Form S-3, or any amendment or supplement thereto or replacement thereof and any registrations or Shelf Take-Downs effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if, in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that no Registrable Securities shall be excluded from such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down unless all other securities of the Company are first excluded.

(g) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the S-3 Initiating Holders.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever the Holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof and, pursuant thereto:

 

11


(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to sixty (60) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed or, in the case of a registration statement on Form S-3, until the earliest of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the registration statement or have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities, (ii) the third (3rd) anniversary of the effective date of such registration statement or (iii) such other date determined by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requesting such Form S-3;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the participating Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at the request of any such Holder, the Company will, as soon as reasonably practicable, file and furnish to all such Holders a supplement or amendment to such prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent prepared by or on behalf of the Company) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made;

(g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and on each securities

 

12


exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(i) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant, or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, and independent accountants to supply all such information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(j) use its best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale (if such securities are being sold through underwriters) or the pricing or closing date of the applicable offering or sale (in the case of a non-underwritten offering), (i) a “cold comfort” and “bring-down” letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, (ii) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities and (iii) make available to the appropriate representatives of the underwriters, if any, and any Holder access to such information and Company personnel as is reasonable and customary to enable such parties to establish a due diligence defense under the Act;

(k) use best efforts to obtain an opinion from the Company’s outside counsel in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such opinions, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of such Registrable Securities;

(l) in connection with a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down or an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.3(c), use its best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” or other marketing and selling efforts that may be reasonably requested by the holders in connection with the methods of distribution for the Registrable Securities;

(m) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months, beginning with the first (1st) day of the Company’s first (1st) full fiscal quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

13


(n) permit any holder of Registrable Securities, which holder, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

(o) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company will use its best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order; and

(p) use its best efforts to take such other steps necessary to effect the registration and sale of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2, the Company shall be entitled to postpone or suspend the filing, effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that any such filing or the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Board:

(i) materially impede, delay or interfere with any material pending or proposed financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company for which the Board has authorized negotiations;

(ii) materially and adversely impair the consummation of any pending or proposed material offering or sale of any class of securities by the Company; or

(iii) require disclosure of material nonpublic information that, if disclosed at such time, would be materially harmful to the interests of the Company and its stockholders; provided, however, that during any such period all executive officers and directors of the Company are also prohibited from selling securities of the Company (or any security of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates);

provided that such right and the rights under Sections 2.1(c)(v), 2.3(b)(iii), 2.3(d)(i)(1) and 2.3(d)(ii) shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.4, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

2.5 Information from Holder.

 

14


It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall promptly furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holders (not to exceed $30,000) shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 of this Agreement if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration) unless, in the case of a registration requested under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement; provided, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 of this Agreement.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisers for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions or proceedings,

 

15


whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively, a “Violation”): (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or Free Writing Prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any other document incident to such registration prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated in such registration statement, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person or other aforementioned Person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject, under the Act, the 1934 Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or any state securities laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any Person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.8(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including any

 

16


governmental action or proceeding) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one (1) counsel) shall have the right to retain one (1) separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action or proceeding, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve such indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, that (i) no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; provided, further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any expenses paid by such Holder). The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

17


(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2 and otherwise.

2.9 Reports Under the 1934 Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Offering;

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; provided the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first (1st) registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

2.10 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) (a) by an Institutional Holder, an Advised Investor or a Series F Advised Investor to a Permitted Transferee and (b) by any other Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is an Affiliate, subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or stockholder of such Holder, or (ii) is such Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or any of such Holder’s family members; provided, in each case, that: (A) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (B) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (C) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

2.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.

 

18


From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all Holders (excluding for purposes of this Section 2.11 any Registrable Securities held by a Strategic Investor or a Competitor Transferee) enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.1, Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Agreement, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (b) to demand registration of their securities.

2.12 Termination of Registration Rights. No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 2: (a) after five (5) years following the consummation of the Initial Offering, (b) as to any Holder, such earlier time after the Initial Offering at which such Holder (i) can sell all shares held by it in compliance with Rule 144(b)(1)(i) or (ii) holds one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of the Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three (3)-month period without registration in compliance with Rule 144 or (c) after the consummation of a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Certificate).

3. Covenants of the Company.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements.

(a) The Company shall, upon request, deliver to (I) each Investor (or transferee of an Investor) that holds at least 1,800,000 shares of Registrable Securities (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization, and each Advised Investor (each, a “Major Investor”), (II) each Series F Advised Investor and (III) each Information Rights Investor (or transferee of an Information Rights Investor):

(i) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(ii) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except

 

19


that such financial statements may (A) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (B) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP); and

(iii) with respect to Major Investors only, such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor, other than any Major Investor which is a Strategic Investor or a Competitor Transferee may from time to time reasonably request;

provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under Section 3.1 to provide information that (A) it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or (B) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

(b) If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

(c) The Company shall promptly and accurately respond, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to promptly respond, to requests for information made on behalf of any Advised Investor or Series F Advised Investor relating to (i) accounting or securities law matters required in connection with its audit or (ii) the actual holdings of such Advised Investor or Series F Advised Investor, including in relation to the total outstanding shares; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any such information that could reasonably result in a violation of applicable law or conflict with a confidentiality obligation of the Company.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, other than any Major Investor which is a Strategic Investor or a Competitor Transferee, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that (a) it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or (b) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants.

 

20


The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (a) the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, whichever event shall first occur and (c) the consummation of a Liquidation Event. In the event the consideration received by the Major Investors in a Liquidation Event includes securities of a private company, the Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Major Investors continue to have information rights needed to meet their obligations to report the value of such holdings to the investors in such Major Investors.

3.4 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.4, the Company hereby grants to each Major Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as defined below). For purposes of this Section 3.4, the term “Major Investor” includes any general partners and Affiliates of a Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of, its capital stock (“Shares”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 4.5 (“Notice”) to the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

(b) By written notification received by the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after the giving of Notice, each Major Investor may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Shares that equals the proportion that the number of shares of Registrable Securities issued and held by such Major Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the Shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of Shares specified above, up to that portion of the Shares for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock of the Company issued and held by such Fully Exercising Investor (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the Common Stock of the Company then issued and held by all Fully

 

21


Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed Shares (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding). The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 3.4(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of Shares pursuant to Section 3.4(c).

(c) If all Shares that Major Investors are entitled to obtain pursuant to Section 3.4(b) of this Agreement are not elected to be obtained as provided in Section 3.4(b) of this Agreement, the Company may, during the ninety (90)-day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 3.4(b) of this Agreement, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Shares to any Person or Persons at a price not less than that, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those, specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 3.4 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board; (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock registered under the Act; (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities; (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise; (v) the issuance of stock, warrants or other securities or rights pursuant to any equipment leasing arrangement or debt financing arrangement, which arrangement is approved by the Board and is primarily for non-equity financing purposes; or (vi) the issuance of securities that are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company and are issued with unanimous approval of the Board and such approval of the Board specifically states that such securities shall not be subject to this Section 3.4. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 3.4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor in any subsequent offering of Shares if (A) at the time of such offering, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the Act and (B) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) The rights provided in this Section 3.4 may not be assigned or transferred by any Major Investor; provided, however, that a Major Investor that is or is an Affiliate of a venture capital fund, private equity fund or other investment fund may assign or transfer such rights to its Affiliates.

(f) In the event that the rights of an Advised Investor to purchase New Securities under this Section 3.4 are waived with respect to a particular offering of New Securities without such Advised Investor’s prior written consent (a “Waived Investor”) and any Major Investor that participated in waiving such rights actually purchases New Securities in such offering, then the Company shall grant, and hereby grants, each Waived Investor the right to purchase, in a subsequent closing of such issuance on substantially the same terms and conditions,

 

22


the same percentage of its full pro rata share of such New Securities as the highest percentage of any such purchasing Major Investor.

(g) The covenants set forth in this Section 3.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (i) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Act (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) or (ii) a Liquidation Event.

3.5 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements. The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or a consulting agreement containing substantially similar proprietary rights assignment and confidentiality provisions.

3.6 Employee Agreements. Unless approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, all future employees of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (a) vesting of shares over a four (4)-year period with the first twenty five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty six (36) months thereafter and (b) a one hundred and eighty (180)-day lockup period in connection with the Initial Public Offering. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Initial Public Offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at the lower of cost or the fair market value of the shares at the time of such repurchase.

3.7 Indemnification Matters; Insurance.

(a) The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the directors nominated to serve on the Board by the Investors (each a “Fund Director”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Fund Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Fund Director are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Fund Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Fund Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Fund Director), without regard to any rights such Fund Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no

 

23


advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Fund Director with respect to any claim for which such Fund Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Fund Director against the Company.

(b) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain and renew from financially sound and reputable insurers directors and officers insurance, having terms and policy limits as determined by the Board.

3.8 Confidentiality.

(a) Each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to use the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, as such Investor uses with respect to its own information of a similar nature for any information obtained pursuant to this Agreement or in such Investor’s capacity as a Company stockholder, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the existence and terms of such Investor’s investment(s) in the Company, which the Company either identifies as being proprietary or confidential or that by its nature should be understood by a reasonable person to be proprietary or confidential, and such Investor acknowledges that it will not, unless otherwise required by law or the rules of any national securities exchange, association or marketplace, disclose such information without the prior written consent of the Company except such information that (i) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished to such Investor, (ii) is or becomes (through no willful improper action or inaction by such Investor) generally available to the public, (iii) was in its possession or known by such Investor without restriction prior to receipt from the Company, (iv) was rightfully disclosed to such Investor by a third party without restriction or (v) was independently developed without any use of the Company’s confidential information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor that is a limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity affiliated with a venture capital, private equity fund or other investment fund (including the Advised Investors and the Series F Advised Investors) may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (A) to any former partners or members who retained an economic interest in such Investor, current or prospective partner of the partnership or any subsequent partnership under common investment management, limited partner (and partners of such limited partner), general partner, member, management company or investment adviser of such Investor (or any employee or representative of any of the foregoing) (each of the foregoing Persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”), (B) in connection with ordinary course fund raising and related marketing or informational or reporting activities of such Investors or its affiliated entities regarding the general status of its investment in the Company, without disclosing specific confidential information, or (C) to legal counsel, accountants or representatives for such Investor. Furthermore, nothing contained herein shall prevent any Investor or any Permitted Disclosee from (1) entering into any business, entering into any agreement with a third party, or investing in or engaging in investment discussions with any other company (whether or not competitive with the Company); provided that such Investor or Permitted Disclosee does not, except as permitted in accordance with this Section 3.8, disclose or otherwise make use of any proprietary or confidential information of the Company in connection with such activities, or (2) making any disclosures required by law, rule, regulation or court or other

 

24


governmental order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Fidelity Investor, Baillie Gifford Investor or BlackRock Investor, such Fidelity Investor, Baillie Gifford Investor or BlackRock Investor, as applicable, may identify the Company and the value of such Fidelity Investor’s, Baillie Gifford Investor’s or BlackRock Investor’s security holdings in the Company, as applicable, in accordance with applicable investment reporting and disclosure regulations or internal policies and respond to examinations, demands, requests or reporting requirements of a regulatory authority without prior notice to or consent from the Company. For purposes of this Section 3.8, each Investor shall remain responsible for the acts and omissions of its Permitted Disclosees as if they were the acts and omissions of the Investor.

(b) An Investor’s obligations set forth in Section 3.8(a) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the consummation of the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public, and (ii) the third (3rd) anniversary after such date that such Investor ceases to hold any securities in the Company.

3.9 Observer Rights.

(a) As long as the Wellington Investors own, collectively, at least 2,308,000 shares (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) of Series E Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite one (1) representative of the Wellington Investors, collectively to attend all meetings of its Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that all information so provided shall be subject to Section 3.8 hereof; provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if (a) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could (i) adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or (ii) result in disclosure of trade secrets or similar confidential information to such representative or (b) such representative is affiliated with a Competitor of the Company. For clarity, the Wellington Investors are responsible for the acts and omissions of any such observer as their Permitted Disclosee for purposes of Section 3.8 hereof.

(b) As long as the Fidelity Investors own, collectively, at least 3,464,000 shares (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization) of Series E Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof), the Company shall invite one (1) representative of the Fidelity Investors, collectively to attend all meetings of its Board in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that all information so provided shall be subject to Section 3.8 hereof; provided, further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if (a) access to such information or attendance at such meeting could (i) adversely affect the attorney-client

 

25


privilege between the Company and its counsel or (ii) result in disclosure of trade secrets or similar confidential information to such representative or (b) such representative is affiliated with a Competitor of the Company. For clarity, the Fidelity Investors are responsible for the acts and omissions of any such observer as their Permitted Disclosee for purposes of Section 3.8 hereof.

3.10 Directed IPO Shares. If an Initial Offering is undertaken by the Company, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of the Initial Offering to designate to TCV under a “directed share program” on the same terms being offered to the public investors in the Initial Offering the right to purchase shares of Common Stock with an aggregate purchase price of up to $50,000,000 to be determined by TCV in its sole discretion. The shares designated by the managing underwriter(s) under the directed share program are referred to as the “directed shares.” TCV acknowledges that, despite the Company’s use of its commercially reasonable efforts, the underwriter(s) may determine in their sole discretion that it is not advisable to designate all such shares as directed shares in the Initial Offering, in which case the number of directed shares may be reduced or no directed shares may be designated, as applicable. To the extent that TCV is not designated the right to purchase all such directed shares in the Initial Offering by the managing underwriter(s) in accordance with this Section 3.10, the Company shall offer to sell to TCV in a concurrent private placement transaction that is exempt from the Act, the amount of Common Stock not designated to TCV as directed shares pursuant to this Section 3.10 on the same terms and conditions as the shares sold to the public in the Initial Offering. To the extent TCV elects to purchase any shares of Common Stock from the Company, such shares will become Registrable Securities under this Agreement. TCV acknowledges that notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, the designation of directed shares by the managing underwriter(s) will only be made in compliance with FINRA Rules 2010 and 5130 and federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations.

3.11 Termination of Certain Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 3.5, 3.6, 3.9 and 3.10 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of (a) the Company’s sale of its Common Stock or other securities pursuant to Registration Statement under the Act (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to its stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a transaction under Rule 145 of the Act) or (b) a Liquidation Event.

3.12 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company acknowledges that the execution of this Agreement and the access to the Company’s confidential information hereunder shall in no way be construed to prohibit or restrict the use by an Advised Investor or a Series F Advised Investor or its associated Advisory Entity or such Advisory Entity’s other investment advisory clients of residuals resulting from access to the Company’s confidential information in connection with the maintaining, making or considering investments in public or private companies, including, without limitation, companies that may compete either directly or indirectly with the Company, or from otherwise operating in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any of the

 

26


Advised Investors or any of the Series F Advised Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement. The term “residuals” means information in non-tangible form, which may be retained solely in the unaided memories of persons who have access to confidential information.

3.13 FCPA. The Company represents that it shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to, promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to, cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to, maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

3.14 Removal of Legends. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to reissue promptly unlegended certificates or other evidence of ownership at the request of any holder thereof if the Company has completed an Initial Offering and the holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel, which counsel may be counsel to the Company, reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may be lawfully disposed of without registration, qualification and legend.

4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

4.2 Governing Law.

 

27


This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York as applied to agreements among New York residents entered into and to be performed entirely within New York.

4.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronic signature and in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

4.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier to occur of actual receipt or: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices and other communications shall be sent to (i) the Company at 125 W. 25th St., 11th Floor, New York, New York 10001, Attention: General Counsel, and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Fenwick & West LLP, 801 California Street, Mountain View, California 94041, Attention: Cynthia Hess, Email: CHess@fenwick.com and (ii) to the other parties only at the addresses set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B, as applicable (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 4.5).

4.6 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.7 Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. Any term of this Agreement (other than as specifically set forth below) may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company

 

28


and the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided, however, that in the event that such amendment or waiver adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Common Holders in a different manner than the other Holders, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of the Common Holders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by all Common Holders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

(a) the provisions of Section 3.4 may only be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) (i) with respect to the Holders of the Series D Preferred Stock only with the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock and (ii) with respect the other Holders, only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities other than Series D Preferred Stock then held by all of the Major Investors;

(b) the provisions of Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by all of the Major Investors; provided, however, any amendment or waiver of the provisions of Section 3.1, Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 that is adverse to the Holders of Series D Preferred Stock may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock; provided, further, that any amendment of Section 3.1, Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 that adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Advised Investors will not be effective as it relates to the Advised Investors without the prior written consent of the Advised Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Advised Investors; provided, further, that any amendment of Section 3.1 or Section 3.3 that adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Series F Advised Investors will not be effective as it relates to the Series F Advised Investors without the prior written consent of the Series F Advised Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Series F Advised Investors;

(c) any amendment or waiver to the provisions of Section 2.1, Section 2.2 or Section 2.12 that is adverse to the Holders of Series D Preferred Stock may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

(d) the provisions of Section 3.9(a) and, as it relates to the Wellington Investors, Section 3.12 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Wellington Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Wellington Investors;

(e) the provisions of Section 3.9(b) and, as it relates to the Fidelity Investors, Section 3.12 may be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Fidelity Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Fidelity Investors;

 

29


(f) the provisions of Section 3.10 be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of TCV;

(g) any amendment of the definition of “Major Investor” that adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Wellington Investors will not be effective as it relates to the Wellington Investors without the prior written consent of the Wellington Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Wellington Investors;

(h) any amendment of the definition of “Major Investor” that adversely affects the obligations or rights of the Fidelity Investors will not be effective as it relates to the Fidelity Investors without the prior written consent of the Fidelity Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by the Fidelity Investors; and

(i) any amendment of the definition of “Major Investor” that adversely affects the obligations or rights of TCV will not be effective as it relates to TCV without the prior written consent of TCV.

For purposes of the foregoing, the issuance of additional shares of the Company’s securities is not in itself deemed to be adverse to the holders of any series of Preferred Stock. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities and the Company.

4.8 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

4.9 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds, affiliated private equity funds or venture capital funds or private equity funds under common investment management) or Persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.10 Effect on Prior Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect.

4.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES EACH HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR

 

30


CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREE AND CONSENT THAT, ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT THE PARTIES MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

4.12 Jurisdiction. The Parties submit to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in New York, New York, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and agree that all claims in respect of the action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and hereby expressly submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue of such court for the purposes hereof and expressly waive any claim of improper venue and any claim that such courts are an inconvenient forum.

4.13 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding Section 4.7, no consent shall be necessary to add New Investors as signatories to this Agreement as “Investors” and to update Schedule A accordingly; provided that (a) such New Investors have purchased shares of Series D Stock from Catterton pursuant to either (i) the Stock Transfer Agreement dated as of March 20, 2019 or (ii) the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 20, 2019 by and between Catterton and Honeycomb Ventures IV, LP, and (b) such New Investors executed an Adoption Agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement as an “Investor” hereto in a form acceptable to the Company.

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

31


CONFIDENTIAL

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ John Foley

Name:

 

John Foley

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

Address:

 

125 W. 25th St., 11th Floor

New York, New York 10001

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

INVESTORS:

 

TCV IX, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

Technology Crossover Management IX, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

 

        

  

TCV IX (A), L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

Technology Crossover Management IX, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

By:

 

/s/ Frederic D. Fenton

    

By:

  

/s/ Frederic D. Fenton

Name:

 

Frederic D. Fenton

    

Name:

  

Frederic D. Fenton

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

    

Title:

  

Authorized Signatory

TCV IX (B), L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

Technology Crossover Management IX, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

    

TCV MEMBER FUND, L.P.

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership,

acting by its general partner

 

Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd.

a Cayman Islands exempted company

Technology Crossover Management IX, Ltd.

    

By:

  

/s/ Frederic D. Fenton

a Cayman Islands exempted company

    

Name:

  

Frederic D. Fenton

      

Title:

  

Authorized Signatory

By:

 

/s/ Frederic D. Fenton

       

Name:

 

Frederic D. Fenton

       

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

       

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

HADLEY HARBOR MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By: Wellington Management Company LLP, as investment adviser

 

By:

 

/s/ Gregory S. Konzal

 

Name:

 

Gregory S. Konzal

 

Title:

 

Managing Director and Counsel

Address:

 

Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

 

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

 

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department

 

280 Congress Street

 

Boston, MA 02210

 

Fascimile Number: [###-###-####]

 

Email: [##########]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

TRUE VENTURES SELECT I, LP

 

By: True Venture Partners Select I, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ James G. Stewart

 

Name:

 

James G. Stewart

 

Title:

 

CFO

 

TRUE VENTURES SELECT II, LP

 

By: True Venture Partners Select II, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ James G. Stewart

 

Name:

 

James G. Stewart

 

Title:

 

CFO

 

TRUE VENTURES SELECT III, LP

 

By: True Venture Partners Select III, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ James G. Stewart

 

Name:

 

James G. Stewart

 

Title:

 

CFO

 

TRUE VENTURES IV, LP, for itself and as nominee for True Ventures IV-A, LP

 

By: True Venture Partners IV, LLC

 

Its: General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ James G. Stewart

 

Name:

 

James G. Stewart

 

Title:

 

CFO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTOR:

 

CP INTERACTIVE FITNESS, LP

 

By: CP7 Management L.L.C.

 

Its: General Partner

 

By:

 

/s/ Marc Magliacano

 

Name:

 

Marc Magliacano

 

Title:

 

President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS VII, L.P.

By:

 

Tiger Global PIP Performance VII, L.P.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

Tiger Global PIP Management VII, Ltd.

Its:

 

General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Steven Boyd

 

Steven Boyd

 

General Counsel

LFX Trust, L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Lee Fixel

Name:

 

Lee Fixel

Title:

 

Manager

/s/ Evan Feinberg

Evan Feinberg

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMON HOLDER:

 

/s/ John Foley

 

John Foley

Address:

 

[##########]

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMON HOLDER:

 

/s/ Hisao Kushi

 

Hisao Kushi

Address:

 

[##########]

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMON HOLDER:

 

/s/ Graham Stanton

 

Graham Stanton

Address:

 

[                                         ]

 

[                                         ]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMON HOLDER:

 

/s/ Thomas Cortese

 

Thomas Cortese

Address:

 

[                                         ]

 

[                                         ]

 

THE HARBOR VIEW TRUST

 

FIRST REPUBLIC TRUST COMPANY OF DELAWARE, Administrative Trustee

 

By:

 

/s/ Alison G. Westbrook, JD, LL.M

 

Name:

 

Alison G. Westbrook, JD, LL.M

 

Title:

 

Managing Director, Senior Trust Officer

Address:

 

[                                         ]

 

[                                         ]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMMON HOLDER:

 

/s/ Yu Feng

 

Yu Feng

 

YF INVESTMENTS LLC

 

By:

 

/s/ Yu Feng

 

Name:

 

Yu Feng

 

Title:

 

Manager

Address:

 

[                                         ]

 

[                                         ]

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

FOR PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.


SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Investor

  

Address

TCV IX,L.P.

TCV IX (A),L.P.

TCV IX (B),L.P.

TCV Member Fund, L.P.

TCV X,L.P.

TCV X (A),L.P.

TCV X (B),L.P.

TCV X Member Fund, L.P.

  

[Redacted]

Atlas Private Ventures, LP

  

Atlas Private Holdings III, LLC

  

Van Tuyl Family 2012 Irrevocable Trust

  

Taylor Family LLC

  

LFP River West Investors, LLC – Series 40

  

Shea Ventures, LLC

  

Flores Assets LTD

  

 

S-1


Millpond Trust

  

[Redacted]

Endurance Fund LTD

  

LFT Partners LLC

  

James P Riley Jr 2002 Family GST Trust Dated March 14, 2002

  

Joel & Nancy Barnett JTWROS

  

David Fiszel

  

Kelekele Ventures INC #1 -

  

Matthew J. Shattock Revocable Trust

  

Reimagined Ventures LLC

  

Crimson Peak LLC

  

Jose Juan Marcos Issa

  

Jose Juan Marcos Gonzalez

  

Clark Valberg

  

True Ventures Select III, LP

  

 

S-2


Baillie Gifford US Growth Trust PLC

  

[Redacted]

The States of Jersey Public Employees Contributory Retirement Scheme

  

Warman Investments Pty Limited

  

The Board of Trustees of the Saskatchewan Healthcare Employees’ Pension Plan

  

Pooled Super Pty Ltd

  

Interventure Equity Investments Limited

  

 

S-3


Host-Plus Pty Limited

  

[Redacted]

BlackRock Mid-Cap Growth Equity Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds

  

Master Large Cap Focus Growth Portfolio, a series of Master Large Cap Series LLC

  

Pedal DF Investments, LLC

  

Felix P L.P.

  

Franklin Strategic Series—Franklin Small Cap Growth Fund

  

Jasmine Ventures Pte Ltd

  

Growth Capital Fund I, L.P.

  

Platform Ventures PT, LP

  

LB Pel 1, LLC

  

 

S-4


Amigos Peloton LLC

  

[Redacted]

Ed Kovary

  

F&W Investments LP—Series 2018

  

Cynthia Clarfield Hess

  

Brian Hicks

  

It’s So Easy Productions, Inc.

  

Mining Town, LLC

  

Red Hill, LLC

  

The Marc R. Benioff Revocable Trust U/A/D 12/3/2004

  

SciFi VC, LP

  

Barton Ventures II LLC

  

Rick Rieder

  

Warner Music Inc.

  

 

S-5


Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) L.P.

  

[Redacted]

Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool

  

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund

  

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund

  

FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool

  

Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund

  

 

S-6


Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund

  

[Redacted]

Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool

  

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund

  

Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund

  

Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund

  

Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund

  

 

S-7


Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Commingled Pool

  

[Redacted]

Juniper Poolings LLC

  

Nathan K. and Carole L. Sleeper,

as Joint Tenants with the Right of Survivorship

  

Ocean Road Investment Partners LP

  

PM Operating Ltd

  

Seren Capital, Ltd.

  

Rajendra Singh 2008 Family Trust

  

Techview Investments Ltd

  

Larry L. & Patricia A. Van Tuyl Revocable Trust

  

 

S-8


Emilio Fernando Azcarraga Jean

  

[Redacted]

CHESCAPPVT LLC

  

QuestMark Partners IV, L.P.

  

Atlas Private Holdings, LLC

  

GGV Capital VI L.P.

  

GGV Capital VI Entrepreneurs Fund L.P.

  

CP Interactive Fitness, LP

  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VII, L.P.

  

Tiger Global PIP VII Holdings, L.P.

  

True Ventures IV, LP, for itself and as nominee

  

True Ventures Select I, LP

  

True Ventures Select II, LP

  

True Ventures Select III, LP

  

Stone Ridge Ventures LLC

  

 

S-9


KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

  

[Redacted]

BB Investments, LLC

  

Go Mav, LLC

  

Anthony Kiedis

  

The Mila Kutcher / Ashton Kutcher Family Trust

  

Rapino Living Trust

  

The Hudson 2003 Trust

  

Mquity, LLC

  

Amy Schumer

  

Sara Zambreno

  

Ridgeback Capital Investments LP

  

Savoy Special Situations Fund, L.P.

  

Jet Capital Corporation

  

 

S-10


Savoy International Corporation

  

[Redacted]

Emily Tisch Sussman

  

Carolyn Tisch Blodgett

  

Other Stuff, LLC

  

Timothy Hill

  

Ilgaksu VCF, LLC

  

NBCUniversal Media, LLC

  

Adam Metzger

  

CPV Holdings, LLC

  

Next Play Capital I, L.P.

  

Alberga/Cernosia Revocable Dec. of Trust est. 10/26/2004

  

Amar Lalvani

  

Arthur Wrubel

  

Byron Barkley IRA

  

David Heller

  

David Heller 2004 Family Trust

  

David Rowland

  

 

S-11


Deborah Kotter IRA

  

[Redacted]

Demetrios Yatrakis

  

Gregory Gooch

  

Hamit Batubay Ozkan

  

Hillsden MSA

  

Hubert Dubrule

  

Hyukkee Moon

  

Hyun Soo Lee

  

Jason Illoulian

  

Jed M. Katz IRA

  

Jerram Betts

  

John Foley

  

Jonathan Hangartner

  

Kathryn Yatrakis

  

Marc A. Cohen

  

Marcelo Gigliani

  

Maywic Select Investments, LP

  

Michael J. Foley

  

Michael Levinthal IRRA

  

Paul Morton

  

 

S-12


Rishi K. Patel

  

[Redacted]

Ryan Engel

  

Seth Cohen

  

Stephen H. Houston

  

Steven S. Helms

  

The Gilbert Living Trust, U/A Dated 6/17/2008

  

The Mark Miller Revocable Trust

  

The Pleasants Trust dated

February 6, 2002 as amended and restated July 2, 2012

  

Tony Molchan

  

Wade Davis

  

Yon K. Choi

  

Ronnie Wexler

  

Jeffrey P. Norris

  

Keri Dawn & Richard Solner

  

Ironstate Peloton Investors LLC

  

Eric Zinterhofer

  

G&H Partners

  

 

S-13


The Erik Blachford and Maryam

  

[Redacted]

Evan Feinberg

  

MTGT Capital

  

Charles Tollinche

  

Brent Handler Revocable Trust

  

F. Bruce Cohen Trust Dated

March 6, 2015

  

Byron Barkley

  

Blitz Lake Peloton, LLC

  

Silver Bullet Entertainment LLC

  

George J. Maloof Jr.

  

Robert Camp

  

Howard C. Draft

  

Caroline D. Draft

  

Clifford S. Norris and Sarah E. Norris, Trustees of the Clifford S. Norris

Revocable Trust Agreement Dated

February 23, 2001

  

LFX Trust, L.L.C.

  

Kimberly A. Lee Irrevocable Trust of 2016

  

Lindsay Yatrakis

  

166 2nd LLC

  

 

S-14


Benedict Tatum Mawson

  

[Redacted]

Edward James Millett

  

Elena Jane Goulding

  

Dua Lipa

  

Dukagjin Lipa

  

Douglas Tannahill

  

Carbon Mesa Investors, L.P.

  

 

S-15


SCHEDULE B

SCHEDULE OF COMMON HOLDERS

Common Holder

John Foley

[Redacted]

[Redacted]

Graham Stanton

[Redacted]

[Redacted]

Hisao Kushi

[Redacted]

[Redacted]

Thomas Cortese

[Redacted]

[Redacted]

Yu Feng

[Redacted]

[Redacted]

YF Investment LLC

[Redacted]

[Redacted]

 

S-16

EX-4.3

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

Company: PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

Number of Shares of Common Stock: 60,000

Warrant Price: See Section 1.7

Issue Date: June 30, 2015

Expiration Date: June 30, 2025     See also Section 5.1(b).

 

Credit Facility:

  

This Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (“Warrant”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated common stock (the “Common Stock”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE.

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Cashless Exercise. On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

 

1


     

X =

  

Y(A-B)/A

 

where:

      
     

X =

  

the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

     

Y =

  

the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);

     

A =

  

the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and

     

B =

  

the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s Common Stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “Trading Market”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of Common Stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a) Acquisition. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

 

2


(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition. In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “Cash/Public Acquisition”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will automatically expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond 180 days from the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


1.7 Warrant Price. The Warrant Price shall be the lesser of (i) One Dollar ($1.00) per share or (ii) the price per share of the Company’s Common Stock obtained in connection with a valuation of its Common Stock for purposes of compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, conducted within ninety (90) days of the Issue Date.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Common Stock payable in securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution. Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Intentionally Omitted.

2.4 Intentionally Omitted.

2.5 No Fractional Share. No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Common Stock and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

4


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(b) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to all of the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any,

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the

 

5


Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER.

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement. The Holder hereby agrees that he, she or it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (l80) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.6 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holder if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.6 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. The Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the IPO that are consistent with this Section 4.6 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares of the Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 4.6 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

4.7 No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

7


SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration.

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends. The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED JUNE 30, 2015, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OR, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with (i) applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the

 

8


Company), and (ii) with respects to the Shares (but not the Warrant), the Bylaws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to the restriction on transfer set forth in Section 10.2 therein. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to (i) the provisions of Section 5.3 and (ii) with respect to the Shares (but not the Warrant), the Bylaws of the Company, as may be amended from time to time, and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

 

9


Telephone: [Redacted]

Facsimile: [Redacted]

Email address: [Redacted]

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

Attn: Graham Stanton

158 West 27th Street, 4th Floor

New York, NY 10011

Telephone:                                 

Facsimile:                                     

Email: [Redacted]

5.6 Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings. The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days. “Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Common Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Graham Stanton

Name:

 

Graham Stanton

            (Print)

Title: President

“HOLDER”

SILICON VALLEY BANK

By:

 

/s/ Daniel Caputo

Name:

 

Daniel Caputo

            (Print)

Title: Vice President


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                     shares of the Common Stock of PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. (the “Company”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Common Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

 

 

check in the amount of $                 payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

 

 

Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

 

 

Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

 

 

Other [Describe]                                                                                                                                            

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:                                                                                                 

Name:                                                                                            

Title:                                                                                              

(Date):                                                                                           


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

[Redacted]

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of _________ ____, 2019 is made by and between Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _____________________, a director, officer or key employee of the Company or one of the Company’s subsidiaries or other service provider who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;

B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) have concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;

C. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Section 145”), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts or other enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided thereby is not exclusive; and

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) Affiliate. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.


(b) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means any event or circumstance where (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, “Expenses” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness or otherwise involved in, a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, taxes (including ERISA or other benefit plan related excise taxes or penalties) or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(d) Indemnifiable Event. For purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnifiable Event” means any event or occurrence related to Indemnitee’s service for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(e) Indemnifiable Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnifiable Person” means any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, attorney, consultant, member of an entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise) or other agent or fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(f) Independent Counsel. For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Counsel” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee.

(g) Independent Director. For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Director” means a member of the Board who is not a party to the Proceeding for which a claim is made under this Agreement.

 

2


(h) Other Liabilities. For purposes of this Agreement, “Other Liabilities” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, taxes (including ERISA or other benefit plan related excise taxes or penalties), and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).

(i) Proceeding. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.

(j) Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, “Subsidiary” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2. Agreement to Serve. The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.

3. Mandatory Indemnification.

(a) Agreement to Indemnify. In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent not prohibited by the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), as the same may be amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Bylaws or the DGCL permitted prior to the adoption of such amendment).

(b) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company; provided, however, that payment made to Indemnitee pursuant to an insurance policy purchased and maintained by Indemnitee at his or her own expense of any amounts otherwise indemnifiable or obligated to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Company Obligations Primary. The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have rights to indemnification for Expenses and Other Liabilities provided by a venture capital firm or other sponsoring organization (“Other Indemnitor”). The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make

 

3


all payments due to or for the benefit of Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the Other Indemnitor. The Company hereby waives any equitable rights to contribution or indemnification from the Other Indemnitor in respect of any amounts paid to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company further agrees that no reimbursement of Other Liabilities or payment of Expenses by the Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for such Expenses or Other Liabilities hereunder.

4. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.

5. Liability Insurance. So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (i) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (ii) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event within (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. The right to advances under this section shall in all events continue until final disposition of any Proceeding, including any appeal therein. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Bylaws or the DGCL, and no additional form of undertaking with respect to such obligation to repay shall be required. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon. In the event that Indemnitee’s request for the advancement of expenses shall be accompanied by an affidavit of counsel to Indemnitee to the effect that such counsel has reviewed such Expenses and that such Expenses are reasonable in such counsel’s view, then such expenses shall be deemed reasonable in the absence of clear and convincing evidence to the contrary.

 

4


7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

(a) Notification. Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, unless the Company is a named co-defendant with Indemnitee, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure, provided, however, that the Company shall have the burden to prove the existence of such material prejudice by clear and convincing evidence.

(b) Insurance and Other Matters. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policies. In addition, the Company will instruct the insurers and the Company’s insurance broker that they may communicate directly with Indemnitee regarding such claim.

(c) Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, (C) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, or (D) after a Change in Control, the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been approved by the Independent Counsel, the Expenses related to work conducted by Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense. Indemnitee agrees that any such separate counsel retained by Indemnitee will be a member of any approved list of panel counsel under the Company’s applicable directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, should the applicable policy provide for a panel of approved counsel.

(d) Settlement. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor

 

5


any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee upon the Company’s receipt of an offer to settle, or if the Company makes an offer to settle, any Proceeding, and provide Indemnitee with a reasonable amount of time to consider such settlement, in the case of any such settlement for which the consent of Indemnitee would be required hereunder. The Company shall not, on its own behalf, settle any part of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party with respect to other parties (including the Company) without the written consent of Indemnitee if any portion of the settlement is to be funded from insurance proceeds unless approved by a majority of the Independent Directors, provided that this sentence shall cease to be of any force and effect if it has been determined in accordance with this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to such Proceeding or if the Company’s obligations hereunder to Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding have been fully discharged.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification.

(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise. To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

(b) Indemnification in Other Situations. In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(c) Forum. Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such election will be made from among the following:

a. Those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;

b. A committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

c. Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion.

If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of Independent Counsel as the forum.

The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in c. above.

 

6


(d) Decision Timing and Expenses. As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company.

(e) Delaware Court of Chancery. Notwithstanding a final determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific Proceeding, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

(f) Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

(g) Determination of “Good Faith”. For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith” or acted in “bad faith”, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith or not acted in bad faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of Expenses, the Reviewing Party or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.

9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except

 

7


(1) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (2) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (3) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

(b) Actions Based on Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(c) Unlawful Indemnification. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal.

10. Non-exclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

12. Supersession, Modification and Waiver. This Agreement supersedes any prior indemnification agreement between the Indemnitee and the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates. If the Company and Indemnitee have previously entered into an indemnification agreement providing for the indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company, parties entry into this Agreement shall be deemed to amend and restate such prior agreement to read in its entirety as, and be superseded by, this Agreement.

 

8


No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.

13. Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs and personal and legal representatives. In addition, the Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and a receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (iii) personal service by a process server, or (iv) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s Chief Legal Officer.

15. No Presumptions. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitee’s rights under Section 8(e) of this Agreement shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise. Additionally, any admission of liability by the Company in connection with any settlement by the Company with a regulatory agency shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise.

16. Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

17. Subrogation and Contribution. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

9


(b) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18. Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20. Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

21. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware.

22. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

10


The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

                  PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.:
  By:  

 

  Its:  

 

                    INDEMNITEE:
 

 

Address:      

             

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.

2015 STOCK PLAN

ADOPTED ON APRIL 6, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page  

SECTION 1.

  

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1  

SECTION 2.

  

ADMINISTRATION

     1  

(a)    

  

Committees of the Board of Directors

     1  

(b)    

  

Authority of the Board of Directors

     1  

SECTION 3.

  

ELIGIBILITY

     1  

(a)    

  

General Rule

     1  

(b)    

  

Ten-Percent Stockholders

     1  

SECTION 4.

  

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

     2  

(a)    

  

Basic Limitation

     2  

(b)    

  

Additional Shares

     2  

SECTION 5.

  

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES

     2  

(a)    

  

Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement

     2  

(b)    

  

Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2  

(c)    

  

Purchase Price

     2  

SECTION 6.

  

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

     3  

(a)    

  

Stock Option Agreement

     3  

(b)    

  

Number of Shares

     3  

(c)    

  

Exercise Price

     3  

(d)    

  

Exercisability

     3  

(e)    

  

Basic Term

     3  

(f)    

  

Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     3  

(g)    

  

Leaves of Absence

     4  

(h)    

  

Death of Optionee

     4  

(i)    

  

Restrictions on Transfer of Options

     4  

(j)    

  

No Rights as a Stockholder

     5  

(k)    

  

Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     5  

(l)    

  

Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

     5  

SECTION 7.

  

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     5  

(a)    

  

General Rule

     5  

(b)    

  

Services Rendered

     5  

(c)    

  

Promissory Note

     5  

(d)    

  

Surrender of Stock

     6  

(e)    

  

Exercise/Sale

     6  

(f)    

  

Net Exercise

     6  

(g)    

  

Other Forms of Payment

     6  

SECTION 8.

  

ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     6  

(a)    

  

General

     6  

 

i


(b)    

  

Corporate Transactions

     7  

(c)    

  

Reservation of Rights

     8  

SECTION 9.

  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     8  

(a)    

  

Securities Law Requirements

     8  

(b)    

  

No Retention Rights

     8  

(c)    

  

Treatment as Compensation

     8  

(d)    

  

Governing Law

     9  

(e)    

  

Conditions and Restrictions on Shares

     9  

(f)    

  

Tax Matters

     9  

SECTION 10.

  

DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

     10  

(a)    

  

Term of the Plan

     10  

(b)    

  

Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     10  

(c)    

  

Effect of Amendment or Termination

     10  

(d)    

  

Stockholder Approval

     10  

SECTION 11.

  

DEFINITIONS

     10  

 

ii


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

The purpose of this Plan is to offer persons selected by the Company an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares of the Company’s Stock. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may be ISOs intended to qualify under Code Section 422 or NSOs which are not intended to so qualify.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 11.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a)    Committees of the Board of Directors. The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist, as required by applicable law, of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

(b)    Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, with respect to the terms and conditions of awards granted to Participants outside the United States, the Board of Directors may vary from the provisions of the Plan to the extent it determines it necessary and appropriate to do so; provided that it may not vary from those Plan terms requiring stockholder approval pursuant to Section 10(d) below. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

SECTION 3. ELIGIBILITY.

(a)    General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of NSOs or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

(b)    Ten-Percent Stockholders. A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its


terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall be applied.

SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

(a)    Basic Limitation. Not more than 3,363,293 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a).1 All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan may not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

(b)    Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that Shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price, Exercise Price or withholding taxes, such Shares shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

SECTION 5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

(a) Stock Grant or Purchase Agreement. Each award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Grant Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Grant Agreements and Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days (or such other period as may be specified in the Award Agreement) after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right is not transferable and may be exercised only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

(c) Purchase Price. The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

1 

Please refer to Exhibit A for a schedule of the initial share reserve and any subsequent increases in the reserve.

 

2


SECTION 6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

(a)    Stock Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b)    Number of Shares. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO.

(c)    Exercise Price. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(d)    Exercisability. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

(e)    Basic Term. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO, a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

(f)    Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

(ii)    The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

 

3


(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

(g)    Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

(h)    Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

(ii)    The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

(i)    Restrictions on Transfer of Options. An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, an NSO shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family

 

4


Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

(j)    No Rights as a Stockholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person files a notice of exercise, pays the Exercise Price and satisfies all applicable withholding taxes pursuant to the terms of such Option.

(k)    Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options or a different type of award for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price (if applicable). The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

(l)    Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Stock Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

SECTION 7. PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

(a)    General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7. In addition, the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may also permit payment through any of the methods described in (b) through (g) below.

(b)    Services Rendered. Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

(c)    Promissory Note. All or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

5


(d)    Surrender of Stock. All or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

(e)    Exercise/Sale. If the Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

(f)    Net Exercise. An Option may permit exercise through a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by the Board of Directors as of the exercise date) that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price or the sum of the aggregate Exercise Price plus all or a portion of the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable tax law (with the Company accepting from the Optionee payment of cash or cash equivalents to satisfy any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price and, if applicable, any additional withholding obligation not satisfied through such reduction in Shares); provided that to the extent Shares subject to an Option are withheld in this manner, the number of Shares subject to the Option following the net exercise will be reduced by the sum of the number of Shares withheld and the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee as a result of the exercise.

(g)    Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that an Award Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

SECTION 8. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

(a)    General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number and kind of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number and kind of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and any outstanding and unexercised right to purchase Shares that has not yet expired pursuant to Section 5(b), (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and the Purchase Price applicable to any unexercised stock purchase right described in clause (ii) above, and (iv) any repurchase price that applies to Shares granted under the Plan pursuant to the terms of a Company repurchase right under the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of the items listed in clauses (i) through (iv) above; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. No fractional Shares

 

6


shall be issued under the Plan as a result of an adjustment under this Section 8(a), although the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

(b)    Corporate Transactions. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Options and other Plan awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is party, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors in its capacity as administrator of the Plan, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all Options and awards (or all portions of an Option or an award) in an identical manner. The treatment specified in the transaction agreement or as determined by the Board of Directors may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Option or award:

(i)    Continuation of the Option or award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

(ii)    Assumption of the Option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iii)    Substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option for the Option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

(iv) Cancellation of the Option and a payment to the Optionee with respect to each Share subject to the portion of the Option that is vested as of the transaction date equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a share of Stock as a result of the transaction, over (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Option (such excess, the “Spread”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent having a value equal to the Spread. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Stock. If the Spread applicable to an Option is zero or a negative number, then the Option may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee.

(v)    Cancellation of the Option without the payment of any consideration; provided that the Optionee shall be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise the Option (to the extent the Option is vested or becomes vested as of the effective date of the transaction) during a period of not less than five (5) business days preceding the effective date of the transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to

 

7


exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent upon the closing of the transaction.

(vi) Suspension of the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the transaction.

(vii) Termination of any right the Optionee has to exercise the Option prior to vesting in the Shares subject to the Option (i.e., “early exercise”), such that following the closing of the transaction the Option may only be exercised to the extent it is vested.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Board of Directors has discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of an Option or other Plan award in connection with a corporate transaction covered by this Section 8(b).

(c)    Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Securities Law Requirements. Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Board of Directors, the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares as a result of such requirements.

(b)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c)    Treatment as Compensation. Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for

 

8


purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(d)    Governing Law. The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(e)    Conditions and Restrictions on Shares. Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In addition, Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to conditions and restrictions imposed either by applicable law or by Company policy, as adopted from time to time, designed to ensure compliance with applicable law or laws with which the Company determines in its sole discretion to comply including in order to maintain any statutory, regulatory or tax advantage.

(f)    Tax Matters.

(i)    As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise or transfer of any award, or Shares issued pursuant to any award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(ii) Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from Code Section 409A, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent. To the extent an award is not exempt from Code Section 409A (any such award, a “409A Award”), any ambiguity in the terms of such award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Code Section 409A be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Code Section 409A unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Code Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Section 409A(a)(1). In addition, if a

 

9


transaction subject to Section 8(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

(iii)    Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

SECTION 10. DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.

(a)    Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders under Subsection (d) below. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

(b)    Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. Subject to Subsection (d) below, the Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.

(c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold and no Option granted under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

(d)    Stockholder Approval. To the extent required by applicable law, the Plan will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of its adoption date. To the extent required by applicable law, any amendment of the Plan will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 12 months of the amendment date if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an amendment effecting any other material change to the Plan terms will be subject to approval of the Company’s stockholder only if required by applicable law. Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

SECTION 11.    DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Award Agreement” means a Stock Grant Agreement, Stock Option Agreement or Stock Purchase Agreement.

(b) “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

10


(c)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(d)    “Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

(e)    “Company” means Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(f)    “Consultant” means a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

(g)    “Date of Grant” means the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

(h)    “Disability” means that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(i)    “Employee” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

(j)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(k)    “Exercise Price” means the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(l)    “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(m)    “Family Member” means (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

(n)    “Grantee” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

(o)    “ISO” means an Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b). Notwithstanding its designation as an ISO, an Option that does not qualify as an ISO under applicable law shall be treated for all purposes as an NSO.

 

11


(p)    “NSO” means an Option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b) or 423(b).

(q)    “Option” means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

(r)    “Optionee” means a person who holds an Option.

(s)    “Outside Director” means a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

(t)    “Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

(u)    “Participant” means a Grantee, Optionee or Purchaser.

(v)    “Plan” means this Peloton Interactive, Inc. 2015 Stock Plan.

(w)    “Purchase Price” means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

(x)    “Purchaser” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

(y)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z)    “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(aa)    “Share” means one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

(bb)    “Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(cc)    “Stock Grant Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

(dd)    “Stock Option Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

12


(ee) “Stock Purchase Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

(ff) “Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

13


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF SHARES RESERVED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER THE PLAN

 

Date of Board

Approval

 

Date of Stockholder Approval

 

Number of Shares Added

 

Cumulative Number of Shares

April 6, 2015

  April 6, 2015   N/A   3,363,293

November 30, 2015

  November 30, 2015   3,340,514   6,703,807

March 30, 2017

  March 30, 2017   2,381,615   9,085,422

October 26, 2017

  October 31, 2017   750,000   9,835,422

January 17, 2018

  August 2, 2018   2,500,000   12,335,422

August 2, 2018

  August 2, 2018   1,370,849   13,706,271*

 

*

54,825,084 shares after giving effect to the 4-for-1 forward stock split effective August 29, 2018

SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN

The following is a summary of material modifications made to the Plan (including any material deviations from the Gunderson Dettmer precedent form used to create the Plan).


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (EARLY EXERCISE)

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

  

See Carta

Total Number of Shares:

  

See Carta

Type of Option:

  

See Carta

Exercise Price per Share:

  

See Carta

Date of Grant:

  

See Carta

Date Exercisable:

  

This option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any part of the Shares subject to this option.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

See Carta

Vesting Schedule:

  

See Carta

Expiration Date:

  

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

By accepting this option on Carta, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2015 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc.:

 

Name of Optionee:

  

See Carta

Total Number of Shares:

  

See Carta

Type of Option:

  

See Carta

Exercise Price per Share:

  

See Carta

Date of Grant:

  

See Carta

Exercise Schedule:

  

This option will become exercisable during its term with respect to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth below

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

See Carta

Vesting Schedule:

  

See Carta

Expiration Date:

  

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

By accepting this option on Carta, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2015 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant. Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (EARLY EXERCISE)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a)    Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    $100,000 Limitation. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c)    Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 15 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a)    Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

(b)    Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a)    Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment, (ii) if the Optionee is a 1% Stockholder, joining the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders dated as of March 31, 2017, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement (the “Voting Agreement”), by executing either a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement or the Adoption Agreement attached as Exhibit A thereto and (iii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with any applicable withholding taxes under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option. In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    Withholding Taxes. In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax (including without limitation any income tax, social insurance contributions, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising in connection with the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (the “Tax-Related Items”)) as a result of the grant, vesting or exercise of this option, or as a result of the vesting or transfer of shares acquired upon exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all Tax- Related Items. The Optionee acknowledges that the responsibility for all Tax-Related Items is the Optionee’s and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company (or its affiliate or agent).

(c)    Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c). In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a)    Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b)    Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

2


(c)    Exercise/Sale. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a)    Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b)    Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii)    The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii)    The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(c)    Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii)    The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

3


All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date of the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d)    Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(e)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(f)    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i)    More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii)    More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii)    More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

4


SECTION 7. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a)    Scope of Repurchase Right. Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase. The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares. The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service, but the Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the lower of (i) the Exercise Price of each Restricted Share being repurchased or (ii) the Fair Market Value of such Restricted Share at the time the Right of Repurchase is exercised.

(b)    Lapse of Repurchase Right. The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(c)    Escrow. Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow. All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow. Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months). In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

(d)    Exercise of Repurchase Right. The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 13(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares. The Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased. Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares. The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

(e)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration). Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have

 

5


been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

(f)    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same. In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(b) of the Plan or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

(g)    Transfer of Restricted Shares. The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence. The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(h)    Assignment of Repurchase Right. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a)    Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

6


(b)    Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c)    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

(d)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e)    Permitted Transfers. This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

7


(f)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g)    Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

SECTION 9. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a)    It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

(b)    Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c)    Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

SECTION 10. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a)    Bylaws Restrictions. The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article X of the Company’s Bylaws in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement. To the extent of any conflict between Section 8 and the Bylaws, Section 8 of this Agreement shall supersede and control.

(b)    Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to

 

8


achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

(c)    Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, this option or any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of this Option or the Shares acquired under this Agreement, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock of the corporation or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop- transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d)    Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e)    Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

 

9


(f)    Legends. All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. IN ADDITION, THE SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A LIMITED PERIOD FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR ANY SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OR THE AVAILABILITY (CONFIRMED BY OPINION OF COUNSEL) OF AN ALTERNATIVE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE ACT), THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, REOFFERED, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR DISPOSED OF. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.”

(g)    Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

10


(h)    Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 12. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c)    Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d)    Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e)    Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

11


(f)    Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

SECTION 14. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of Repurchase), 8 (Right of First Refusal), 9 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 11 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a)    Tax Consequences. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b)    Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c)    No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

 

12


(d)    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

(e)    Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f)    Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g)    Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h)    Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(i)    Personal Data Authorization. The Optionee consents to the collection, use and transfer of personal data as described in this Subsection (i). The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the Company, the Optionee’s employer and the Company’s other Subsidiaries hold certain personal information regarding the Optionee for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, including (without limitation) the Optionee’s name, home address, telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company and details of all options or any other entitlements to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor (the “Data”). The Optionee further understands and acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and that the Company

 

13


and/or any Subsidiary may each further transfer Data to any third party assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that the recipients of Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere. The Optionee authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer Data, in electronic or other form, for the purpose of administering the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, including a transfer to any broker or other third party with whom the Optionee elects to deposit Shares acquired under the Plan of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Optionee’s behalf. The Optionee may, at any time, view the Data, require any necessary modifications of Data or withdraw the consents set forth in this Subsection (i) by contacting the Company in writing.

SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.

(a)    “1% Stockholder” shall mean any individual who owns more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (treating for this purpose all shares of stock issuable upon full exercise or conversion of all then outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities (whether or not then exercisable or convertible) as outstanding). For this purpose, stock that an individual may purchase under outstanding options (whether or not vested or exercisable) shall be treated as stock owned by the individual. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

(b)    “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(c)    “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(d)    “Company” shall mean Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e)    “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in- law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(f)    “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(g)    “Plan” shall mean the Peloton Interactive, Inc. 2015 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(h)    “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(i)    “Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

(j)    “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

 

14


(k)    “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

(l)    “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

(m)    “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(n)    “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(o)    “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

(p)    “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

 

15


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(INTERNATIONAL OPTIONEES – UNITED KINGDOM)

The Optionee named below has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, including its annexes (the “Stock Option Agreement”):

 

Name of Optionee:

  

See Carta

Total Number of Shares:

  

See Carta

U.S. Tax Status of Option:

  

See Carta

(If status is not indicated, this Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Exercise Price per Share:

  

U.S. $See Carta

Date of Grant:

  

See Carta

Vesting Schedule:

  

See Carta

Exercise Schedule:

  

This Option will become exercisable during its term with respect to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth above.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

See Carta

Expiration Date:

  

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

General; Agreement: By mutual acceptance of this Option, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. By acceptance of this Option, Optionee acknowledges receipt via Carta of a copy of this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the grant or exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Optionee’s service status changes between full and part time status in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of equity awards, to the extent permitted by applicable law.


Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

The Optionee named above hereby executes and delivers via Carta this Notice of Stock Option Grant and agrees to be bound by its terms and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

ATTACHMENT:    Exhibit A:    Stock Option Agreement

 

2


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(INTERNATIONAL OPTIONEES – UNITED KINGDOM)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a)    Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.

(b)    Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 14 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a)    Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a)    Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) providing an electronic notice (via Carta) or by signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment, (ii) if the Optionee is a 1% Stockholder, joining the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders dated as of March 31, 2017, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement (the “Voting Agreement”), by executing either a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement or the Adoption Agreement attached as Exhibit A thereto and (iii) delivering payment,


in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with provision for the Tax-Related Items under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

(b)    Tax Withholding. Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable foreign, federal, state and local income tax, social insurance (including national insurance contributions (both employee and employer)), payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account, withholding and other tax-related items related to Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Optionee, including, as applicable, obligations of the Company (all the foregoing tax-related items, “Tax-Related Items”). If the Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is located in the United States and the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the maximum Tax-Related Items; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Optionee’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise. The maximum Tax-Related Items are based on the applicable rates of the relevant tax authorities (for example, federal, state and local), including the Optionee’s share of payroll or similar taxes, as provided in the tax law, regulations or the relevant tax authority’s administrative practices, not to exceed the highest statutory rate in the relevant jurisdiction. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Optionee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Options, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(c)    Joint NIC Election. Except at the Board of Directors’ discretion, this option may not be exercised unless and until the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, has received from the Optionee a duly completed joint election with the Company, his employer or other company (in the form prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time) to the effect that the Optionee will become liable, so far as permissible by law, for the whole of any employer (secondary class 1) national insurance contributions which may arise in connection with this option and the Shares which may be or are acquired on the exercise of this option (the “Joint NIC Election”).

(d)    Section 431 Election. The Board of Directors may at its discretion at any time before the exercise of this option determine that this option may not be exercised unless the Optionee has beforehand signed an election under section 431(1) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, in the form prescribed by the Board from time to time, for the full disapplication of chapter 2 of part 7 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of the Shares subject to the option (the “Section 431 Election”).

(e)    Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, including payment of the Purchase Price and provision for Tax-Related Items, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised, which certificates may be delivered electronically via Carta. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

2


SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a)    Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

(b)    Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c)    Exercise/Sale. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a)    Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant.

(b)    Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i)     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii)     The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii)     The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(c)    Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i)     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii)     The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

3


All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d)    Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(e)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a)    Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price (denominated in U.S. dollars), the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable foreign, federal, and state securities or exchange laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b)    Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares

 

4


subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable foreign, federal, and state securities or exchange laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c)    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e)    Permitted Transfers. This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

(f)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g)    Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

5


SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a)    The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of foreign, federal and state securities or exchange laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer.;

(b)    Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c)    Any other applicable provision of foreign, federal, and state law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a)    Bylaws Restrictions. The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article X of the Company’s Bylaws in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent of any conflict between Section 7 and the Bylaws, Section 7 of this Agreement shall supersede and control.

(b)    Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

(c)    Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, this option or any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of this Option or the Shares acquired under this Agreement, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock of the corporation or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such

 

6


restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d)    Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e)    Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f)    Legends; General. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by foreign, federal or state securities or exchange laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

(i)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(ii)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE

 

7


SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS (AND POSSIBLY LONGER) AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(g)    U.S Optionees. Optionee understands and agrees that, if Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is the United States, then the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(h)    Non-U.S. Optionees; Regulation S. Optionee understands and agrees that, if Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is other than the United States, the certificates evidencing the Shares will bear the legend set forth in below or similar legends:

(i)     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO REGISTER THEM.

(ii)    PRIOR TO A DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD (INCLUDING OPENING A SHORT POSITION IN SUCH SECURITIES) IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(K) ADOPTED UNDER THE ACT, OTHER THAN TO DISTRIBUTORS, UNLESS THE SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT IS AVAILABLE. HOLDERS OF SHARES PRIOR TO ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES ONLY PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S OF THE ACT, OR IN TRANSACTIONS EFFECTED OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, PROVIDED THEY DO NOT SOLICIT (AND NO ONE ACTING ON THEIR BEHALF SOLICITS) PARTICIPANTS IN THE UNITED STATES OR OTHERWISE ENGAGE(S) IN SELLING EFFORTS IN THE UNITED STATES AND PROVIDED THAT HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.

(iii)    A HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES WHO IS A DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER, SUB-UNDERWRITER OR OTHER SECURITIES PROFESSIONAL, IN ADDITION, CANNOT, PRIOR TO ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK,

 

8


RESELL THE SECURITIES TO A U.S. PERSON AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(K) OF REGULATION S UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

(i)    Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(j)    Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

(c)    Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d)    Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

 

9


(e)    Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f)    Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(g)    Country-Specific Terms and Conditions. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees attached hereto as Annex B if Optionee’s country is other than the United States, including the special terms and conditions set forth beneath the name of such country on Annex B (if any). Moreover, if Optionee relocates to a country other than the United States, the special terms and conditions set forth in Annex B, including the special terms and conditions set forth beneath the name of such country on Annex B (if any), will apply to Optionee to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Annex B constitutes an integral part of this Agreement to the extent applicable to Optionee from time to time.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a)    Tax Consequences.

(i)    Responsibility for Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company or, if different, Optionee’s actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all Tax-Related Items, Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due from Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option, including the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends, and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Optionee acknowledges that if Optionee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction and optionees consent to such withholding and accounting.

(ii)    No Liability for Discounted Options. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an

 

10


independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b)    Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c)    No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

(d)    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

(e)    Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f)    Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g)    Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

 

11


(h)    Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(i)    Non-U.S. Optionees. Non-U.S. Optionees. If Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is other than the United States, Optionee makes the following additional representations, warranties and agreements:

(i)    Optionee is not a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The offer and sale of the Shares to such Optionee was made in an offshore transaction (as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation S), no directed selling efforts (as defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S) were made in the United States, and the Optionee is not acquiring the Shares for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person;

(ii)     Optionee will not, during the Restricted Period applicable to the Shares included in the legend set forth in Section 13.3(b) below (the “Restricted Period”) and on any certificate representing the Shares, offer or sell any of the foregoing securities (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) in the United States, to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or other than in accordance with Regulation S; and

(iii)    Optionee will, after the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) only pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or any available exemption therefrom and, in any case, in accordance with applicable state securities laws.

(iv)    Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not register the transfer of the Shares in violation of this Agreement, the Plan or any of the restrictions set forth herein or therein.

SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “1% Stockholder” shall mean any individual who owns more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (treating for this purpose all shares of stock issuable upon full exercise or conversion of all then outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities (whether or not then exercisable or convertible) as outstanding). For this purpose, stock that an individual may purchase under outstanding options (whether or not vested or exercisable) shall be treated as stock owned by the individual. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

(b) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(d) “Company” shall mean Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

12


(e) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(f) “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(g) “Plan” shall mean the Peloton Interactive, Inc. 2015 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(h) “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(i) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(j) “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(k) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(l) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

(m) “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

ATTACHMENT:    Annex A: Notice of Stock Option Exercise

 

 

         Annex

B: Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees

 

13


ANNEX A

Notice of Stock Option Exercise


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(International Optionees – UNITED KINGDOM)

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

OPTIONEE INFORMATION:

 

Name:     See Carta

  

Social Security Number: See Carta

Address: See Carta

  

Employee Number:        See Carta

Personal (Non-Peloton) Email Address (required for electronic delivery of documents under Section 13(b) of the Stock Option Agreement):                                                      

OPTION INFORMATION:

 

Date of Grant: See Carta

  

Type of Stock Option:

Exercise Price per Share: $ See Carta

  

See Carta

Total number of shares of Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Company”) covered by the option: See Carta

  

EXERCISE INFORMATION:

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                      . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $            

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply], availability of which is subject to Annex B - Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees attached to the Stock Option Agreement for Optionee’s country:

 

Check for $            , payable to “Peloton Interactive, Inc.”

 

Certificate(s) for                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

 

Attestation Form covering                      shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]


Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered:

 

 

In my name only

 

In the names of my spouse and myself as community property

  

My spouse’s name (if applicable):

 

In the names of my spouse and myself as community property with the right of survivorship

  

 

 

In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship

  

 

In the name of an eligible revocable trust [requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

  

Full legal name of revocable trust:

 

 

 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent to the following address:

  

 

 

 

 

If the certificate for the Purchased Shares will be delivered electronically, the certificate should be sent to the following email address:

  

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE: By signing this Stock Option Exercise via Carta, Optionee hereby agrees with, and represents to, the Company as follows:

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2.    I understand that my purchase of the Purchased Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

3.    I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares or any sale or transfer thereof.

4.     I am aware of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied as of the date set forth below, and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any conditions applicable to it.

 

2


5.    I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

6.    I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

7.    I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

8.    I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

9.    I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement, including (if applicable) the requirement to execute and to be bound by the terms of the Voting Agreement (as defined in the applicable Stock Option Agreement).

10.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

11.    12. I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

13. I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2015 Stock Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

14.    I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

The Optionee named above hereby executes and delivers via Carta this Stock Option Exercise and agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

3


ANNEX B

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES


TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

Terms and Conditions

This Annex includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Optionee under the Plan if Optionee resides and/or works outside of the United States. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan and/or the Stock Option Agreement to which this Annex is attached.

If Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working and/or residing, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, is a consultant, changes employment status to a consultant position or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to Optionee, or which other ones should apply to reflect the applicable country. References to Optionee’s Employer shall include any entity that engages Optionee’s services.

In accepting this Option, Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

1.    Data Privacy Information and Consent. The Company is located at 125 W. 25th Street, New York, NY 10001, United States, and grants awards to employees of the Company and its Parent and Subsidiaries, at the Company’s sole discretion. If Optionee would like to participate in the Plan, please review the following information about the Company’s data processing practices.

a)    Data Collection and Usage. The Company or, if different, Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”), and its Subsidiaries, Parent or affiliates collect, process, transfer and use personal data about Plan participants that is necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. This personal data may include Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality and citizenship, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or other entitlements to Shares, granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor and any other personal information that could identify you (collectively, without limitation, “Data”), which the Company receives from Optionee or the Employer. If the Company offers Optionee an award under the Plan, then the Company will collect Optionee’s Data for purposes of allocating stock and implementing, administering and managing the Plan and will process such Data in accordance with the Company’s then-current data privacy policies, which are made available to Optionee upon commencing employment and also available upon request.

b)    Stock Plan Administration Service Providers. The Company transfers Data to an independent stock-plan administrator and other third parties based in the United States, which assists the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. In the future, the Company may select a different service provider and share Optionee’s Data with another company that serves in a similar manner. Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country. The Company’s service provider may open an account for Optionee to receive Shares. Optionee will be asked to agree on separate terms and data processing practices with the service provider, which is a condition to Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.


c)    Data Retention. The Company will use Optionee’s Data only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan or as required to comply with legal or regulatory obligations, including under tax and security laws. When the Company no longer needs Optionee’s Data, which will generally be seven (7) years after Optionee is granted awards under the Plan, the Company will remove it from its systems. If the Company keeps Optionee’s Data longer, it would be to satisfy legal or regulatory obligations and the Company’s legal basis would be relevant laws or regulations. Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.

d)    Consent; Voluntariness and Consequences of Denial or Withdrawal. Where permitted by applicable local law in the country where Optionee resides, consent is a requirement for participation in the Plan. In such cases, by accepting this grant, Optionee hereby agrees with the data processing practices as described in this notice and grants such consent to the processing and transfer of his or her Data as described in this Agreement and as necessary for the purpose of administering the Plan. Optionee’s participation in the Plan and Optionee’s grant of consent is purely voluntary. Optionee may deny or withdraw his or her consent at any time; provided that if Optionee does not consent, or if Optionee withdraws his or her consent, Optionee cannot participate in the Plan unless required by applicable law. This would not affect Optionee’s salary as an employee or his or her career; Optionee would merely forfeit the opportunities associated with the Plan.

e)    Data Subject Rights. Optionee has a number of rights under data privacy laws in his or her country. Depending on where Optionee is based, Optionee’s rights may include the right to (i) request access or copies of Optionee’s Data the Company processes, (ii) have the Company rectify Optionee’s incorrect Data and/or delete Optionee’s Data, (iv) restrict processing of Optionee’s Data, (v) have portability of Optionee’s Data, (vi) lodge complaints with the competent tax authorities in Optionee’s country and/or (vii) obtain a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Optionee’s Data. To receive clarification regarding Optionee’s rights or to exercise Optionee’s rights please contact the Company at Peloton Interactive, Inc., 125 W. 25th Street, New York, NY 10001, United States, Attn: Stock Administration.

f)    GDPR Compliance. To the satisfaction and on the direction of the Committee, all operations of the Plan and this Option (at the time of its grant and as necessary thereafter) shall include or be supported by appropriate agreements, notifications and arrangements in respect of Data and its use and processing under the Plan, in order to secure (a) the reasonable freedom of the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary (together, the “Group”), as appropriate, to operate the Plan and for connected purposes, and (b) compliance with the data-protection requirements applicable from time to time, including, if applicable, and without limitation, Regulation EU 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 (the “GDPR”).

g)    Consent Form. Finally, upon request of the Company or the Employer, Optionee agrees to provide an executed data privacy consent form (or any other agreements or consents) that the Company or the Employer may deem necessary to obtain from Optionee for the purpose of administering Optionee’s participation in the Plan in compliance with the data privacy laws in Optionee’s country, either now or in the future. Optionee understands and agrees that Optionee will not be able to participate in the Plan if Optionee fails to provide any such consent or agreement requested by the Company and/or the Employer.

2.    Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. Optionee acknowledges that, if and when the Shares are publicly listed on any stock exchange, depending on his or her country, Optionee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions, which may affect his or her ability to directly or indirectly, accept, acquire, sell or attempt to sell or otherwise dispose

 

2


of Shares or rights to the Shares, or rights linked to the value of Shares during such times as Optionee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws and/or regulations in applicable jurisdictions or Optionee’s country). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders placed by Optionee before possessing the inside information. Furthermore, Optionee may be prohibited from (i) disclosing inside information to any third party, including fellow employees (other than on a “need to know” basis) and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them to otherwise buy or sell securities. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Optionee acknowledges that it is Optionee’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Optionee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

3.    Language. Optionee acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English to understand the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Furthermore, if Optionee has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

4.    Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. Optionee acknowledges that there may be certain foreign asset and/or account reporting requirements which may affect Optionee’s ability to acquire or hold Shares acquired under the Plan or cash received from participating in the Plan in a brokerage account outside his or her country. Optionee may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to his or her country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. It is Optionee’s responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and Optionee should speak with his or her personal advisor on this matter.

In accepting this Option, Optionee also acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

a)    the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

b)    the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

c)    all decisions with respect to future Option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

d) the Option grant and Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, Employer, or any Subsidiary or Parent or affiliate of the Company, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent or affiliate of the Company, as applicable, to terminate Optionee;

e)    Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

f)    the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

g)    the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

h)    the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

3


i)    if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

j)    if Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

k)    no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Optionee’s service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Optionee is otherwise not entitled, Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, affiliates or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

l)    for purposes of the Option, Optionee’s service will be considered terminated as of the date Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, affiliates or the Employer (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Optionee may exercise the Option after such termination of Optionee’s service will commence on the date Optionee ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

m)    unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company;

n)    the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

o)    neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent, Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

Notifications

This Annex also includes information regarding certain issues of which Optionee should be aware with respect to Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The information is provided solely for the convenience of Optionee and is based on the laws in effect in the respective countries as of October 2018. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Optionee not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Optionee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date by the time Optionee vests in or exercises this Option or sells any exercised Shares.

 

4


In addition, the information contained in this Annex is general in nature and may not apply to Optionee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Optionee of any particular result. Accordingly, Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the applicable laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, Optionee understands that if he or she is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Optionee in the same manner.

 

5


UNITED KINGDOM

Notifications

Withholding of Tax

The following supplements Section 4.(b) of the Agreement:

If payment or withholding of the Tax-Related Items is not made within ninety (90) days of the end of the UK tax year in which the event giving rise to the Tax-Related Items occurs (the “Due Date”) or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, the amount of any uncollected Tax-Related Items will constitute a loan owed by Optionee to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Optionee agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current Official Rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”), it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 4.(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Optionee is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), Optionee will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the Tax-Related Items. In the event that Optionee is a director or executive officer and the Tax-Related Items are not collected from or paid by Optionee by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected Tax-Related Items will constitute a benefit to Optionee on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions will be payable. Optionee will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime.

HMRC National Insurance Contributions

The following supplements Sections 4.(b), (c) and (d) of the Agreement:

Optionee agrees that:

 

(a)

Tax-Related Items within Section 4.(b) of the Agreement shall include any secondary class 1 (employer) National Insurance Contributions that:

(i)    any employer (or former employer) of the Optionee is liable to pay (or reasonably believes it is liable to pay); and

(ii)    may be lawfully recovered from the Optionee; and

 

(b)

if required to do so by the Company (at any time when the relevant election can be made) the Optionee shall:

(i)    make a joint election (with the Employer or former employer) in the form provided by the Company to transfer to the Optionee the whole or any part of the employer’s liability that falls within Section 4.(b); and

(ii)    enter into arrangements required by HMRC (or any other tax authority) to secure the payment of the transferred liability.

 

6


Restricted Securities Elections

If required to do so by the Company (at any time when the relevant election can be made), the Optionee shall enter into a joint election (with the appropriate employer) under section 431(1) or section 431(2) of Income Tax (Earnings & Pensions) Act 2003 in respect of:

 

(a)

any Shares acquired (or to be acquired) on exercise of the option;

 

(b)

any securities acquired (or to be acquired) as a result of any surrender of the option; and

 

(c)

any securities acquired (or to be acquired) as a result of holding either Shares acquired on exercise of the option or securities specified in paragraph (b) above or this paragraph (c).

ATTACHMENT:    Annex C: Joint NIC Election

                             Annex D: Section 431 Election

 

7


ANNEX C

JOINT ELECTION FOR THE TRANSFER OF EMPLOYERS NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE EMPLOYEE

 

1.

BETWEEN

 

 

(a)

The Company [PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. / PELOTON INTERACTIVE UK LIMITED] (‘the Secondary Contributor’ who is the employer), whose Registered Office is at [251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, NewCastle, DE, 19808 USA with file number 5711910 / 9th Floor, 107 Cheapside, London EC2V 6DN with registered number 11174745]; and

 

 

(b)

[insert name of employee], whose National Insurance number is [example AA 000000 A] (the “Employee”).

 

2.

PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF ELECTION

 

2.1

This election covers the:

 

 

(a)

grant of employment related securities options under the terms and conditions of the PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN (the “Scheme”);

 

 

 

on or after 1st October 2018 up to the termination date of the Scheme.

 

2.2

This joint election is made in accordance with Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (‘SSCBA 1992’).

 

2.3

The Company requests the Employee to enter into this joint election to transfer the liability for the secondary contributor’s National Insurance contributions (NICs) that arise on any relevant employment income covered by this election from the secondary contributor to the Employee.

 

2.4

The employer’s National Insurance liability that shall transfer from the employer to the Employee under this joint election is the whole of the secondary liability.

 

2.5

Relevant employment income from securities and options specified in 2.1(a) on which employer’s NICs becomes due is defined as:

 

 

(i)

an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 426 of ITEPA 2003 (restricted securities: charge on certain post-acquisition events);

 

 

(ii)

an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 438 of that Act (convertible securities: charge on certain post-acquisition events),or


 

(iii)

any gain that is treated as remuneration derived from the earner’s employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) SSCBA 1992.

 

2.6

This joint election will not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part 7 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).

 

2.7

This election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

 

3.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR PAYMENT OF SECONDARY NICS

 

3.1

In signing this joint election the Employee authorises the Company, or other body (if applicable), to recover an amount sufficient to cover the liability for the employer’s NICs transferred under this election in accordance with the arrangements summarised below and further detailed in the attached Scheme:

 

 

(a)

a deduction from salary or other payments due;

 

 

(b)

the delivery in cleared funds from the Employee in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HM Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”);

 

 

(c)

the sale of sufficient shares acquired from the Employee’s securities option following notification to the Company Secretary the proceeds of which must be delivered to the Company in sufficient time for payment to be made to HMRC by the due date;

 

 

(d)

a deduction from any cash payment, treated as Relevant Employment Income, given to the Employee;

 

 

(e)

where the proceeds of the gain are to be made through a third party, the Employee will authorise that party to withhold an amount from the payment or to sell shares sufficient to cover the secondary NICs transferred. Such amount will be paid in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HMRC by the due date;

 

 

(f)

through any other method set forth in the tax withholding sections in the Scheme’s Stock Option Agreement (where applicable); entered into between the Employee and the Company.

 

3.2

The Company and the Employee will ensure that payment of the liability for the secondary NICs will be made to HMRC within 14 days following the end of the Income Tax month in which the relevant employment income arises – the due date.

 

2


The Employee understands that in making this election they will be personally liable for the secondary NICs covered by this election.

 

4.

DURATION OF THIS ELECTION

 

4.1

This joint election shall continue in force from the time it is made until whichever of the following first takes place:

 

 

(a)

the Company gives notice to the Employee terminating the joint election;

 

 

(b)

it is cancelled jointly by the Company and the Employee;

 

 

(c)

it ceases to have effect in accordance with the terms of the joint election;

 

 

(d)

HMRC serves notice on the Company that the approval of the joint election has been withdrawn.

 

4.2

The terms of this joint election will continue in full force regardless of whether the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company.

 

5.

DECLARATION

In signing this joint election both the Company and the Employee agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

  

Signature of Employee

  

                                         Date    /    /        

  

Signature for the Company

  

                                         Date    /    /        

  

Position in Company

  

                                     

 

3


ANNEX D

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full or partial disapplication of Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

One Part Election

 

1.

Between

 

the Employee

 

[name]

whose National Insurance Number is

 

[number]

and

 

the Company (who is the Employee’s employer)

 

[PELOTON INTERACTIVE UK LIMITED]

of Company Registration Number

 

[11174745]

 

2.

Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) or 431(2) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (ITEPA) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and NIC purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. An election under section 431(2) will ignore one or more of the restrictions in computing the charge on acquisition. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and NIC where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NIC that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NIC due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NIC relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.

 

3.

Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities

  

[number]

Description of securities

  

[Common Stock]

Name of issuer of securities

  

[PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.]

 

 

 

to be acquired by the Employee after 1 October 2018 under the terms of the PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN


4.

Extent of Application

This election disapplies:

S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities.

 

5.

Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition and each subsequent acquisition of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

 

 

  

    /    /                 

Signature    (Employee)

  

        Date

 

  

    /    /            

Signature (for and on behalf of the Company)

  

        Date

 

  

Position in Company

  

Note:    Where the election is in respect of multiple acquisitions, prior to the date of any subsequent acquisition of a security it may be revoked by agreement between the employee and employer in respect of that and any later acquisition.


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(INTERNATIONAL OPTIONEES - CANADA)

The Optionee named below has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, including its annexes (the “Stock Option Agreement”):

 

Name of Optionee:

  

See Carta

Total Number of Shares:

  

See Carta

U.S. Tax Status of Option:

  

See Carta

(If status is not indicated, this Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Exercise Price per Share:

  

U.S. $See Carta

Date of Grant:

  

See Carta

Vesting Schedule:

  

See Carta

Exercise Schedule:

  

This Option will become exercisable during its term with respect to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth above.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

See Carta

Expiration Date:

  

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

General; Agreement: By mutual acceptance of this Option, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. By acceptance of this Option, Optionee acknowledges receipt via Carta of a copy of this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the grant or exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Optionee’s service status changes between full and part time status in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of equity awards, to the extent permitted by applicable law.


Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

The Optionee named above hereby executes and delivers via Carta this Notice of Stock Option Grant and agrees to be bound by its terms and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

ATTACHMENT: Exhibit A: Stock Option Agreement

 

2


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(INTERNATIONAL OPTIONEES - CANADA)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a)    Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). For purposes of U.S. tax, this option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, except that if on the Date of Grant Optionee is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be an NSO.

(b)    $100,000 Limitation. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c)    Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 14 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a)    Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

3


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a)    Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) providing an electronic notice (via Carta) or by signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment, (ii) if the Optionee is a 1% Stockholder, joining the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders dated as of March 31, 2017, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement (the “Voting Agreement”), by executing either a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement or the Adoption Agreement attached as Exhibit A thereto and (iii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with provision for the Tax-Related Items under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

(b)    Tax Withholding. Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable foreign, federal, state, provincial and local income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account, withholding and other tax-related items related to Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Optionee, including, as applicable, obligations of the Company and/or the Employer (as defined below) (all the foregoing tax-related items, “Tax-Related Items”). If the Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is located in the United States and the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the maximum Tax-Related Items; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Optionee’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise. The maximum Tax-Related Items are based on the applicable rates of the relevant tax authorities (for example, federal, state, provincial and local), including the Optionee’s share of payroll or similar taxes, as provided in the tax law, regulations or the relevant tax authority’s administrative practices, not to exceed the highest statutory rate in the relevant jurisdiction. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Optionee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Options, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(c)    Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, including payment of the Purchase Price and provision for Tax-Related Items, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised, which certificates may be delivered electronically via Carta. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a)    Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

4


(b)    Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c)    Exercise/Sale. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a)    Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b)    Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(c)    Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

5


All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d)    Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(e)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(f)    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i) More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii) More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii) More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a)    Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the

 

6


number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price (denominated in U.S. dollars), the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable foreign, federal, and state securities or exchange laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b)    Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable foreign, federal, and state securities or exchange laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c)    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e)    Permitted Transfers. This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

7


(f)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g)    Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a) The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of foreign, federal and state securities or exchange laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer.;

(b) Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c) Any other applicable provision of foreign, federal, and state law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a)    Bylaws Restrictions. The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article X of the Company’s Bylaws in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent of any conflict between Section 7 and the Bylaws, Section 7 of this Agreement shall supersede and control.

(b)    Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

8


(c)    Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, this option or any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of this Option or the Shares acquired under this Agreement, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock of the Company or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d)    Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e)    Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f)    Legends; General. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by foreign, federal or state securities or exchange laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the

 

9


Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

(i)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(ii)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS (AND POSSIBLY LONGER) AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(g)    U.S Optionees. Optionee understands and agrees that, if Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is the United States, then the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(h)    Non-U.S. Optionees; Regulation S. Optionee understands and agrees that, if Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is other than the United States, the certificates evidencing the Shares will bear the legend set forth in below or similar legends:

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO REGISTER THEM.

(ii)    PRIOR TO A DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD (INCLUDING OPENING A SHORT POSITION IN SUCH SECURITIES) IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(K) ADOPTED UNDER THE ACT, OTHER THAN TO DISTRIBUTORS, UNLESS THE SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN

 

10


EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT IS AVAILABLE. HOLDERS OF SHARES PRIOR TO ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES ONLY PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S OF THE ACT, OR IN TRANSACTIONS EFFECTED OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, PROVIDED THEY DO NOT SOLICIT (AND NO ONE ACTING ON THEIR BEHALF SOLICITS) PARTICIPANTS IN THE UNITED STATES OR OTHERWISE ENGAGE(S) IN SELLING EFFORTS IN THE UNITED STATES AND PROVIDED THAT HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.

(iii)    A HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES WHO IS A DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER, SUB-UNDERWRITER OR OTHER SECURITIES PROFESSIONAL, IN ADDITION, CANNOT, PRIOR TO ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, RESELL THE SECURITIES TO A U.S. PERSON AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(K) OF REGULATION S UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

(i)    Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(j)    Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan; provided, however, that the adjusted Exercise Price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

11


(c)    Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d)    Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e)    Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f)    Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(g)    Country-Specific Terms and Conditions. Notwithstanding any provisions in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement or in the Plan, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees attached hereto as Annex B if Optionee’s country is other than the United States, including the special terms and conditions set forth beneath the name of such country on Annex B (if any). Moreover, if Optionee relocates to a country other than the United States, the special terms and conditions set forth in Annex B, including the special terms and conditions set forth beneath the name of such country on Annex B (if any), will apply to Optionee to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Annex B constitutes an integral part of this Agreement to the extent applicable to Optionee from time to time.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a)    Tax Consequences.

(i)    Responsibility for Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company or, if different, Optionee’s actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all Tax-Related Items, Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due from Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option, including the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, the subsequent sale of

 

12


Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends, and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Optionee acknowledges that if Optionee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction and optionees consent to such withholding and accounting.

(ii)    No Liability for Discounted Options. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service or Canada Revenue Agency will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service or Canada Revenue Agency asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b)    Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c)    No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

(d)    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

 

13


(e)    Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f)    Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g)    Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments. Further, no such value should be included in any calculation for wrongful dismissal or breach of employment contract, whether or not any termination of employment was with or without cause, and with or without sufficient advance notice.

(h)    Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(i)    Non-U.S. Optionees. Non-U.S. Optionees. If Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is other than the United States, Optionee makes the following additional representations, warranties and agreements:

(i) Optionee is not a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The offer and sale of the Shares to such Optionee was made in an offshore transaction (as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation S), no directed selling efforts (as defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S) were made in the United States, and the Optionee is not acquiring the Shares for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person;

(ii) Optionee will not, during the Restricted Period applicable to the Shares included in the legend set forth in Section 13.3(b) below (the “Restricted Period”) and on any certificate representing the Shares, offer or sell any of the foregoing securities (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) in the United States, to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or other than in accordance with Regulation S; and

(iii) Optionee will, after the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) only pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or any available exemption therefrom and, in any case, in accordance with applicable state securities laws.

(iv) Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not register the transfer of the Shares in violation of this Agreement, the Plan or any of the restrictions set forth herein or therein.

 

14


SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “1% Stockholder” shall mean any individual who owns more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (treating for this purpose all shares of stock issuable upon full exercise or conversion of all then outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities (whether or not then exercisable or convertible) as outstanding). For this purpose, stock that an individual may purchase under outstanding options (whether or not vested or exercisable) shall be treated as stock owned by the individual. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

(b) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(d) “Company” shall mean Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(f) “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(g) “Plan” shall mean the Peloton Interactive, Inc. 2015 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(h) “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(i) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(j) “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(k) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(l) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

(m) “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

ATTACHMENT: Annex A: Notice of Stock Option Exercise

      Annex B: Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees

 

15


ANNEX A

Notice of Stock Option Exercise

 

16


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(International Optionees - Canada)

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

OPTIONEE INFORMATION:

 

Name:    See Carta

  

Social Security Number: See Carta

Address: See Carta

  

Employee Number:        See Carta

Personal (Non-Peloton) Email Address (required for electronic delivery of documents under Section 13(b) of the Stock Option Agreement):                                                  

OPTION INFORMATION:

 

Date of Grant: See Carta

  

Type of Stock Option:

Exercise Price per Share: $ See Carta

  

See Carta

Total number of shares of Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Company”) covered by the option: See Carta

  

EXERCISE INFORMATION:

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                                          . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $            

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply], availability of which is subject to Annex B - Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees attached to the Stock Option Agreement for Optionee’s country:

 

Check for $            , payable to “Peloton Interactive, Inc.”

 

Certificate(s) for                  shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

 

Attestation Form covering                  shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered, which is subject to Annex B – Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees (Canada) attached to the Stock Option Agreement for Optionee’s country:

 

In my name only

 

17


☐   In the names of my spouse and myself as community property

  

My spouse’s name (if applicable):

 

                                                                 

 

☐   In the names of my spouse and myself as community property with the right of survivorship

☐   In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship

  

☐   In the name of an eligible revocable trust [requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

  

Full legal name of revocable trust:

 

                                                                 

 

                                                                 

 

                                                                 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent to the following address:

  

                                                                              

 

                                                                              

 

                                                                              

 

                                                                              

If the certificate for the Purchased Shares will be delivered electronically, the certificate should be sent to the following email address:

  

                                                                              

REPRESENTATIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE: By signing this Stock Option Exercise via Carta, Optionee hereby agrees with, and represents to, the Company as follows:

1.    I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2.    I understand that my purchase of the Purchased Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

3.    I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares or any sale or transfer thereof.

4.    I am aware of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied as of the date set forth below, and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any conditions applicable to it.

 

18


5.    I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

6.    I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

7.    I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

8.    I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

9.    I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement, including (if applicable) the requirement to execute and to be bound by the terms of the Voting Agreement (as defined in the applicable Stock Option Agreement).

10.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

11.    12.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

13.    I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2015 Stock Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service or Canada Revenue Agency will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service or Canada Revenue Agency asserts that the valuation was too low.

14.    I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

The Optionee named above hereby executes and delivers via Carta this Stock Option Exercise and agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

19


ANNEX B

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

 

20


TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

Terms and Conditions

This Annex includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Optionee under the Plan if Optionee resides and/or works outside of the United States. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan and/or the Stock Option Agreement to which this Annex is attached.

If Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working and/or residing, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, is a consultant, changes employment status to a consultant position or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to Optionee, or which other ones should apply to reflect the applicable country. References to Optionee’s Employer shall include any entity that engages Optionee’s services.

In accepting this Option, Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

1.    Data Privacy Information and Consent. The Company is located at 125 W. 25th Street, New York, NY 10001, United States, and grants awards to employees of the Company and its Parent and Subsidiaries, at the Company’s sole discretion. If Optionee would like to participate in the Plan, please review the following information about the Company’s data processing practices.

a)    Data Collection and Usage. The Company or, if different, Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”), and its Subsidiaries, Parent or affiliates collect, process, transfer and use personal data about Plan participants that is necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. This personal data may include Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality and citizenship, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or other entitlements to Shares, granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor and any other personal information that could identify you (collectively, without limitation, “Data”), which the Company receives from Optionee or the Employer. If the Company offers Optionee an award under the Plan, then the Company will collect Optionee’s Data for purposes of allocating stock and implementing, administering and managing the Plan and will process such Data in accordance with the Company’s then-current data privacy policies, which are made available to Optionee upon commencing employment and also available upon request.

b)    Stock Plan Administration Service Providers. The Company transfers Data to an independent stock-plan administrator and other third parties based in the United States, which assists the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. In the future, the Company may select a different service provider and share Optionee’s Data with another company that serves in a similar manner. Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country. The Company’s service provider may open an account for Optionee to receive Shares. Optionee will be asked to agree on separate terms and data processing practices with the service provider, which is a condition to Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

21


c)    Data Retention. The Company will use Optionee’s Data only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan or as required to comply with legal or regulatory obligations, including under tax and security laws. When the Company no longer needs Optionee’s Data, which will generally be seven (7) years after Optionee is granted awards under the Plan, the Company will remove it from its systems. If the Company keeps Optionee’s Data longer, it would be to satisfy legal or regulatory obligations and the Company’s legal basis would be relevant laws or regulations. Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.

d)    Consent; Voluntariness and Consequences of Denial or Withdrawal. Where permitted by applicable local law in the country where Optionee resides, consent is a requirement for participation in the Plan. In such cases, by accepting this grant, Optionee hereby agrees with the data processing practices as described in this notice and grants such consent to the processing and transfer of his or her Data as described in this Agreement and as necessary for the purpose of administering the Plan. Optionee’s participation in the Plan and Optionee’s grant of consent is purely voluntary. Optionee may deny or withdraw his or her consent at any time; provided that if Optionee does not consent, or if Optionee withdraws his or her consent, Optionee cannot participate in the Plan unless required by applicable law. This would not affect Optionee’s salary as an employee or his or her career; Optionee would merely forfeit the opportunities associated with the Plan.

e)    Data Subject Rights. Optionee has a number of rights under data privacy laws in his or her country. Depending on where Optionee is based, Optionee’s rights may include the right to (i) request access or copies of Optionee’s Data the Company processes, (ii) have the Company rectify Optionee’s incorrect Data and/or delete Optionee’s Data, (iv) restrict processing of Optionee’s Data, (v) have portability of Optionee’s Data, (vi) lodge complaints with the competent tax authorities in Optionee’s country and/or (vii) obtain a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Optionee’s Data. To receive clarification regarding Optionee’s rights or to exercise Optionee’s rights please contact the Company at Peloton Interactive, Inc., 125 W. 25th Street, New York, NY 10001, United States, Attn: Stock Administration.

f)    GDPR Compliance. To the satisfaction and on the direction of the Committee, all operations of the Plan and this Option (at the time of its grant and as necessary thereafter) shall include or be supported by appropriate agreements, notifications and arrangements in respect of Data and its use and processing under the Plan, in order to secure (a) the reasonable freedom of the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary (together, the “Group”), as appropriate, to operate the Plan and for connected purposes, and (b) compliance with the data-protection requirements applicable from time to time, including, if applicable, and without limitation, Regulation EU 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 (the “GDPR”).

g)    Consent Form. Finally, upon request of the Company or the Employer, Optionee agrees to provide an executed data privacy consent form (or any other agreements or consents) that the Company or the Employer may deem necessary to obtain from Optionee for the purpose of administering Optionee’s participation in the Plan in compliance with the data privacy laws in Optionee’s country, either now or in the future. Optionee understands and agrees that Optionee will not be able to participate in the Plan if Optionee fails to provide any such consent or agreement requested by the Company and/or the Employer.

2.    Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. Optionee acknowledges that, if and when the Shares are publicly listed on any stock exchange, depending on his or her country, Optionee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions, which may affect his or her ability to directly or indirectly, accept, acquire, sell or attempt to sell or otherwise dispose

 

22


of Shares or rights to the Shares, or rights linked to the value of Shares during such times as Optionee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws and/or regulations in applicable jurisdictions or Optionee’s country). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders placed by Optionee before possessing the inside information. Furthermore, Optionee may be prohibited from (i) disclosing inside information to any third party, including fellow employees (other than on a “need to know” basis) and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them to otherwise buy or sell securities. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Optionee acknowledges that it is Optionee’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Optionee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

3.    Language. Optionee acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English to understand the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Furthermore, if Optionee has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

4.    Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. Optionee acknowledges that there may be certain foreign asset and/or account reporting requirements which may affect Optionee’s ability to acquire or hold Shares acquired under the Plan or cash received from participating in the Plan in a brokerage account outside his or her country. Optionee may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to his or her country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. It is Optionee’s responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and Optionee should speak with his or her personal advisor on this matter.

In accepting this Option, Optionee also acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

a)    the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

b)    the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

c)    all decisions with respect to future Option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

d)    the Option grant and Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, Employer, or any Subsidiary or Parent or affiliate of the Company, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent or affiliate of the Company, as applicable, to terminate Optionee;

e)    Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

f)    the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

g)    the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

h)    the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

23


i)    if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

j)    if Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

k)    no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Optionee’s service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Optionee is otherwise not entitled, Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, affiliates or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

l)    for purposes of the Option, Optionee’s service will be considered terminated as of the date Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, affiliates or the Employer (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Optionee may exercise the Option after such termination of Optionee’s service will commence on the date Optionee ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

m)    unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company;

n)    the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

o)    neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent, Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

Notifications

This Annex also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Optionee should be aware with respect to Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The information is provided solely for the convenience of Optionee and is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of February 2018. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Optionee not rely on the

 

24


information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Optionee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date by the time Optionee vests in or exercises this Option or sells any exercised Shares.

In addition, the information contained in this Annex is general in nature and may not apply to Optionee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Optionee of any particular result. Accordingly, Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the applicable laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, Optionee understands that if he or she is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Optionee in the same manner.

 

25


CANADA

Notwithstanding any provisions in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, in this Agreement or in the Plan, if the Optionee is a resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), then:

 

 

(a)

The Shares to be issued to the Optionee on the exercise of this option shall only be authorized but previously unissued Shares.

 

 

(b)

The Purchase Price may only be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

 

(c)

Shares for which this option has been exercised shall only be issued in the name of the Optionee.

 

 

(d)

The Company shall not exercise its First Right of Refusal unless the proposed transfer price set forth in the Optionee’s written Transfer Notice delivered to the Company approximates the Fair Market Value of the subject Shares or is a lesser amount.

 

 

(e)

In the event the Company is required to cancel this option because of the circumstances described in Section 6(l) of the Plan, the Optionee shall have the ability to elect the form of consideration to be received from the Company in respect of such cancellation.

 

 

(f)

In the event that the Company is a party to a transaction described in Section 8(b) of the Plan and the treatment of this option under that transaction includes the cancellation of this option and the payment of the Spread to the Optionee in respect of each Share subject to this option, the Optionee (and not the Company) shall have the right to choose to receive the Spread payment in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent, or any other treatment offered under the transaction.

 

26


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(INTERNATIONAL OPTIONEES - TAIWAN)

The Optionee named below has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, including its annexes (the “Stock Option Agreement”):

 

Name of Optionee:

  

See Carta

Total Number of Shares:

  

See Carta

U.S. Tax Status of Option:

  

See Carta

(If status is not indicated, this Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option)

Exercise Price per Share:

  

U.S. $See Carta

Date of Grant:

  

See Carta

Vesting Schedule:

  

See Carta

Exercise Schedule:

  

This Option will become exercisable during its term with respect to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth above.

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

See Carta

Expiration Date:

  

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above. This option expires earlier if the Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the Stock Option Agreement, or if the Company engages in certain corporate transactions, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

General; Agreement: By mutual acceptance of this Option, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement. The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable. By acceptance of this Option, Optionee acknowledges receipt via Carta of a copy of this Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the grant or exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition. Optionee agrees and acknowledges that the Vesting Schedule may change prospectively in the event that Optionee’s service status changes between full and part time status in accordance with Company policies relating to work schedules and vesting of equity awards, to the extent permitted by applicable law.


Section 13 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

The Optionee named above hereby executes and delivers via Carta this Notice of Stock Option Grant and agrees to be bound by its terms and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

ATTACHMENT: Exhibit A:    Stock Option Agreement

 

2


THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(INTERNATIONAL OPTIONEES - TAIWAN)

SECTION 1. GRANT OF OPTION.

(a)    Option. On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies). For purposes of U.S. tax, this option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, except that if on the Date of Grant Optionee is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be an NSO.

(b)    $100,000 Limitation. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

(c)    Stock Plan and Defined Terms. This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement (including without limitation Section 14 hereof), capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

SECTION 2. RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

(a)    Exercisability. Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(b)    Stockholder Approval. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders.

SECTION 3. NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

3


SECTION 4. EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

(a)    Notice of Exercise. The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by: (i) providing an electronic notice (via Carta) or by signing and delivering written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 12(c) specifying the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment, (ii) if the Optionee is a 1% Stockholder, joining the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders dated as of March 31, 2017, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, or any successor agreement (the “Voting Agreement”), by executing either a counterpart signature page to the Voting Agreement or the Adoption Agreement attached as Exhibit A thereto and (iii) delivering payment, in a form permissible under Section 5, for the full amount of the Purchase Price (together with provision for the Tax-Related Items under Subsection (b)). In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.

(b)    Tax Withholding. Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable foreign, federal, state and local income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account, withholding and other tax-related items related to Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Optionee, including, as applicable, obligations of the Company (all the foregoing tax-related items, “Tax-Related Items”). If the Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is located in the United States and the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the maximum Tax-Related Items; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Optionee’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise. The maximum Tax-Related Items are based on the applicable rates of the relevant tax authorities (for example, federal, state and local), including the Optionee’s share of payroll or similar taxes, as provided in the tax law, regulations or the relevant tax authority’s administrative practices, not to exceed the highest statutory rate in the relevant jurisdiction. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Optionee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Options, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(c)    Issuance of Shares. After satisfying all requirements for exercise of this option, including payment of the Purchase Price and provision for Tax-Related Items, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised, which certificates may be delivered electronically via Carta. Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust. Until the issuance of the Shares has been entered into the books and records of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company, no right to vote, receive dividends or any other right as a stockholder will exist with respect to such Shares. The Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

SECTION 5. PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

(a)    Cash. All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

4


(b)    Surrender of Stock. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

(c)    Exercise/Sale. All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company. However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

SECTION 6. TERM AND EXPIRATION.

(a)    Basic Term. This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

(b)    Termination of Service (Except by Death). If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

(ii)    The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

(iii)    The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(c)    Death of the Optionee. If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

(i)    The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

(ii)    The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

5


All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death. When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable. Once this option (or portion thereof) has terminated, the Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to the option (or portion thereof) or to the underlying Shares.

(d)    Extension of Post-Termination Exercise Periods. Following the date on which the Company’s Stock is first listed for trading on an established securities market, if during any part of the exercise period described in Subsections (b)(ii) or (iii) or Subsection (c)(ii) above the exercise of this option would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon such exercise would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or a similar provision of other applicable law, then instead of terminating at the end of such prescribed period, the then-vested portion of this option will instead remain outstanding and not expire until the earlier of (i) the expiration date determined pursuant to Section 6(a) above or (ii) the date on which the then-vested portion of this option has been exercisable without violation of applicable law for the aggregate period (which need not be consecutive) after termination of the Optionee’s Service specified in the applicable Subsection above.

(e)    Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence. If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company). Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

(f)    Notice Concerning ISO Treatment. Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

(i)    More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

(ii)    More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

(iii)    More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for three months, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

SECTION 7. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

(a)    Right of First Refusal. In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares. If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the

 

6


number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price (denominated in U.S. dollars), the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable foreign, federal, and state securities or exchange laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

(b)    Transfer of Shares. If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable foreign, federal, and state securities or exchange laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

(c)    Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property. In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

(d)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

(e)    Permitted Transfers. This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement. If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

7


(f)    Termination of Rights as Stockholder. If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

(g)    Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part. Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

SECTION 8. LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

(a)    The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of foreign, federal and state securities or exchange laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer.;

(b)    Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

(c)    Any other applicable provision of foreign, federal, and state law has been satisfied.

SECTION 9. NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

SECTION 10. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

(a)    Bylaws Restrictions. The Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be subject to the transfer restrictions in Article X of the Company’s Bylaws in addition to, and not in limitation of, the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent of any conflict between Section 7 and the Bylaws, Section 7 of this Agreement shall supersede and control.

(b)    Securities Law Restrictions. Regardless of whether the offer and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on the stock certificates (or electronic equivalent) or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) and may refuse (or may be required to refuse) to transfer Shares acquired hereunder (or Shares proposed to be transferred in a subsequent transfer) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions, legends or refusal are necessary or appropriate to achieve compliance with the Securities Act or other relevant securities or other laws, including without limitation under Regulation S of the Securities Act or pursuant to another available exemption from registration.

 

8


(c)    Market Stand-Off. In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, this option or any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of this Option or the Shares acquired under this Agreement, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock of the corporation or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules. The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering. In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b). This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

(d)    Investment Intent at Grant. The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

(e)    Investment Intent at Exercise. In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel, including (if applicable because the Company is relying on Regulation S under the Securities Act) that as of the date of exercise the Optionee is (i) not a U.S. Person; (ii) not acquiring the Shares on behalf, or for the account or benefit, of a U.S. Person; and (iii) is not exercising the option in the United States.

(f)    Legends; General. Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by foreign, federal or state securities or exchange laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the

 

9


Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

(i)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(ii)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS (AND POSSIBLY LONGER) AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(g)    U.S Optionees. Optionee understands and agrees that, if Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is the United States, then the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(h)    Non-U.S. Optionees; Regulation S. Optionee understands and agrees that, if Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is other than the United States, the certificates evidencing the Shares will bear the legend set forth in below or similar legends:

(i)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE COMPANY DOES NOT INTEND TO REGISTER THEM.

(ii)    PRIOR TO A DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, THE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD (INCLUDING OPENING A SHORT POSITION IN SUCH SECURITIES) IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(K) ADOPTED UNDER THE ACT, OTHER THAN TO DISTRIBUTORS, UNLESS THE SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN

 

10


EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT IS AVAILABLE. HOLDERS OF SHARES PRIOR TO ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK MAY RESELL SUCH SECURITIES ONLY PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR OTHERWISE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF REGULATION S OF THE ACT, OR IN TRANSACTIONS EFFECTED OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES, PROVIDED THEY DO NOT SOLICIT (AND NO ONE ACTING ON THEIR BEHALF SOLICITS) PARTICIPANTS IN THE UNITED STATES OR OTHERWISE ENGAGE(S) IN SELLING EFFORTS IN THE UNITED STATES AND PROVIDED THAT HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT.

(iii)    A HOLDER OF THE SECURITIES WHO IS A DISTRIBUTOR, DEALER, SUB-UNDERWRITER OR OTHER SECURITIES PROFESSIONAL, IN ADDITION, CANNOT, PRIOR TO ONE YEAR STARTING FROM THE DATE OF SALE OF THE STOCK, RESELL THE SECURITIES TO A U.S. PERSON AS DEFINED BY RULE 902(K) OF REGULATION S UNLESS THE SECURITIES ARE REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS AVAILABLE.

(i)    Removal of Legends. If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

(j)    Administration. Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, this option shall be subject to the treatment provided by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Rights as a Stockholder. Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

(b)    No Retention Rights. Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

11


(c)    Notice. Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid or (iv) deposit with any internationally recognized express mail courier service. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

(d)    Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Optionee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Optionee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(e)    Entire Agreement. The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

(f)    Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

(g)    Country-Specific Terms and Conditions. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in the Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees attached hereto as Annex B if Optionee’s country is other than the United States, including the special terms and conditions set forth beneath the name of such country on Annex B (if any). Moreover, if Optionee relocates to a country other than the United States, the special terms and conditions set forth in Annex B, including the special terms and conditions set forth beneath the name of such country on Annex B (if any), will apply to Optionee to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Annex B constitutes an integral part of this Agreement to the extent applicable to Optionee from time to time.

SECTION 13. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

In addition to the other terms, conditions and restrictions imposed on this option and the Shares issuable under this option pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan, the Optionee expressly acknowledges being subject to Sections 7 (Right of First Refusal), 8 (Legality of Initial Issuance) and 10 (Restrictions on Transfer of Shares, including without limitation the Market Stand-Off), as well as the following provisions:

(a)    Tax Consequences.

(i)    Responsibility for Taxes. Regardless of any action the Company or, if different, Optionee’s actual employer (the “Employer”) takes with respect to any or all Tax-Related Items, Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items legally due from Optionee is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of this Option, including the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends, and (2) do not commit to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of this Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for

 

12


Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Optionee acknowledges that if Optionee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction and optionees consent to such withholding and accounting.

(ii)    No Liability for Discounted Options. The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities. The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation. In particular, any Optionee subject to U.S. taxation acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant. Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

(b)    Electronic Delivery of Documents. The Optionee agrees to accept by email all documents relating to the Company, the Plan or this option and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission). The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company. If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email of their availability. The Optionee acknowledges that he or she may incur costs in connection with electronic delivery, including the cost of accessing the internet and printing fees, and that an interruption of internet access may interfere with his or her ability to access the documents. This consent shall remain in effect until this option expires or until the Optionee gives the Company written notice that it should deliver paper documents.

(c)    No Notice of Expiration Date. The Optionee agrees that the Company and its officers, employees, attorneys and agents do not have any obligation to notify him or her prior to the expiration of this option pursuant to Section 6, regardless of whether this option will expire at the end of its full term or on an earlier date related to the termination of the Optionee’s Service. The Optionee further agrees that he or she has the sole responsibility for monitoring the expiration of this option and for exercising this option, if at all, before it expires. This Subsection (c) shall supersede any contrary representation that may have been made, orally or in writing, by the Company or by an officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Company.

(d)    Waiver of Statutory Information Rights. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, upon exercise of this option and until the first sale of the Company’s Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, he or she will be deemed to have waived any rights the Optionee might otherwise have had under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or under similar rights under other applicable law) to inspect for any proper purpose and to make copies and extracts from the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records or the books and records of any subsidiary. This waiver applies only in the Optionee’s capacity as a stockholder and does not affect any other inspection rights the Optionee may have under other law or pursuant to a written agreement with the Company.

 

13


(e)    Plan Discretionary. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that (i) the Plan is entirely discretionary, (ii) the Company and the Optionee’s employer have reserved the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, (iii) the grant of an option does not in any way create any contractual or other right to receive additional grants of options (or benefits in lieu of options) at any time or in any amount and (iv) all determinations with respect to any additional grants, including (without limitation) the times when options will be granted, the number of Shares offered, the Exercise Price and the vesting schedule, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(f)    Termination of Service. The Optionee understands and acknowledges that participation in the Plan ceases upon termination of his or her Service for any reason, except as may explicitly be provided otherwise in the Plan or this Agreement.

(g)    Extraordinary Compensation. The value of this option shall be an extraordinary item of compensation outside the scope of the Optionee’s employment contract, if any, and shall not be considered a part of his or her normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating severance, resignation, redundancy or end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(h)    Authorization to Disclose. The Optionee hereby authorizes and directs the Optionee’s employer to disclose to the Company or any Subsidiary any information regarding the Optionee’s employment, the nature and amount of the Optionee’s compensation and the fact and conditions of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, as the Optionee’s employer deems necessary or appropriate to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

(i)    Non-U.S. Optionees. Non-U.S. Optionees. If Optionee’s country of residence set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant is other than the United States, Optionee makes the following additional representations, warranties and agreements:

(i)    Optionee is not a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act. The offer and sale of the Shares to such Optionee was made in an offshore transaction (as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation S), no directed selling efforts (as defined in Rule 902(c) of Regulation S) were made in the United States, and the Optionee is not acquiring the Shares for the account or benefit of any U.S. Person;

(ii)    Optionee will not, during the Restricted Period applicable to the Shares included in the legend set forth in Section 13.3(b) below (the “Restricted Period”) and on any certificate representing the Shares, offer or sell any of the foregoing securities (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) in the United States, to or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person or other than in accordance with Regulation S; and

(iii)    Optionee will, after the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares (or create or maintain any derivative position equivalent thereto) only pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or any available exemption therefrom and, in any case, in accordance with applicable state securities laws.

(iv)    Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall not register the transfer of the Shares in violation of this Agreement, the Plan or any of the restrictions set forth herein or therein.

 

14


SECTION 14. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “1% Stockholder” shall mean any individual who owns more than 1% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (treating for this purpose all shares of stock issuable upon full exercise or conversion of all then outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities (whether or not then exercisable or convertible) as outstanding). For this purpose, stock that an individual may purchase under outstanding options (whether or not vested or exercisable) shall be treated as stock owned by the individual. In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

(b) “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

(c) “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

(d) “Company” shall mean Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(e) “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

(f) “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

(g) “Plan” shall mean the Peloton Interactive, Inc. 2015 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

(h) “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

(i) “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

(j) “Service” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

(k) “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

(l) “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

(m) “U.S. Person” shall mean a person described in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or provision), which generally defines a U.S. person as any natural person resident in the United States, any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. Person, or any trust of which of any trustee is a U.S. Person.

ATTACHMENT:   Annex A: Notice of Stock Option Exercise

Annex B: Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees

 

15


ANNEX A

Notice of Stock Option Exercise

 

16


PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC. 2015 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE (INSTALLMENT EXERCISE)

(International Optionees - Taiwan)

You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to the Company.

OPTIONEE INFORMATION:

 

Name:     See Carta

  

Social Security Number: See Carta

Address: See Carta

  

Employee Number:        See Carta

Personal (Non-Peloton) Email Address (required for electronic delivery of documents under Section 13(b) of the Stock Option Agreement):                                                      

OPTION INFORMATION:

 

Date of Grant: See Carta

  

Type of Stock Option:

Exercise Price per Share: $ See Carta

  

See Carta

Total number of shares of Common Stock of Peloton Interactive, Inc. (the “Company”) covered by the option: See Carta

EXERCISE INFORMATION:

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the option is being exercised now:                             . (These shares are referred to below as the “Purchased Shares.”)

Total Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares: $            

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply], availability of which is subject to Annex B - Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Optionees attached to the Stock Option Agreement for Optionee’s country:

 

Check for $            , payable to “Peloton Interactive, Inc.”

 

Certificate(s) for                  shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

 

Attestation Form covering                  shares of Common Stock of the Company. These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company. [Requires Company consent.]

Name(s) in which the Purchased Shares should be registered:

 

In my name only

 

17


☐   In the names of my spouse and myself as community property

  

My spouse’s name (if applicable):

 

                                                                 

☐   In the names of my spouse and myself as community property with the right of survivorship

  

☐   In the names of my spouse and myself as joint tenants with the right of survivorship

  

☐   In the name of an eligible revocable trust [requires Stock Transfer Agreement]

  

Full legal name of revocable trust:

 

                                                                 

 

                                                                 

 

                                                                 

The certificate for the Purchased Shares should be sent to the following address:

  

                                                                              

 

                                                                              

 

                                                                              

 

If the certificate for the Purchased Shares will be delivered electronically, the certificate should be sent to the following email address:

  

 

                                                                              

REPRESENTATIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE: By signing this Stock Option Exercise via Carta, Optionee hereby agrees with, and represents to, the Company as follows:

1. I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

2.    I understand that my purchase of the Purchased Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required.

3.    I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares or any sale or transfer thereof.

4.    I am aware of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include (without limitation) that certain current public information about the issuer be available, that the resale occur only after a holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, that the sale occur through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” and that the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceed specified limitations. I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied as of the date set forth below, and that the Company is not required to take action to satisfy any conditions applicable to it.

 

18


5.    I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

6.    I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

7.    I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

8. I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s right of first refusal and the market stand-off (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement.

9.    I acknowledge that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares subject to all other terms of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement, including (if applicable) the requirement to execute and to be bound by the terms of the Voting Agreement (as defined in the applicable Stock Option Agreement).

10.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership that is appropriate for me. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement. In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes. As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

11.    12.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

13.    I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the 2015 Stock Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities. I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation. In particular, I acknowledge that my options are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since shares of the Company’s Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Company’s Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

14.    I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

The Optionee named above hereby executes and delivers via Carta this Stock Option Exercise and agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

19


ANNEX B

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

 

20


TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

Terms and Conditions

This Annex includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to Optionee under the Plan if Optionee resides and/or works outside of the United States. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan and/or the Stock Option Agreement to which this Annex is attached.

If Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently working and/or residing, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, is a consultant, changes employment status to a consultant position or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the Company shall, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the special terms and conditions contained herein shall be applicable to Optionee, or which other ones should apply to reflect the applicable country. References to Optionee’s Employer shall include any entity that engages Optionee’s services.

In accepting this Option, Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees to the following:

1.    Data Privacy Information and Consent. The Company is located at 125 W. 25th Street, New York, NY 10001, United States, and grants awards to employees of the Company and its Parent and Subsidiaries, at the Company’s sole discretion. If Optionee would like to participate in the Plan, please review the following information about the Company’s data processing practices.

a)    Data Collection and Usage. The Company or, if different, Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”), and its Subsidiaries, Parent or affiliates collect, process, transfer and use personal data about Plan participants that is necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. This personal data may include Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality and citizenship, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or other entitlements to Shares, granted, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor and any other personal information that could identify you (collectively, without limitation, “Data”), which the Company receives from Optionee or the Employer. If the Company offers Optionee an award under the Plan, then the Company will collect Optionee’s Data for purposes of allocating stock and implementing, administering and managing the Plan and will process such Data in accordance with the Company’s then-current data privacy policies, which are made available to Optionee upon commencing employment and also available upon request.

b)    Stock Plan Administration Service Providers. The Company transfers Data to an independent stock-plan administrator and other third parties based in the United States, which assists the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. In the future, the Company may select a different service provider and share Optionee’s Data with another company that serves in a similar manner. Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country. The Company’s service provider may open an account for Optionee to receive Shares. Optionee will be asked to agree on separate terms and data processing practices with the service provider, which is a condition to Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. Optionee understands that Optionee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Optionee’s local human resources representative. Optionee authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

21


c)    Data Retention. The Company will use Optionee’s Data only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan or as required to comply with legal or regulatory obligations, including under tax and security laws. When the Company no longer needs Optionee’s Data, which will generally be seven (7) years after Optionee is granted awards under the Plan, the Company will remove it from its systems. If the Company keeps Optionee’s Data longer, it would be to satisfy legal or regulatory obligations and the Company’s legal basis would be relevant laws or regulations. Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing Optionee’s local human resources representative.

d)    Consent; Voluntariness and Consequences of Denial or Withdrawal. Where permitted by applicable local law in the country where Optionee resides, consent is a requirement for participation in the Plan. In such cases, by accepting this grant, Optionee hereby agrees with the data processing practices as described in this notice and grants such consent to the processing and transfer of his or her Data as described in this Agreement and as necessary for the purpose of administering the Plan. Optionee’s participation in the Plan and Optionee’s grant of consent is purely voluntary. Optionee may deny or withdraw his or her consent at any time; provided that if Optionee does not consent, or if Optionee withdraws his or her consent, Optionee cannot participate in the Plan unless required by applicable law. This would not affect Optionee’s salary as an employee or his or her career; Optionee would merely forfeit the opportunities associated with the Plan.

e)    Data Subject Rights. Optionee has a number of rights under data privacy laws in his or her country. Depending on where Optionee is based, Optionee’s rights may include the right to (i) request access or copies of Optionee’s Data the Company processes, (ii) have the Company rectify Optionee’s incorrect Data and/or delete Optionee’s Data, (iv) restrict processing of Optionee’s Data, (v) have portability of Optionee’s Data, (vi) lodge complaints with the competent tax authorities in Optionee’s country and/or (vii) obtain a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of Optionee’s Data. To receive clarification regarding Optionee’s rights or to exercise Optionee’s rights please contact the Company at Peloton Interactive, Inc., 125 W. 25th Street, New York, NY 10001, United States, Attn: Stock Administration.

f)    GDPR Compliance. To the satisfaction and on the direction of the Committee, all operations of the Plan and this Option (at the time of its grant and as necessary thereafter) shall include or be supported by appropriate agreements, notifications and arrangements in respect of Data and its use and processing under the Plan, in order to secure (a) the reasonable freedom of the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary (together, the “Group”), as appropriate, to operate the Plan and for connected purposes, and (b) compliance with the data-protection requirements applicable from time to time, including, if applicable, and without limitation, Regulation EU 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 (the “GDPR”).

g)    Consent Form. Finally, upon request of the Company or the Employer, Optionee agrees to provide an executed data privacy consent form (or any other agreements or consents) that the Company or the Employer may deem necessary to obtain from Optionee for the purpose of administering Optionee’s participation in the Plan in compliance with the data privacy laws in Optionee’s country, either now or in the future. Optionee understands and agrees that Optionee will not be able to participate in the Plan if Optionee fails to provide any such consent or agreement requested by the Company and/or the Employer.

2.    Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. Optionee acknowledges that, if and when the Shares are publicly listed on any stock exchange, depending on his or her country, Optionee may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws in applicable jurisdictions, which may affect his or her ability to directly or indirectly, accept, acquire, sell or attempt to sell or otherwise dispose

 

22


of Shares or rights to the Shares, or rights linked to the value of Shares during such times as Optionee is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws and/or regulations in applicable jurisdictions or Optionee’s country). Local insider trading laws and regulations may prohibit the cancellation or amendment of orders placed by Optionee before possessing the inside information. Furthermore, Optionee may be prohibited from (i) disclosing inside information to any third party, including fellow employees (other than on a “need to know” basis) and (ii) “tipping” third parties or causing them to otherwise buy or sell securities. Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. Optionee acknowledges that it is Optionee’s responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and Optionee is advised to speak to his or her personal advisor on this matter.

3.    Language. Optionee acknowledges that he or she is sufficiently proficient in English to understand the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Furthermore, if Optionee has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

4.    Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Requirements. Optionee acknowledges that there may be certain foreign asset and/or account reporting requirements which may affect Optionee’s ability to acquire or hold Shares acquired under the Plan or cash received from participating in the Plan in a brokerage account outside his or her country. Optionee may also be required to repatriate sale proceeds or other funds received as a result of participating in the Plan to his or her country through a designated bank or broker within a certain time after receipt. It is Optionee’s responsibility to be compliant with such regulations and Optionee should speak with his or her personal advisor on this matter.

In accepting this Option, Optionee also acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

a)    the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

b)    the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

c)    all decisions with respect to future Option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

d) the Option grant and Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, Employer, or any Subsidiary or Parent or affiliate of the Company, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent or affiliate of the Company, as applicable, to terminate Optionee;

e)    Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

f)    the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

g)    the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

h)    the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

23


i)    if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

j)    if Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

k) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Optionee’s service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Optionee is otherwise not entitled, Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, affiliates or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, or affiliates and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

l) for purposes of the Option, Optionee’s service will be considered terminated as of the date Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any of its Parent, Subsidiaries, affiliates or the Employer (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Optionee may exercise the Option after such termination of Optionee’s service will commence on the date Optionee ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

m)    unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company;

n)    the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

o) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent, Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

Notifications

This Annex also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Optionee should be aware with respect to Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The information is provided solely for the convenience of Optionee and is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of February 2018. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Optionee not rely on the

 

24


information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Optionee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date by the time Optionee vests in or exercises this Option or sells any exercised Shares.

In addition, the information contained in this Annex is general in nature and may not apply to Optionee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure Optionee of any particular result. Accordingly, Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the applicable laws in his or her country may apply to his or her situation.

Finally, Optionee understands that if he or she is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which he or she is currently residing and/or working, transfers to another country after the Date of Grant, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the notifications contained herein may not be applicable to Optionee in the same manner.

 

25


TAIWAN (REPUBLIC OF CHINA)

Notifications

Securities Law Notification. The offer of participation in the Plan is available only for service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. The offer of participation in the Plan is not a public offer of securities by a Taiwanese company.

Exchange Control Notification. The acquisition or conversion of foreign currency and the remittance of such amounts (including proceeds from the sale of Shares) to Taiwan may trigger certain annual or periodic exchange control reporting. If the transaction amount is TWD 500,000 or more in a single transaction, Participant may be required to submit a Foreign Exchange Transaction Form and provide supporting documentation to the satisfaction of the remitting bank. Note that the foreign exchange rules related to Chinese Yuan could be different from those related to other foreign currencies. Remittances of funds for the purchase of Shares under the Plan must be made through an authorized foreign exchange bank in Taiwan.

Tax Notification. Participant shall be responsible for his or her own tax obligations.

 

26

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

Execution Version

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

June 20, 2019

among

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.,

The Lenders Party Hereto

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Lead Arranger and Bookrunner

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

and

SILICON VALLEY BANK,

as Joint Syndication Agents

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1  

Section 1.01

   Defined Terms      1  

Section 1.02

   Classification of Loans and Borrowings      24  

Section 1.03

   Terms Generally      24  

Section 1.04

   Accounting Terms; GAAP      25  

Section 1.05

   Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification      25  

Section 1.06

   Divisions      26  

ARTICLE 2 THE CREDITS

     26  

Section 2.01

   Commitments      26  

Section 2.02

   Loans and Borrowings      26  

Section 2.03

   Requests for Borrowings      27  

Section 2.04

   Funding of Borrowings      28  

Section 2.05

   Interest Elections      28  

Section 2.06

   Termination and Reduction of Commitments      30  

Section 2.07

   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      30  

Section 2.08

   Prepayment of Loans      31  

Section 2.09

   Fees      32  

Section 2.10

   Interest      33  

Section 2.11

   Alternate Rate of Interest      33  

Section 2.12

   Increased Costs      35  

Section 2.13

   Break Funding Payments      36  

Section 2.14

   Taxes      36  

Section 2.15

   Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs      39  

Section 2.16

   Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders      41  

Section 2.17

   Defaulting Lenders      42  

Section 2.18

   Incremental Facility      45  

Section 2.19

   Letters of Credit      46  

Section 2.20

   Judgment Currency      51  

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     52  

Section 3.01

   Organization; Powers      52  

Section 3.02

   Authorization; Enforceability      52  

Section 3.03

   Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts      52  

Section 3.04

   Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change      53  

Section 3.05

   Properties      53  

Section 3.06

   Litigation and Environmental Matters      53  

Section 3.07

   Compliance with Laws and Agreements; No Default      54  

Section 3.08

   Investment Company Status      54  

Section 3.09

   Margin Stock      54  

Section 3.10

   Taxes      54  


Section 3.11

   ERISA      54  

Section 3.12

   Disclosure      56  

Section 3.13

   Subsidiaries      56  

Section 3.14

   Solvency      56  

Section 3.15

   Anti-Terrorism Law      57  

Section 3.16

   Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions      57  

Section 3.17

   Security Documents      58  

ARTICLE 4 CONDITIONS

     58  

Section 4.01

   Restatement Effective Date      58  

Section 4.02

   Each Credit Event      60  

ARTICLE 5 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     61  

Section 5.01

   Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information      61  

Section 5.02

   Notices of Material Events      63  

Section 5.03

   Existence; Conduct of Business      63  

Section 5.04

   Payment of Taxes      64  

Section 5.05

   Maintenance of Properties; Insurance      64  

Section 5.06

   Books and Records; Inspection Rights      64  

Section 5.07

   ERISA Events      64  

Section 5.08

   Compliance with Laws and Agreements      65  

Section 5.09

   Use of Proceeds      65  

Section 5.10

   Guarantors; Additional Collateral      65  

Section 5.11

   Cash Management      67  

Section 5.12

   Further Assurances      68  

ARTICLE 6 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     68  

Section 6.01

   Indebtedness      68  

Section 6.02

   Liens      69  

Section 6.03

   Fundamental Changes      71  

Section 6.04

   Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions      72  

Section 6.05

   Restricted Payments      73  

Section 6.06

   Restrictive Agreements      74  

Section 6.07

   Transactions with Affiliates      75  

Section 6.08

   Use of Proceeds      75  

Section 6.09

   Disposition of Property      75  

Section 6.10

   Financial Condition Covenants      76  

Section 6.11

   Swap Agreements      77  

ARTICLE 7 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     77  

ARTICLE 8 THE AGENTS

     79  

Section 8.01

   Appointment of Administrative Agent      79  

Section 8.02

   Powers and Duties      80  

Section 8.03

   General Immunity      80  

Section 8.04

   Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender      82  

Section 8.05

   Lenders’ Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment      82  


Section 8.06

   Right to Indemnity      82  

Section 8.07

   Successor Administrative Agent      83  

Section 8.08

   Guaranty and Security Documents      83  

Section 8.09

   Withholding Taxes      84  

Section 8.10

   Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim      84  

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

     85  

Section 9.01

   Notices      85  

Section 9.02

   Waivers; Amendments      88  

Section 9.03

   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver      89  

Section 9.04

   Successors and Assigns      91  

Section 9.05

   Survival      95  

Section 9.06

   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness      95  

Section 9.07

   Severability      95  

Section 9.08

   Right of Setoff      96  

Section 9.09

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process      96  

Section 9.10

   Waiver Of Jury Trial      97  

Section 9.11

   Headings      97  

Section 9.12

   Confidentiality      97  

Section 9.13

   Interest Rate Limitation      99  

Section 9.14

   No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      99  

Section 9.15

   Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents      100  

Section 9.16

   USA PATRIOT Act      100  

Section 9.17

   Releases of Guarantors and Liens      100  

Section 9.18

   Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      101  

 


AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of June 20, 2019 among PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC., as Borrower, the LENDERS party hereto and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

The Borrower (such term and each other capitalized term used and not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article 1) is a party to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2017 (the “Existing Credit Agreement”), with the several banks and other financial institutions or entities parties as lenders and agents thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. The signatories hereto have agreed to amend the Existing Credit Agreement in certain respects and to restate the Existing Credit Agreement as so amended as provided in this Agreement (and, in connection therewith, certain lenders not currently party to the Existing Credit Agreement shall become a party as lenders hereunder), effective upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01. Accordingly, the signatories hereto agree that on the Restatement Effective Date (as defined below) the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) obtained by dividing (i) the LIBO Rate by (ii) an amount equal to (a) one minus (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agent Fee Letter” means that certain Fee Letter, dated as of May 20, 2019, by and among the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Agent Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

Agents” means the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Syndication Agents.


Agreed Currency” means Dollars and any Alternative Currency.

Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, supplemented, extended, amended, restated or amended and restated from time to time.

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 12 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that for the purpose of this definition, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the LIBO Screen Rate (or if the LIBO Screen Rate is not available for such one month Interest Period, the Interpolated Rate) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clause (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Alternate Base Rate as determined pursuant to the foregoing would be less than 1.00%, such rate shall be deemed to be 1.00% for purposes of this Agreement.

Alternative Currency” means Pounds Sterling, Euros, Canadian Dollars, New Taiwan Dollars and any additional currencies determined after the Restatement Effective Date by mutual agreement of the Borrower, Lenders, Issuing Banks and Administrative Agent; provided that each such currency is a lawful currency that is readily available, freely transferable and not restricted, able to be converted into Dollars and available in the London interbank deposit market.

Alternative Currency Payment Office” of the Administrative Agent means, for each Alternative Currency, the office, branch, affiliate or correspondent bank of the Administrative Agent for such currency as specified from time to time by notice to the Borrower and each Lender.

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

 

2


Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, any ABR Loan or the commitment fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth across from the caption “Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Loans”, “Applicable Rate for ABR Loans” or “Commitment Fee” in the table below, as the case may be.

 

     Rate  

Commitment Fee

     0.375

Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Loans

     2.750

Applicable Rate for ABR Loans

     1.750

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Arranger” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner, and any successor thereto.

ASR Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(vi).

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

Bankruptcy Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time and any successor statute and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership or control as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

3


Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

Borrower” means Peloton Interactive, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Canadian Dollars” or “CA$” refers to lawful money of Canada.

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations relating to a lease that was accounted for by such Person as an operating lease as of the Effective Date and any similar lease entered into after the Effective Date by such Person shall be accounted for as obligations relating to an operating lease and not as Capital Lease Obligations.

“Cash Collateralize” means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge (as a first priority perfected security interest) cash collateral in Dollars, at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (and “Cash Collateralization” has a corresponding meaning). “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents” means any investment product set forth under the heading “Permitted Investments” in the Investment Policy.

CFC” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary.”

CFC Holdco” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Excluded Subsidiary.”

Change in Control” means (a) prior to an IPO, the failure by the holders of the Borrower’s Equity Interests as of the Effective Date to continue to own, beneficially and of record, Equity Interests in the Borrower representing a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests (on an as-converted-to-Common-Stock basis) in the Borrower; or (b) after an IPO, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or

 

4


of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder), of Equity Interests in the Borrower representing more than 40% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower. The consummation of an IPO shall not be deemed a Change in Control.

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Charges” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” means all property and rights of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment as of the Restatement Effective Date is set forth on Schedule 2.01. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments as of the Restatement Effective Date is $250,000,000.

Commitment Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09(a).

Communications” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

5


Control Account Agreement” means any tri-party agreement by and among a Loan Party, the Administrative Agent and a depositary bank or securities intermediary at which such Loan Party maintains a Controlled Account, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Controlled Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

Deemed LC Issuance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(l).

Deemed LC Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(l).

Deemed LC Termination” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(l).

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.17(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder, unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that one or more conditions precedent to such funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (ii) fund any portion of its participation in Letters of Credit hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due or (iii) pay to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent

 

6


company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender, or (e) has become the subject of a Bail-In Action. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (e) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.17(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

Disposition” means, with respect to any property or right, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, license, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof (in one transaction or in a series of transactions and whether effected pursuant to a Division or otherwise). “Dispose” and “Disposed of” have meanings correlative thereto.

Dividing Person” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Division”.

Division” means the division of the assets, liabilities and/or obligations of a Person (the “Dividing Person”) among two or more Persons (whether pursuant to a “plan of division” or similar arrangement), which may or may not include the Dividing Person and pursuant to which the Dividing Person may or may not survive.

Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in Dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternative Currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of Dollars with the Alternative Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by the applicable Thomson Reuters Corp. (“Reuters”) source on the Business Day (New York City time) immediately preceding the date of determination or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide a rate of exchange for the purchase of Dollars with the Alternative Currency, as provided by such other publicly available information service which provides that rate of exchange at such time in place of Reuters chosen by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States, excluding (x) any such Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in one or more Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code and (y) any such Subsidiary that is owned (directly or indirectly, in whole or in part) by one or more Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

 

7


EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any institution established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Date” means November 3, 2017.

Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal, management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of investigation, reclamation or remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) any Environmental Law, including compliance or noncompliance therewith, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest; provided that Equity Interests shall not include any debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for any combination of Equity Interests and/or cash.

ERISA” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means any person that for purposes of Title I or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer or otherwise aggregated with the Borrower or a Subsidiary under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

8


ERISA Event” means any one or more of the following: (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to a Plan, as to which the PBGC has not waived under subsection .22, .23, .25, .26, .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Regulation Section 4043 the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified of such event; (b) the termination of any Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (c) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (d) the failure to make a required contribution to any Plan that would result in the imposition of a lien or other encumbrance or the provision of security under Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA, or the arising of such a lien or encumbrance; (e) the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived; or a determination that any Plan is considered an at-risk plan within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA; (f) engaging in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (g) the complete or partial withdrawal of any Borrower, Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan which results in the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or the insolvency under Title IV of ERISA of any Multiemployer Plan or (h) a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in endangered or critical status under Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.

Euro” and “EUR” mean the single currency of the participating member states of the European Union.

Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Article 7.

Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) each Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of the Code (a “CFC”), (c) any Subsidiary substantially all the assets of which consist of Equity Interests of one or more CFCs (a “CFC Holdco”), and (d) any Subsidiary of a CFC.

Excluded Swap Obligation” with respect to any Guarantor, (a) any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, and only for so long as, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Guarantor becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

9


Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case (i) imposed by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located or (ii) that otherwise are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 2.16(b)) or designates a new lending office, except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office or assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.14(a), (c) Taxes attributable to such recipient’s failure to comply with Section 2.14(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

Existing Credit Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code or any published intergovernmental agreement and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any published intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate, provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Fiduciary Account” means (i) any account maintained in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in order to hold, as a fiduciary or on a contractual basis, funds owned by another Person or (ii) any escrow account.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, vice president of finance or corporate controller of the Borrower.

Foreign IP Subsidiary” means any foreign Subsidiary to which the Borrower or any U.S. Subsidiary transfers intellectual property rights, including pursuant to an investment in accordance with Section 6.04(e) or a Disposition in accordance with Section 6.09(e).

 

10


Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than such Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business, or customary indemnification obligations entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets or of other entities (other than to the extent that the primary obligations that are the subject of such indemnification obligation would be considered Indebtedness hereunder).

Guarantor” means any Domestic Subsidiary (not including an Excluded Subsidiary) of the Borrower that has delivered a Guaranty or a joinder agreement to a Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.10 hereof, and, other than with respect to its own Obligations, the Borrower.

Guaranty” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.10.

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

11


IBA” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.05.

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that (a) did not, as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended for which financials have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), have (i) total assets with a value in excess of 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, or (ii) revenues representing in excess of 5% of the Total Revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the four fiscal quarters ended as of such date and (b) taken together with all Immaterial Subsidiaries as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended for which financials have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), did not have (i) total assets with a value in excess of 10% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, or (ii) revenues representing in excess of 10% of the Total Revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP for the four fiscal quarters ended as of such date. Each Immaterial Subsidiary shall be set forth in Schedule 3.15, and the Borrower shall update such Schedule from time to time after the Closing Date as necessary to reflect all Immaterial Subsidiaries at such time.

Impacted Interest Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “LIBO Rate”.

Increased Amount Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

Incremental Amount” means $100,000,000; provided that, upon the consummation of an IPO, the Incremental Amount shall be $150,000,000.

Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) any earn-out obligation except to the extent such obligation is (or is required to be) listed as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, has not been paid when due and is not disputed in good faith, (g) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above, and (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

12


Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(b).

Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.12(a).

Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement, as in effect on the Effective Date.

Interest Election Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period.

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months (or, with the consent of each Lender, twelve months) thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

Interpolated Rate” means, at any time, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the LIBO Screen Rate) determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the LIBO Screen Rate for the longest period for which the LIBO Screen Rate is available) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period; and (b) the LIBO Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that LIBO Screen Rate is available) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

 

13


Investment Policy” means the Investment Policy of the Borrower dated October 29, 2018, as amended or modified; provided that, for purposes of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”, any amendment or modification shall become effective only if, and after, it has been provided to the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that, for purposes of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”, the consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for any changes that add types of investments not similar to those already included in the Investment Policy immediately prior to such amendment or modification.

IPO” means a bona fide underwritten sale to the public of common stock of the Borrower pursuant to a registration statement (other than on Form S-8 or any other form relating to securities issuable under any benefit plan of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be) that is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Issuing Bank” means, with respect to a particular Letter of Credit, (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as the issuer of such Letter of Credit, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.19(j), (b) Silicon Valley Bank, (c) such other Lender selected by the Borrower from time to time to issue such Letter of Credit hereunder upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such Lender agrees to assume the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank hereunder (provided that no Lender shall be required to become an Issuing Bank pursuant to this subclause (b) without such Lender’s consent), or any successor in such capacity as provided in Section 2.19(j), or (d) any Lender selected by the Borrower (with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent) to replace a Lender who is a Defaulting Lender at the time of such Lender’s appointment as an Issuing Bank (provided that no Lender shall be required to become an Issuing Bank pursuant to this subclause (d) without such Lender’s consent), or any successor in such capacity as provided in Section 2.19(j). Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or branches of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or branch.

Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

LC Disbursement” means a payment made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

 

14


LC Sublimit” means the lesser of (a) (i) $150,000,000 (or such greater amount as may be agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank from time to time in its sole discretion) and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Commitments then in effect; provided that no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time in excess of an amount to be agreed by such Issuing Bank in its sole discretion.

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Issuing Banks.

Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued (or deemed to be issued) under and pursuant to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.19.

LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the LIBO Screen Rate at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) then the LIBO Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate.

LIBO Screen Rate” means, for any day and time, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on such day and time on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or, in the event such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, provided that if the LIBO Screen Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset or right, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset or right, and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset or right.

LLC” means any Person that is a limited liability company under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation.

Loan Documents” means this Agreement (including any amendment hereto or waiver hereunder), the Notes (if any), any Joinder Agreement, any Guaranty, any instrument of joinder to any Guaranty delivered pursuant to Section 5.10 hereof, the Security Documents, the Agent Fee Letter and any other agreement, instrument or document executed after the Effective Date and designated by its terms as a Loan Document.

Loan Parties” means the Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

15


Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

Local Time” means (a) in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in Dollars, New York City time, and (b) in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in an Alternative Currency, local time (it being understood that such local time shall mean London, England time unless otherwise notified by the Administrative Agent).

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower to perform any of its payment obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (c) the rights of or remedies available to the Agents and the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and Letters of Credit hereunder), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in a principal amount exceeding $10,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

Maturity Date” means June 20, 2024.

Maximum ASR Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05(vi).

Maximum Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.13.

Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such date.

“Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure of an Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (ii) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank in their sole discretion.

Multiemployer Plan” means any multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, which is contributed to by (or to which there is or would be an obligation to contribute of) the Borrower or a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate, and each such plan for the five- year period immediately following the latest date on which the Borrower, or a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to such plan.

New Commitments” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

New Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

 

16


New Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.18.

New Taiwan Dollars” or “NT$” refers to lawful money of the Republic of China (Taiwan).

New York UCC” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (i) requires the approval of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 9.02 and (ii) has been approved by the Required Lenders.

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.

Non-U.S. Plan” means any plan, fund (including, without limitation, any superannuation fund) or other similar program established, contributed to (regardless of whether through direct contributions or through employee withholding) or maintained outside the United States by the Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries primarily for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries residing outside the United States, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and which plan is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07.

NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Banking Day, for the immediately preceding Banking Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received to the Administrative Agent from a Federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Obligations” means all amounts owing by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender (or, in the case of (x) Specified Cash Management Agreements, any Affiliate of any Lender and (y) Specified Swap Agreements, any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time the relevant Swap Agreement was entered into) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any obligation to provide Cash Collateral, or in respect of any Letter of Credit, any Specified Swap Agreement or any Specified Cash Management Agreement (including all interest which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding in bankruptcy after the insolvency of, or for the reorganization of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether or not allowed in such case or proceeding).

 

17


Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Lender or other recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank, Lender or recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan, Letter of Credit or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes which arise from any payment made, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; excluding, however, such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than such Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment that occurs as a result of the Borrower’s request pursuant to Section 2.16(b)).

Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight Eurodollar borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate).

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(i).

Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c)(iii).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA and is maintained in whole or in part by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which any of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has actual or contingent liability.

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that are not yet delinquent or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, supplier’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 90 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

18


(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business and to secure surety and appeal bonds in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article 7;

(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article 7;

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(g) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed (or similar filings under applicable law) solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases.

Permitted Third Party Bank” means any bank or other financial institution, other than the Lenders, with whom any Loan Party, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, maintains a Controlled Account and with whom a Control Account Agreement has been executed.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3 of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, a Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower, a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate has or would have an obligation to contribute, and each such plan subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA for the five-year period immediately following the latest date on which the Borrower, a Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to (or is deemed under Section 4069 of ERISA to have maintained or contributed to or to have had an obligation to contribute to, or otherwise to have liability with respect to) such plan.

Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

Pounds Sterling” and “£” mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

 

19


Principal Office” means the office of the Administrative Agent as set forth in Section 9.01, or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time designate in writing to Borrower and each Lender.

Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital asset to the extent incurred prior to or within 180 days following such acquisition, construction or improvement.

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b).

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders” means, at any time, at least two unaffiliated Lenders (a) having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of all Lenders at such time, or (b) at any time after the Commitments of all Lenders shall have been terminated, holding more than 50% of the total Revolving Credit Exposures at such time; provided that, for purposes of this definition of “Required Lenders”, a Lender and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be one Lender. The Revolving Credit Exposure and Commitment of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in determining Required Lenders at any time.

Responsible Officer” means any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance of the applicable Loan Party, or any person designated by any such Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time, acting singly.

Restatement Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

Restricted Cash” means, at any time, the cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower to the extent (a) classified (or required to be classified) as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents on the balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP or (b) such cash or Cash Equivalents are subject to any Lien (including, without limitation, Liens permitted by Section 6.02(n)) other than Liens in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Documents (including pursuant to any Control Account Agreement).

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, the receipt or acceptance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the return of Equity Interests issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the seller of a Person, business or division as consideration for the purchase of such Person, business or division, which return is in settlement of indemnification claims owed by such seller in connection with such acquisition, shall not be deemed to be a Restricted Payment.

 

20


Reuters” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Dollar Equivalent.

Revaluation Date” means (a) with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, each of the following: (i) the date on which such Letter of Credit is issued, (ii) the first Business Day of each calendar month and (iii) the date of any amendment of such Letter of Credit that has the effect of increasing the face amount thereof; and (b) any additional date as the Administrative Agent may determine at any time when an Event of Default exists.

Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loans and its LC Exposure at such time.

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions (and, as of the Effective Date, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, and Syria).

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any EU member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or any other relevant sanctions authority, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Security Agreement” means the Security Agreement, dated as of the Effective Date, between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by each joinder agreement thereto.

Security Documents” means the collective reference to the Security Agreement, the Control Account Agreements and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent by a Loan Party granting or perfecting a Lien on any property or right of any person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Solvent” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a particular date, that on such date (a) the fair value of the present assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is not less than the amount that

 

21


will be required to pay the probable liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on their debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, do not intend to, and do not believe that they will, incur debts or liabilities (including current obligations and contingent liabilities) beyond their ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature in the ordinary course of business and (d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are not engaged in business or a transaction, and are not about to engage in business or a transaction, in relation to which their property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5 (ASC 450)).

Specified Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement providing for treasury, depositary, purchasing card or cash management services, including in connection with any automated clearing house transfers of funds or any similar transactions between the Borrower or any Guarantor and any Lender or affiliate thereof, which is in effect as of the Effective Date or which has been designated by such Lender and the Borrower, by notice to the Administrative Agent not later than 90 days after the execution and delivery by the Borrower or such Guarantor, as a “Specified Cash Management Agreement”.

Specified Swap Agreement” means any Swap Agreement in respect of interest rates or currency exchange rates entered into by the Borrower or any Guarantor and any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time such Swap Agreement is entered into; provided that such Swap Agreement is entered into to hedge or mitigate risks, and not for speculative purposes, in the ordinary course of the Borrower or such Guarantor’s business or in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from floating to fixed rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or such Guarantor.

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

22


subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent and which is required by GAAP to be consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the parent.

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Syndication Agents” means Bank of America, N.A., Barclays Bank PLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, in their capacity as joint syndication agents, and any successors thereto.

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Total Assets” means the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

Total Indebtedness” means the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Total Liquidity” means, at any time, the sum of (a) all cash and Cash Equivalents (except, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Cash) held by the Borrower at such time and (b) the aggregate unused amount of the Commitments then in effect.

Total Revenues” means the gross revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent income statement of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b).

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of each Loan Document to which it is a party, the borrowing of Loans and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

23


Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

Unrestricted Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.

USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended from time to time.

U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Section 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings

For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”).

Section 1.03 Terms Generally

The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, amendments and restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (f) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

24


Section 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Effective Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated (1) without giving effect to any election under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (ASC 825) (or any similar accounting principle) permitting or requiring a Person to value its financial liabilities or Indebtedness at the fair value thereof and (2) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof. Prior to the first delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) on or after the Restatement Effective Date, any reference in this Agreement to the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) or similar reference to the same effect shall be deemed to refer to the most recently delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) of the Existing Credit Agreement.

Section 1.05 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification

The interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. In the event that the London interbank offered rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances as set forth in Section 2.11 of this Agreement, such Section 2.11 provides a mechanism for determining an

 

25


alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower, pursuant to Section 2.11, in advance of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on Eurodollar Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “LIBO Rate” or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof, including, without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate, as it may or may not be adjusted pursuant to Section 2.11, will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBO Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London interbank offered rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.

Section 1.06 Divisions.

For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized and acquired on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

ARTICLE 2

THE CREDITS

Section 2.01 Commitments

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender severally agrees to make Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) the Dollar Equivalent of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment or (b) the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the total Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders exceeding the total Commitments of all Lenders. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Loans.

Section 2.02 Loans and Borrowings

(a) Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.11, each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

26


(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.19(e). Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

Section 2.03 Requests for Borrowings

To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone or telecopy (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.19(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v) the location and number of the account or accounts to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.04.

 

27


If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Borrowing Notice for a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith. As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Borrowing for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and each Lender.

Section 2.04 Funding of Borrowings

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account or accounts designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.19(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Applicable Percentage available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

Section 2.05 Interest Elections

(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

 

28


(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written request (an “Interest Election Request”) in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto and signed by the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period.”

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing. Except as otherwise provided herein, an Interest Election Request for conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurodollar Borrowing shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and the Borrower shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

29


Section 2.06 Termination and Reduction of Commitments

(a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.08, the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or another transaction, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be applied to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.

Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan on the Maturity Date.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein (absent manifest error); provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

30


(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note (each such promissory note being called a “Note” and all such promissory notes being collectively called the “Notes”). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a Note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

Section 2.08 Prepayment of Loans

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (subject to the requirements of Section 2.13), subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

(b) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy or delivery of written notice) or telecopy of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.06, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.06. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans of the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.10 and any costs incurred as contemplated by Section 2.13.

(c) The Borrower shall from time to time prepay the Loans to the extent necessary so that the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Loans shall not at any time exceed the Commitments then in effect.

(d) If at any time, (i) other than as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the Dollar Equivalent of the Lenders’ aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures (calculated, with respect to any LC Exposure denominated in an Alternative Currency, as of the most recent Revaluation Date with respect to such LC Exposure) exceeds the aggregate Commitments then in effect, or (ii) solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the Dollar Equivalent of the Lenders’ aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures (so calculated), as of the most recent Revaluation Date, exceeds one hundred ten percent (110%) of the aggregate Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately repay Borrowings and/or cash collateralize LC Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.17(d) in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to cause the Dollar Equivalent of the Lenders’ aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures (so calculated) to be less than or equal to the aggregate Commitments then in effect.

 

31


Section 2.09 Fees

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”), which shall accrue at the relevant percentage set forth in the row entitled “Commitment Fee” in the definition of “Applicable Rate” on the average daily amount of the unused Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Restatement Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates. Accrued commitment fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on June 30, 2019; provided that any commitment fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All commitment fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Restatement Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the applicable Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate or rates per annum separately agreed upon between the Borrower and such Issuing Bank on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Restatement Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as such Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Accrued participation fees and fronting fees shall be payable on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Restatement Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to any Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in the Agent Fee Letter.

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the applicable Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of commitment fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

32


Section 2.10 Interest

(a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times when an Event of Default listed in paragraph (a) or (b) of Article 7 has occurred hereunder and is continuing, all overdue amounts outstanding hereunder shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other overdue amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 2.11 Alternate Rate of Interest

If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period (including, without limitation, because the LIBO Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis); or

 

33


(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) the circumstances set forth in clause (a) of the preceding paragraph have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in clause (a) of the preceding paragraph have not arisen but (a) the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Screen Rate has made a public statement that the administrator of the LIBO Screen Rate is insolvent (and there is no successor administrator that will continue publication of the LIBO Screen Rate), (b) the administrator of the LIBO Screen Rate has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBO Screen Rate will permanently or indefinitely cease to be published by it (and there is no successor administrator that will continue publication of the LIBO Screen Rate), (c) the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Screen Rate has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBO Screen Rate will permanently or indefinitely cease to be published or (d) the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBO Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBO Screen Rate may no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans, then, in any such case, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the LIBO Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such related changes shall not include a reduction of the Applicable Rate); provided that, if such alternate rate of interest as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.02, such amendment as agreed to between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date that such amendment is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that such Required Lenders object to such amendment. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this paragraph (but, in the case of the circumstances described in clause (ii)(a), (ii)(b) or (ii)(c) of the first sentence of this paragraph, only to the extent the LIBO Screen Rate for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (y) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

 

34


Section 2.12 Increased Costs

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or any Issuing Bank;

(ii) subject the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes, but excluding any capital or other non-income taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on any Lender or Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Indemnified Taxes and Excluded Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of making, continuing, converting to or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments hereunder or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or such Issuing Bank’s holding company would have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or Issuing Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or Issuing Bank the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

35


(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or Issuing Bank notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefore; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive (or has retroactive effect), then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

Section 2.13 Break Funding Payments

In the event of (a) the payment or prepayment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.08(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.16, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

Section 2.14 Taxes

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall make such deduction or withholding and timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making such deduction or withholding for Indemnified Taxes (including such deductions and withholdings for Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding for Indemnified Taxes been made.

 

36


(b) In addition, the Loan Parties shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefore, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as the case may be, or required to be withheld or deducted from any payment to such recipient by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by an Issuing Bank or a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of an Issuing Bank or a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Loan Parties have not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d).

(e) As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(f) Any Foreign Lender, if it is legally entitled to do so, shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be required by law or requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as required by law or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

37


(i) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party;

(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable;

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a portfolio interest certificate in compliance with Section 2.14(f)(iii), IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a certificate in compliance with Section 2.14(f)(iii) on behalf of such direct or indirect partner or partners; or

(v) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made unless, in the Foreign Lender’s reasonable determination, such completion would subject such Foreign Lender to any material cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Foreign Lender.

In addition, any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter as required by law or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding. In addition, each Lender shall deliver such forms (including those forms required pursuant to Section 2.14(g)) promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Lender or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(g) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender failed to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as

 

38


prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such other documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent sufficient for the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 2.14(g), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(h) If any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party pursuant to this Section (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section), it shall pay to the applicable Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, however, that (w) any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith consistent with the policies of such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, whether to seek a refund for any Taxes; (x) any Taxes that are incurred by a Lender, a Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent as a result of a disallowance or reduction of any Tax refund with respect to which such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent has made a payment to the Loan Party pursuant to this Section shall be treated as an Indemnified Tax for which the Loan Party is obligated to indemnify such Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section without any exclusions or defenses; (y) nothing in this Section shall require any Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent to disclose any confidential information to a Loan Party (including, without limitation, its tax returns); and (z) neither any Lender, any Issuing Bank nor the Administrative Agent shall be required to pay any amounts pursuant to this Section for so long as a Default or Event of Default exists. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h), the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.

(i) Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.14 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

Section 2.15 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Sections 2.12, 2.13 or 2.14, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All

 

39


such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of payments denominated in Dollars, at its Principal Office and (ii) in the case of payments denominated in an Alternative Currency, at its Alternative Currency Payment Office for such Alternative Currency; provided that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13 or 2.14 and Section 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment or performance hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment or performance shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder of principal or interest in respect of any Loan or LC Disbursement shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be made in the currency of such Loan or LC Disbursement, and all other payments hereunder and under each other Loan Document shall be made in Dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any LC Disbursement in any Alternative Currency, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such Alternative Currency with the result that such Alternative Currency no longer exists or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders in such Alternative Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such Alternative Currency shall instead be made when due in a currency that replaced such Alternative Currency or, if no such replacement currency exists, in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.

(b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or

 

40


participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b), paragraph (d) or (e) of Section 2.19, or paragraph (d) of this Section, then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

Section 2.16 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or Section 2.14, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 or (iii) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to an assignee that shall

 

41


assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Banks), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees so assigned) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts so assigned), (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.14, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments, (iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law and (v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, (x) the applicable assignee shall have consented to, or shall consent to, the applicable amendment, waiver or consent and (y) the Borrower exercises its rights pursuant to this clause (b) with respect to all Non-Consenting Lenders relating to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent; provided, further, that in the event such Lender shall have received payment of the amount referred to in clause (ii) above, such Lender shall be deemed to have so assigned and delegated all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to the terms set forth in Exhibit A hereto. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

Section 2.17 Defaulting Lenders

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Required Lenders and in Section 9.02.

(ii) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 7 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.08 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Banks hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize each Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.17(d); fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize each Issuing Bank’s future Fronting Exposure with respect

 

42


to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.17(d); sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or any Issuing Bank against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) (A) No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or participation fees pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(i) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender); provided that such Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive participation fees pursuant to Section 2.09(b)(i) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.17(d); and (B) with respect to any fees not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to each Issuing Bank the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

(iv) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.

 

43


(v) If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize each Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.17(d).

(b) If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(c) So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, each Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the participations in any then existing Letters of Credit as well as the new, extended, renewed or increased Letter of Credit has been or will be fully allocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (a)(iv) above and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein except to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s participation has been or will be fully Cash Collateralized in accordance with Section 2.17(d).

(d) At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize such Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.17(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.

(i) The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit, to be applied pursuant to clause (ii) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

 

44


(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.17 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letters of Credit (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.

(iii) Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce each Issuing Bank’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender) or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.17, the Person providing Cash Collateral and such Issuing Bank may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

Section 2.18 Incremental Facility

(a) The Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request prior to the Maturity Date, one or more increases to the existing Commitments (any such increase, the “New Commitments”), by an amount not in excess of the Incremental Amount in the aggregate and not less than $10,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount which shall be approved by the Administrative Agent or such lesser amount that shall constitute the difference between the Incremental Amount and all such New Commitments obtained prior to such date), and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an Increased Amount Date) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 10 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent (unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) and (B) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an eligible assignee under Section 9.04(b), subject to approval thereof by the Administrative Agent in the case of a Person that is not a Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (each, a New Lender), to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such New Commitments be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that the Administrative Agent may elect or decline to arrange such New Commitments in its sole discretion and any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Commitment. Such New Commitments shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Commitments, each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied; (2) the New Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower, the New Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and each New Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.14; (3) the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Sections 2.12 and 2.13 in connection with the New Commitments; and (4) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

 

45


(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which New Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each of the Lenders shall assign to each of the New Lenders, and each of the New Lenders shall purchase from each of the Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Loans will be held by existing Lenders and New Lenders ratably in accordance with their Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Commitments to the Commitments, (ii) each New Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Commitment and each Loan made thereunder (a “New Loan”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Loan and (iii) each New Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (i) the New Commitments and the New Lenders, and (ii) the respective interests in such Lender’s Loans, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section 2.18.

(d) The terms and provisions (including pricing) of the New Loans shall be identical to the existing Loans. Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.02 to the contrary, each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Administrative Agent to effect the provision of this Section 2.18.

Section 2.19 Letters of Credit

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of (and subject to the terms of this Section 2.19, the Issuing Bank shall issue) Letters of Credit as the applicant thereof for the support of its or its Subsidiaries’ obligations, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the applicable Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Borrower shall not request, and no Issuing Bank shall issue, any Letter of Credit the proceeds of which would be made to any Person (A) to fund any activity or business of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country, region or territory, that at the time of such funding is a Sanctioned Country or (B) in any manner that would result in a violation of any Sanctions by any party to this Agreement, (ii) no Issuing Bank shall have any obligation hereunder to issue any Letter of Credit if the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank now or hereafter in effect applicable to letters of credit generally, (iii) the Borrower shall not request, and no Issuing Bank shall issue, any Letter of Credit if (A) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding amount of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank would exceed such amount as has been agreed by such Issuing Bank in its sole discretion (or $50,000,000, in the case of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as an Issuing Bank) or (B) after giving effect to such issuance of a Letter

 

46


of Credit, (1) the Dollar Equivalent of any Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure would exceed such Lender’s Commitment or (2) the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the total Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders would exceed the total Commitments of all Lenders and (iv) in no event shall Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC be required to issue any Letters of Credit denominated in New Taiwan Dollars.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, but in any event no less than three Business Days) a written Letter of Credit Request in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto and signed by the Borrower requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the Agreed Currency applicable thereto, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on such Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the LC Exposure shall not exceed the LC Sublimit, (ii) the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments, (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the LC Exposure of the applicable Issuing Bank shall not exceed the LC Sublimit applicable to such Issuing Bank and (iv) the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Credit Exposure of the applicable Issuing Bank shall not exceed the Commitment of such Issuing Bank.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire (or be subject to termination by notice from the applicable Issuing Bank to the beneficiary thereof) at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension); provided that any Letter of Credit issued in connection with a lease by the Borrower in respect of real property that provides for annual payments in an amount greater than or equal to $5,000,000 may have a longer tenor as agreed upon by the Borrower and the applicable Issuing Bank, and (ii) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of any Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the applicable Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit; provided that the Lenders’ participations in a Letter of Credit shall terminate upon giving effect to any Deemed LC Termination in respect of such Letter of Credit. In consideration

 

47


and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement in the applicable Agreed Currency (i) not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date, or (ii) if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an ABR Borrowing in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such LC Disbursement and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, (x) any LC Disbursement denominated in an Alternative Currency shall automatically be converted to an LC Disbursement denominated in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such LC Disbursement at such time and (y) the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.04 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.04 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the applicable Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the applicable Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse such Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and such Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse any Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. If the Borrower’s reimbursement of, or obligation to reimburse, any amounts in any Alternative Currency would subject the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to any stamp duty, ad valorem charge or similar tax that would not be payable if such reimbursement were made or required to be made in Dollars, the Borrower shall, at its option, either (x) pay the amount of any such tax requested by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender or (y) reimburse each LC Disbursement made in such Alternative Currency in Dollars, in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such LC Disbursement on the date such LC Disbursement is made.

 

48


(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Banks, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, any Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. Each Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder and, upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of the same; provided that any failure to give or delay by the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

49


(h) Interim Interest. If any Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the reimbursement is due and payable at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.10(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of such Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse such Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.0% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of Cash Collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall provide Cash Collateral in an amount equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such Cash Collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article 7. Such Cash Collateral shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of each Issuing Bank), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of Cash Collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(j) Replacement of an Issuing Bank. Any Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of any Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.09(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

50


(k) Resignation of an Issuing Bank. Any Issuing Bank may resign at any time that such Issuing Bank (or its applicable Affiliate) ceases to hold a Commitment hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such resignation of any Issuing Bank. After the resignation of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigning Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(l) Deemed Letter of Credit Requests. The Borrower may, from time to time, request (a “Deemed LC Request”) that (i) any undrawn Letter of Credit issued hereunder be deemed to be terminated and issued under a separate letter of credit facility with the applicable Issuing Bank (a “Deemed LC Termination”) or (ii) any undrawn letter of credit issued under a separate letter of credit facility with an Issuing Bank be deemed to be terminated and issued hereunder as a Letter of Credit (a “Deemed LC Issuance”). Any such Deemed LC Request shall identify the applicable Letter of Credit, and the Deemed LC Termination or Deemed LC Issuance specified therein shall, subject to the prior written consent of each of the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion) and, in the case of any Deemed LC Issuance, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02, be effective upon receipt of such written consent.

Section 2.20 Judgment Currency.

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “specified currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which the Administrative Agent could, in accordance with normal banking procedures applicable to arm’s length transactions, purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s Principal Office on the Business Day immediately preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under Section 2.15(c), the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

 

51


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

Section 3.01 Organization; Powers

Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and (to the extent the concept is applicable in such jurisdiction) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

Section 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability

The Transactions are within the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s corporate or other organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational and, if required, equity holder action. Each of the Borrower and the Guarantors has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents to which it is party, and each of such Loan Documents constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) those approvals, consents, registrations, filings or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate any applicable law or regulation or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate any charter, by-laws or other organizational document of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than the agreements and instruments referred to in clause (c)) binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than liens arising pursuant to the Security Documents).

 

52


Section 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change

(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent (i) its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, reported on by Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants and (ii) its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2018 and December 31, 2018 and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Since June 30, 2018, no event, development or circumstance exists or has occurred that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.05 Properties

(a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in or rights to use, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or has the valid and enforceable right to use, all Intellectual Property material to its business as currently conducted, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02, and the operation of such business or the use of such Intellectual Property rights by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements, misappropriations, or violations that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.06 Litigation and Environmental Matters

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing (including “cease and desist” letters and invitations to take a patent license) against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions.

(a) Except with respect to any matter that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, or (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability.

 

53


Section 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements; No Default

Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and rights and all indentures, agreements, and other instruments binding upon it or its property and rights, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 3.08 Investment Company Status

None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 3.09 Margin Stock

None of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board), and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock in violation of Regulation U or Regulation X issued by the Board and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Section 3.10 Taxes

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 or as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed with respect to income, properties or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (ii) such returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for Taxes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole for the periods covered thereby and (iii) each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, to the extent required by GAAP, for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP.

Section 3.11 ERISA

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in form and operation with its terms and with ERISA and the Code (including without limitation the Code provisions compliance with which is necessary for any intended favorable tax treatment) and all other applicable laws and regulations, except where any failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan (and each related trust, if any) which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that it meets the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code covering all applicable tax law changes or is comprised of a master or prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS, and, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of a Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would materially adversely affect the issuance of a favorable determination letter or otherwise materially adversely affect such qualification). No ERISA Event has occurred, or is reasonably expected to occur, other than as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Effect).

 

54


(b) There exists no Unfunded Pension Liability with respect to any Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date this assurance is given or deemed given, made or accrued an obligation to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan.

(d) There are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving a Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected either singly or in the aggregate to result in any Material Adverse Effect.

(e) The Borrower, its Subsidiaries and its ERISA Affiliates have made all contributions to or under each Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Plan or Multiemployer Plan, respectively, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan save where any failure to comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in any Material Adverse Effect.

(f) No Plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA has applied for or received an extension of any amortization period, within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 or 304 of ERISA. The Borrower, any Subsidiary, and any ERISA Affiliate have not ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions. None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate have incurred or reasonably expect to incur any liability to PBGC except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, save for any liability for premiums due in the ordinary course or other liability which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and no lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate exists or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, is likely to arise on account of any Plan. None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that would reasonably be expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

(g) Each Non-U.S. Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All contributions required to be made with respect to a Non-U.S. Plan have been timely made, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of, or withdrawal from, any Non-U.S. Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan, determined as of the end of the Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

55


Section 3.12 Disclosure

(a) All written information provided by any Responsible Officer of the Borrower in formal presentations or in any formal meeting or conference call (other than any projected financial information and other than information of a general economic or industry specific nature) to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished and when taken as a whole and together with any information disclosed in the Borrower’s public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to any projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time furnished (it being understood that such projected financial information and all information concerning future proposed and intended activities are forward-looking statements by their nature and are is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, any of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, that no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projected financial information may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material).

(b) As of the Restatement Effective Date, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Restatement Effective Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects.

Section 3.13 Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.13 sets forth as of the Restatement Effective Date a list of all Subsidiaries, together with (a) the percentage ownership (directly or indirectly) of the Borrower therein and (b) whether such Subsidiary is a Guarantor or an Excluded Subsidiary. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of all Subsidiaries of the Borrower are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted under Section 6.02.

Section 3.14 Solvency

As of the Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower is, individually and together with its Subsidiaries, and after giving effect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

 

56


Section 3.15 Anti-Terrorism Law

(a) To the extent applicable, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of its Affiliates, is in violation of any legal requirement relating to Sanctions or any laws with respect to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing effective September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order”) and the USA Patriot Act.

(b) None of (x) the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (y) to the knowledge of the Borrower, any agent or Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is any of the following:

(i) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(ii) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

(iii) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

(iv) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or

(v) a Sanctioned Person.

(c) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of its Affiliates, (i) conducts any business with, or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of, a Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, except as permitted under U.S. law, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

(d) The Borrower will not use, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to use, the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person described in Section 3.15(b)(i)-(v) above, in any Sanctioned Country or in any other manner that would violate any Anti-Terrorism Laws or Sanctions by any party hereto.

Section 3.16 Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

(a) No part of the proceeds of the Loans or Letters of Credit will be used by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any of its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable Anti-Corruption Law.

 

57


(b) The Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, its Affiliates and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects.

Section 3.17 Security Documents

The Security Documents are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02) in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Security Agreement, when stock certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent (together with a properly completed and signed stock power or endorsement), and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Security Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 3 to the Security Agreement in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3 to the Security Agreement, the Security Agreement shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02) in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except, in the case of Collateral other than Pledged Stock, Liens permitted by Section 6.02).

ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS

Section 4.01 Restatement Effective Date.

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a reaffirmation agreement in respect of the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Borrower and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note in advance of the Restatement Effective Date.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable written opinions (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Restatement Effective Date) of Fenwick & West LLP, counsel for the Borrower, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Borrower hereby requests each such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

58


(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certified copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Borrower and the Guarantors approving the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to which each such Loan Party is a party and the execution and delivery of such Loan Documents to be delivered by such Loan Party on the Restatement Effective Date, and all documents evidencing other necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Loan Documents and (ii) all other documents reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Guarantors and the Borrower and authorization of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower and each Guarantor certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such entity authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, to be delivered by such entity on the Restatement Effective Date and the other documents to be delivered hereunder on the Restatement Effective Date.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate, dated the Restatement Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 as of the Restatement Effective Date, and (ii) a certificate, dated the Restatement Effective Date and signed on behalf of the Borrower by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, certifying that, as of the Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower is, individually and together with its Subsidiaries, and after giving effect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness and obligations being incurred in connection herewith will be, Solvent.

(g) The Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall have received all fees required to be paid by the Borrower on the Restatement Effective Date, and all expenses required to be reimbursed by the Borrower for which invoices have been presented at least three business days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, on or before the Restatement Effective Date.

(h) (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent reasonably requested by any of the Lenders at least five Business Days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act and (ii) to the extent the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, at least five days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, any Lender that has requested, in a written notice to the Borrower at least 10 days prior to the Restatement Effective Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to the Borrower shall have received such Beneficial Ownership Certification (provided that, upon the execution and delivery by such Lender of its signature page to this Agreement, the condition set forth in this clause (ii) shall be deemed to be satisfied).

 

59


(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended at least 90 days prior to the Restatement Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available, (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph and at least 30 days prior to the Restatement Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available and (iii) reasonably detailed projections of the Borrower for its fiscal years ending June 30, 2019, June 30, 2020, June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2022.

(j) All outstanding Equity Interests owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party shall have been pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates or other instruments representing all such Equity Interests (if any), together with undated stock powers or other instruments of transfer with respect thereto endorsed in blank.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent Lien search with respect to each Loan Party, and such search shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02 or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(l) Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.02), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Restatement Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Article 8, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Restatement Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

Section 4.02 Each Credit Event

The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (provided that a conversion or a continuation shall not constitute a “Borrowing” for purposes of this Section 4.02), and of the applicable Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, except that (i) for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.04(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished

 

60


pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements furnished pursuant to clause (b), to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes), respectively, of Section 5.01, (ii) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (iii) to the extent that such representations and warranties are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof, they shall be true and correct in all respects; and

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section have been satisfied as of the date thereof.

ARTICLE 5

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or shall have been Cash Collateralized in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 5.01 Financial Statements; Ratings Change and Other Information

The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender):

(a) on or before the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower), its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than a qualification related to the maturity of the Commitments and the Loans at the Maturity Date) and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) on or before the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower), its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods

 

61


of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof and, if a Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date thereof, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth the amount of investments and acquisitions made pursuant to Section 6.04(h) during the respective period and demonstrating compliance with such Section 6.04(h), (iii) setting forth the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 6.05(vii) during the respective period and demonstrating compliance with such Section 6.05(vii), (iv) demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.10(a) and (b), (v) if and to the extent that any change in GAAP that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 had an impact on such financial statements, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (vi) setting forth a description of any registered patents, registered trademarks or registered copyrights acquired, exclusively licensed or developed by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the Restatement Effective Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01(c) prior to the date thereof, as applicable;

(d) prior to an IPO, as soon as available, and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year;

(e) prior to an IPO, as soon as available, and within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower (or 120 days, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter of each fiscal year), the narrative discussion and analysis of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter that is distributed to the holders of Equity Interests in the Borrower;

(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, as the case may be, in each case that is not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto; and

(g) promptly following any request in writing (including any electronic message) therefor, (i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (through the Administrative

 

62


Agent) may reasonably request and (ii) information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Information required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such information is posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lenders and the Administrative Agent have been granted access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

Section 5.02 Notices of Material Events

The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender) prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any other development that results in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification delivered to such Lender that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in such certification.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 5.03 Existence; Conduct of Business

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence in its jurisdiction of organization and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03 and (ii) none of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve, renew or keep in full force and effect its rights, licenses, permits, privileges or franchises where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

63


Section 5.04 Payment of Taxes

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all Tax liabilities, including all Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any properties belonging to it that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, and all lawful claims other than Tax liabilities that, if unpaid, would become a Lien upon any properties of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under Section 6.02, in both cases except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (b) to the extent required by GAAP, the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

Section 5.05 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property used in the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty events excepted, except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

Section 5.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects are made and are sufficient to prepare financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender (pursuant to the request made through the Administrative Agent), upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records to the extent reasonably necessary, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants (provided that the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any discussions with such independent accountants), all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested (but no more than once annually if no Event of Default exists). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, none of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives) is prohibited by applicable law or any third party contract legally binding on the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (iii) is subject to attorney, client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

Section 5.07 ERISA Events

The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

64


Section 5.08 Compliance with Laws and Agreements

The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and rights and all indentures, agreements, and other instruments binding upon it or its property and rights, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Terrorism Laws and applicable Sanctions.

Section 5.09 Use of Proceeds

The proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit will be used only for working capital and general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, for stock repurchases under stock repurchase programs approved by the Borrower and for acquisitions not prohibited hereunder. No part of the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

Section 5.10 Guarantors; Additional Collateral

(a) If, as of the date of the most recently available financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as the case may be, any Person shall have become a Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), then the Borrower shall, within 30 days (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after delivery of such financial statements, cause such Domestic Subsidiary to (i) enter into a guaranty agreement (a “Guaranty”) in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto, or, if a Guaranty has previously been entered into by a Domestic Subsidiary (and remains in effect), a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to such Guaranty and (ii) (A) enter into a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the Security Agreement and (B) take such actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02) in the Collateral described in the Security Agreement with respect to such Domestic Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions, and filings with the United States Copyright Office, as may be required by the Security Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions consistent with the legal opinions delivered on the Effective Date, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to take any action under this Section 5.10(a) if prior to the end of such 30 day period (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) such Person ceases to be a Domestic Subsidiary as a result of a transfer of assets from such Person to the Borrower in a transaction or transactions permitted under this Agreement.

 

65


(b) If, as of the date of the most recently available financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as the case may be, any foreign Subsidiary (not including any Immaterial Subsidiary) that is a direct Subsidiary of any Loan Party shall have been created or acquired after the Restatement Effective Date by any Loan Party, the Borrower will, or will cause the applicable Guarantor to, within 30 days (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after delivery of such financial statements, (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Security Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02) in 66% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of any such foreign Subsidiary, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent any certificates representing such Equity Interests, together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Loan Party, and take such other action as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions consistent with the legal opinions delivered on the Effective Date, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) If, as of the date of the most recently available financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as the case may be, any property shall be acquired by any Loan Party (other than (x) any property described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above or paragraph (d) below and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 6.02) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, does not have a perfected Lien, the Borrower will, or will cause the applicable Loan Party to, within 30 days (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the delivery of such financial statements (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Security Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected first priority security interest in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent.

(d) If, as of the date of the most recently available financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), as the case may be, any fee interest in any real property having a value (together with improvements thereof) of at least $500,000 shall be acquired by any Loan Party (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by Section 6.02), the Borrower will, or will cause the applicable Loan Party to, within 30 days (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the delivery of such financial statements (i) execute and deliver a first priority mortgage, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, covering such real property, (ii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with (x) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property (or such other amount as shall be reasonably specified by the Administrative Agent) as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate and (y) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such

 

66


mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall be required to take any action outside of the United States to create or perfect any security interest in the Collateral (including the registration of Intellectual Property in, and the execution of any agreement, document or other instrument governed by the law of, any jurisdiction other than the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia).

Section 5.11 Cash Management

The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to:

(a) maintain all cash management and treasury business with the Lenders and Permitted Third Party Banks, including, without limitation, all deposit accounts, disbursement accounts, investment accounts and lockbox accounts (other than (i) any account in which the aggregate average daily maximum balance over a 30-day period does not at any time exceed $250,000, provided that the aggregate average daily maximum balance over a 30-day period of all such accounts described in this clause (i) shall not at any time exceed $3,000,000, (ii) zero-balance accounts solely for the purpose of managing local disbursements, payroll and withholding, (iii) Fiduciary Accounts (collectively, the “Unrestricted Accounts”), all of which the Loan Parties may maintain without restriction (with the exception of those restrictions permitted under 6.02(n)), and (iv) accounts specified in Schedule 5.11, for the period stated therein, in each case subject to the terms of any Control Account Agreement) (each such deposit account, disbursement account, investment account and lockbox account, a “Controlled Account”); each Controlled Account shall be a cash collateral account, with all cash, checks and other similar items of payment in such account securing payment of the Obligations, in which the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall have granted a first priority Lien to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and which shall be subject to a Control Account Agreement; if any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may in its reasonable discretion, and is hereby authorized to, cause the applicable depositary bank or securities intermediary to honor the instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to any Controlled Account in accordance with the terms of the applicable Control Account Agreement; and

(b) deposit, no later than 10 Business Days after the date of receipt thereof, all cash, checks, drafts or other similar items of payment relating to or constituting payments made in respect of any and all accounts and other Collateral into Controlled Accounts, in each case except for (i) cash and Cash Equivalents the aggregate value of which does not exceed, collectively with any amounts held in Unrestricted Accounts (other than amounts described in clause (ii) of this sentence), $3,000,000 at any time, (ii) amounts held in any Unrestricted Account solely for the purposes of managing local disbursements, payroll and withholding and any amounts held in a Fiduciary Account and (iii) accounts specified in Schedule 5.11, for the period stated therein.

 

67


Section 5.12 Further Assurances

Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will (a) correct any error that may be discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation thereof, and (b) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (i) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Security Documents and any of the Liens created thereunder and (ii) assure, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, the rights granted to the Lenders, or the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, under any Loan Document or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is or is to be a party.

ARTICLE 6

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated, in each case, without any pending draw, or shall have been Cash Collateralized in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

Section 6.01 Indebtedness

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness other than:

(a) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(b) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(c) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Foreign IP Subsidiary) constituting Capital Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Indebtedness; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (d) shall not exceed the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 2.5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at any time outstanding;

(e) Indebtedness constituting letters of credit not to exceed $150,000,000 at any time outstanding;

 

68


(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than any Foreign IP Subsidiary) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) $75,000,000 and (ii) 10% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (provided that such Indebtedness (i) shall not mature prior to the Maturity Date, (ii) either (x) shall not require any payment of principal prior to the Maturity Date or (y) shall not require payments of principal in an aggregate amount per annum in excess of 1.0% of the principal amount thereof and (iii) contains terms customary for similar issuances of Indebtedness at such time (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) (it being understood that, other than in the case of any issuance of a debt security, such terms shall be no more restrictive, taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), than the Loans, and in any event no such Indebtedness (including any debt securities) shall contain a financial maintenance covenant more restrictive than any financial maintenance covenant contained herein)); and

(g) Obligations under the Loan Documents.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Indebtedness owed by a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be permitted only to the extent subordinated to the Obligations on customary terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Section 6.02 Liens

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 6.02 and any modifications, renewals and extensions thereof and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary other than improvements thereon or proceeds thereof and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the Effective Date and any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements;

(c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Effective Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement thereof that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements;

 

69


(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness that is not prohibited by Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are initially incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary other than additions, accessions, parts, attachments or improvements thereon or proceeds thereof;

(e) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others in the ordinary course of business not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) the interest and title of a lessor under any lease or sublease entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and other statutory and common law landlords’ Liens under leases;

(g) in connection with the sale or transfer of any assets in a transaction not prohibited hereunder, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such sale or transfer pending the completion thereof;

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness to finance insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business to the extent such financing is not prohibited hereunder;

(i) Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or cash equivalents made in connection with any acquisition not prohibited hereunder;

(j) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the banks, securities intermediaries or other depository institutions with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such institutions with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements;

(k) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements not otherwise prohibited hereunder with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

(m) other Liens securing obligations (other than Indebtedness of any Foreign IP Subsidiary) in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 2.5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at any time outstanding;

(n) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing letters of credit in an aggregate face amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $150,000,000; provided that the aggregate amount of Liens at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (n) shall not exceed 103% (or, in the case of any letters of credit issued in a currency other than Dollars and cash collateralized in Dollars, 110%) of the aggregate face amount of the letters of credit so secured; and

 

70


(o) Any customary encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar customary arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement.

Section 6.03 Fundamental Changes

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, (x) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, (y) otherwise Dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or (z) liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) any Subsidiary or any other Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation;

(ii) any Person (other than the Borrower) may merge into or consolidate with any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity or the surviving entity becoming a Guarantor as part of the transaction);

(iii) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may Dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary;

(iv) any Loan Party may Dispose of its assets to any other Loan Party;

(v) in connection with any investment permitted under Section 6.04, any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with any other Person, so long as the Person surviving such merger or consolidation shall be a Subsidiary (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving a Guarantor must result in a Guarantor as the surviving entity or the surviving entity becoming a Guarantor as part of the transaction);

(vi) subject to compliance with Section 6.04(d), any Loan Party may Dispose of its assets in order to effect any investment permitted under Section 6.04(d); and

(vii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and

(viii) any Subsidiary may consummate a Division as the Dividing Person if, immediately upon the consummation of the Division, all the assets of the applicable Dividing Person are held by one or more Subsidiaries at such time; provided that, if the applicable Dividing Person is a Loan Party, all of the assets of such Dividing Person shall be held by one or more Loan Parties at such time;

 

71


provided that any such any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

Section 6.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

(a) investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) investments by the Borrower existing on the date hereof in the capital stock of its Subsidiaries;

(c) loans or advances made by the Borrower to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(d) investments made by the Borrower in any Subsidiary, or by any Subsidiary in any other Subsidiary, provided that the aggregate of such investments made by the Loan Parties in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) 5% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at any time outstanding;

(e) investments in the form of Indebtedness of, or equity interests in, foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties representing consideration for licenses of (i) any non-U.S. Intellectual Property and (ii) any Intellectual Property rights covering or relating solely to jurisdictions outside the United States; provided that the Equity Interests in the foreign Subsidiary to which such license is granted (or in the parent company of such foreign subsidiary, if such parent company does not have any assets other than Indebtedness of, or equity interests in, such foreign Subsidiary) have been pledged to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 5.10(b) and the Loan Parties retain ownership of such Intellectual Property and all rights required for or material to the operation of their businesses in the United States;

(f) investments received in settlement of debts, claims or disputes owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary that arose out of transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(g) advances and extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services or the licensing of property in the ordinary course of business;

 

72


(h) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01; and

(i) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make investments and other acquisitions (i) if Total Liquidity immediately prior to the consummation of such investment or acquisition and after giving pro forma effect to such investment or acquisition is equal to or greater than $175,000,000, in an unlimited amount or (ii) if Total Liquidity immediately prior to the consummation of such investment or acquisition and after giving pro forma effect to such investment or acquisition is less than $175,000,000, in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower.

Section 6.05 Restricted Payments

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make any Restricted Payments with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except:

(i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or to any direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any non-wholly-owned Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary ratably based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests;

(ii) the Borrower may declare and make dividends payable solely in additional shares of the Borrower’s Equity Interests;

(iii) the Borrower may repurchase fractional shares of its Equity Interests arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations, business combinations or conversions of convertible securities or, so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, make cash settlement payments upon the exercise of warrants to purchase its Equity Interests, or “net exercise” or “net share settle” warrants;

(iv) the Borrower may redeem or otherwise cancel Equity Interests or rights in respect thereof granted to (or make payments on behalf of) directors, officers, employees or other providers of services to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in an amount required to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting, settlement or exercise of such Equity Interests or rights;

(v) following an IPO, the Borrower may make any Restricted Payment that has been declared by the Borrower, so long as (A) such Restricted Payment would be otherwise permitted under clause (ix) of this Section 6.05 at the time so declared (and shall be deemed to be a utilization of such capacity from and after such time) and (B) such Restricted Payment is made within 60 days of such declaration;

(vi) following an IPO, the Borrower may make any repurchase (or deemed repurchase) of Equity Interests pursuant to any accelerated stock repurchase or similar agreement (each, an “ASR Agreement”) publicly announced by the Borrower and specifying the maximum aggregate amount of the stock to be repurchased pursuant to such ASR Agreement (the “Maximum ASR Amount”); provided that, at the time such ASR Agreement is publicly announced, the Maximum ASR Amount would otherwise have been permitted as a Restricted

 

73


Payment on such date under clause (ix) of this Section 6.05 and shall be deemed to be a utilization of such capacity from and after such time until the repurchases pursuant to such ASR Agreement shall have been completed (up to the Maximum ASR Amount) or such ASR Agreement is terminated prior to the completion thereof, at which time any unused amount under such ASR Agreement shall be available to be used for other Restricted Payments under such clause;

(vii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans or agreements for directors, management, employees or other eligible service providers of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including the repurchase of Equity Interests or rights in respect thereof granted to directors, management, employees or other eligible service providers of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to a right of repurchase set forth in any such stock option plans or other benefit plans or agreements in connection with a cessation of service;

(viii) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.05 in an amount not to exceed the amount of proceeds of any substantially concurrent issuance of Equity Interests; and

(ix) so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may declare or make Restricted Payments (a) if Total Liquidity immediately prior to the making of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment is equal to or greater than $300,000,000, in an unlimited amount or (b) if Total Liquidity immediately prior to the making of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment is less than $300,000,000, in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower.

Section 6.06 Restrictive Agreements

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or of any Subsidiary to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary under the Loan Documents; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the Effective Date identified on Schedule 6.06 (and shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification materially expanding the scope of, any such restrictions or conditions taken as a whole), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets to be sold and such sale is not prohibited hereunder, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to any agreement or restriction or condition in effect at the time any Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of

 

74


the Borrower, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures, (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (vii) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof, (viii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement governing Indebtedness not prohibited by Section 6.01; provided that such restrictions and conditions are customary for such Indebtedness, and (ix) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions on cash or other deposits (including escrowed funds) imposed under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Section 6.07 Transactions with Affiliates

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates (other than between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and not involving any other Affiliate except as otherwise permitted hereunder), except (a) on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) payment of customary directors’ fees, reasonable out-of-pocket expense reimbursement, indemnities (including the provision of directors and officers insurance) and compensation arrangements for members of the board of directors, officers or other employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Borrower’s board of directors, (d) any transaction involving amounts less than $250,000 individually and $2,500,000 in the aggregate and (e) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.05.

Section 6.08 Use of Proceeds

The Borrower will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

Section 6.09 Disposition of Property

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests to any Person, except:

(a) the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

75


(c) Dispositions to a Loan Party;

(d) Dispositions that constitute Investments that are permitted under Section 6.04;

(e) Dispositions of (i) any non-U.S. Intellectual Property and (ii) any Intellectual Property rights covering or relating solely to jurisdictions outside the United States, in each case to any foreign Subsidiary so long as the Equity Interests in such foreign Subsidiary (or in the parent company of such foreign subsidiary, if such parent company does not have any assets other than Indebtedness of, or equity interests in, such foreign Subsidiary) have been pledged to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 5.10(b) and the Loan Parties retain all rights required for or material to the operation of their businesses in the United States;

(f) Dispositions permitted by clause (iii) or (iv) of Section 6.03(a);

(g) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registrations therefor and other similar intellectual property;

(h) the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Equity Interests to the Borrower or any Guarantor that is a wholly owned Subsidiary; and

(i) the Disposition of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year of the Borrower.

Section 6.10 Financial Condition Covenants

The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

(a) permit Total Liquidity, at any time, to be less than $125,000,000; or

(b) permit Total Revenues for any Measurement Period ending on any date set forth below to be less than the amount set forth below opposite such date:

 

Date of Determination

   Minimum Revenue  

June 30, 2019

   $ 725,000,000  

September 30, 2019

   $ 775,000,000  

December 31, 2019

   $ 840,000,000  

March 31, 2020

   $ 960,000,000  

June 30, 2020

   $ 990,000,000  

September 30, 2020

   $ 1,000,000,000  

December 31, 2020

   $ 1,010,000,000  

March 31, 2021

   $ 1,150,000,000  

June 30, 2021

   $ 1,185,000,000  

September 30, 2021

   $ 1,195,000,000  

December 31, 2021

   $ 1,215,000,000  

March 31, 2022

   $ 1,380,000,000  

June 30, 2022

   $ 1,420,000,000  

September 30, 2022  

   $ 1,435,000,000  

 

76


December 31, 2022

   $ 1,455,000,000  

March 31, 2023

   $ 1,655,000,000  

June 30, 2023

   $ 1,705,000,000  

September 30, 2023

   $ 1,725,000,000  

December 31, 2023

   $ 1,745,000,000  

March 31, 2024

   $ 1,985,000,000  

Section 6.11 Swap Agreements

Neither the Borrower nor any other Guarantor will enter into any Swap Agreement for speculative purposes.

ARTICLE 7

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise, or shall fail to Cash Collateralize any Obligation when and as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under any of the Loan Documents, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, Section 5.03 (solely with respect to the Borrower’s existence), Section 5.09 or in Article 6;

(e) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article of this Agreement), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

 

77


(f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) and such failure shall have continued after the applicable grace period, if any;

(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, but with all applicable grace periods in respect of such event or condition under the documentation representing such Material Indebtedness having expired) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (w) any requirement to, or any offer, to repurchase, prepay or redeem Indebtedness of a Person acquired in an acquisition permitted hereunder, to the extent such offer is required as a result of, or in connection with, such acquisition, so long as such requirement is satisfied at the time of such acquisition, (x) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (y) any redemption, repurchase, conversion or settlement with respect to any convertible debt instrument (including any termination of any related Swap Agreement) pursuant to its terms unless such redemption, repurchase, conversion or settlement results from a default thereunder or an event of the type that constitutes an Event of Default or (z) an early payment requirement, unwinding or termination with respect to any Swap Agreement except (i) an early payment, unwinding or termination that results from a default or non-compliance thereunder by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or another event of the type that would constitute an Event of Default or (ii) an early termination of such Swap Agreement by the counterparty thereto;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Debtor Relief Law or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) except as may otherwise be permitted under Section 6.03, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

78


(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof (to the extent not paid or covered by a reputable and solvent independent third-party insurance company which has not disputed coverage) and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment and such action shall not be stayed;

(l) one or more ERISA Events shall have occurred, other than as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) a Change in Control shall occur; or

(n) any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the obligations hereunder or thereunder, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority (subject to Liens permitted by Section 6.02) to be created thereby,

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, (ii) cash collateralize any outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.10(i) and (iii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE 8

THE AGENTS

Section 8.01 Appointment of Administrative Agent

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is hereby appointed Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to act as Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Loan Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained

 

79


herein and the other Loan Documents, as applicable. The provisions of this Article 8 are solely for the benefit of the Agents and Lenders and no Loan Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the Effective Date, none of the Arranger or the Syndication Agents in such capacity shall have any obligations but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Article 8. The Arranger and the Syndication Agents may resign from such role at any time, with immediate effect, by giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

Section 8.02 Powers and Duties

Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Loan Documents. Each Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. No Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Loan Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender or any other Person; and nothing herein or any of the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein.

Section 8.03 General Immunity

(a) No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Loan Document or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Loan Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Loan Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans, the Revolving Credit Exposures or the component amounts thereof or any Dollar Equivalent.

(b) No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action

 

80


(including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Loan Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.02) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Required Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions, including for the avoidance of doubt refraining from any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Borrower and its Subsidiaries), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 9.02).

(c) The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 8.03 and of Section 8.06 shall apply to any the Affiliates of the Administrative Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as the Administrative Agent. All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 8.03 and of Section 8.06 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent.

 

81


Section 8.04 Administrative Agent Entitled to Act as Lender

The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Loans, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Borrower or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

Section 8.05 Lenders Representations, Warranties and Acknowledgment

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with Loans hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, an Assignment and Assumption or a Joinder Agreement and funding its Loans on or after the Effective Date or by the funding of any New Loans, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Issuing Bank or Lender, as applicable on the Effective Date or as of the date of funding of such New Loans.

Section 8.06 Right to Indemnity

Each Lender, in proportion to its Applicable Percentage, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent, to the extent that such Agent shall not have been reimbursed by any Loan Party, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided, no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided, in no event shall this sentence require any

 

82


Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof; and provided further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

Section 8.07 Successor Administrative Agent

The Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to Lenders and the Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as the Administrative Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Borrower and the Required Lenders, and the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earliest of (i) 30 days after delivery of the notice of resignation (regardless of whether a successor has been appointed or not), (ii) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or (iii) such other date, if any, agreed to by the Required Lenders. Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. If neither the Required Lenders nor the Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all sums held under the Loan Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents, and (ii) take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Administrative Agent of the Loan Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Article). After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 8 and Section 9.03 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder.

Section 8.08 Guaranty and Security Documents

(a) Each Lender hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders, to be the agent for and representative of the Lenders with respect to the Guaranty and the Loan Documents. Subject to Section 9.02, without further written consent or authorization from any Lender, the Administrative Agent may execute any documents or instruments necessary to release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 9.17 or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 9.02) have otherwise consented.

 

83


(b) Anything contained in any of the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby agree that no Lender shall have any right individually to enforce the Guaranty or the Security Documents, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under any of the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Loan Document, when all Obligations (other than obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements or Specified Cash Management Agreements) have been paid in full and all Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or subject to any pending draw, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall take such actions as shall be required to release all guarantee obligations provided for in and Liens created by any Loan Document. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 8.09 Withholding Taxes

To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective or for any other reason, or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that a payment was made to a Lender pursuant to this Agreement without deduction of applicable withholding tax from such payment, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

Section 8.10 Administrative Agent May File Bankruptcy Disclosure and Proofs of Claim

In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws relative to any Loan Party, The Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Obligation under a Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

84


(a) to file a verified statement pursuant to rule 2019 of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure that, in its sole opinion, complies with such rule’s disclosure requirements for entities representing more than one creditor;

(b) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 9.03 allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(c) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and Issuing Bank to make such payments to Administrative Agent and, in the event that Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 9.03. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 9.03 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Lenders or the Issuing Banks may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 Notices

(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

85


(i) if to the Borrower, to it at:

Peloton Interactive, Inc.

125 West 25th Street, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10001

Attention: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Email: [***] and

[***], with a copy to

[***]

(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 South Dearborn, Floor L2S

Chicago, IL, 60603

Attention: Briahna Amos

Email: [***],

[***], and

[***]

Reference: Peloton Interactive, Inc.

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

(iii) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(iv) if to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as an Issuing Bank, to it at:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

10 South Dearborn, Floor L2S

Chicago, IL, 60603

Attention: Briahna Amos

Email: [***],

[***], and

[***]

Reference: Peloton Interactive, Inc.

Telephone: [***]

Fax: [***]

With a copy to:

Lauren Daley

237 Park Avenue, Floor 6

New York, NY, 10017-3140

Email: [***]

Telephone: [***]

(v) With respect to any other Issuing Bank, at its address provided by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

86


Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient.

(c) Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(d) The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, IntraLinks, Syndtrak, or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”). THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the communications effected thereby (the “Communications”). No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) be responsible or liable for damages arising from the unauthorized use by others of information or other materials obtained through internet, electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission, except to the extent that such damages have resulted from the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such Agent Party (as determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

87


Section 9.02 Waivers; Amendments

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Subject to Section 2.11(b) and Section 9.02(c) below, none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) amend the definition of “Applicable Percentage” without the consent of each Lender, or extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that notwithstanding clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9.02(b), only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.10(c), (iv) change Section 2.15(b), Section 2.15(c) or any other Section hereof providing for the ratable treatment of the Lenders, in each case in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release all or substantially all of the value of any Guaranty or release all or substantially all of the Collateral, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Guarantor or the Collateral is permitted pursuant to Article 8 or Section 9.17 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone), (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the percentage referred to in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender or (vii) waive any condition set forth in Section 4.01 (other than as it relates to the payment of fees and expenses of counsel), or, in the case of any Loans made on the Restatement Effective Date, Section 4.02, without the written consent of each Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

 

88


(c) This Agreement may be amended as contemplated by Section 2.18 to effect New Commitments pursuant to a Joinder Agreement with the consent only of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the New Lenders providing New Commitments. If the Administrative Agent and the Borrower acting together identify any ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect in any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend, modify or supplement such provision to cure such ambiguity, omission, mistake, typographical error or other defect, and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

Section 9.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Administrative Agent in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) costs, expenses, Taxes, assessments and other charges incurred by any Lender in connection with any filing, registration, recording, or perfection of any security interest contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iv) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, including, without limitation, the fees, disbursements and other charges of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, any Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party, successor, partner, representative or assign of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any

 

89


Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not such claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding is brought by the Borrower or its equity holders, Affiliates, creditors or any other third Person and whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available, (x) with respect to Taxes and amounts relating thereto (other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim), the indemnification for which shall be governed solely and exclusively by Section 2.14, or (y) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such Issuing Bank in their capacity as such; provided, further, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall be liable for any portion of any such unreimbursed expenses or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, of the Administrative Agent and/or the Issuing Banks (or, in each case, any Affiliate thereof) as a result of the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the relevant Person or Persons, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final or non-appealable judgment.

(d) Without limiting in any way the indemnification obligations of the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.03(b) or of the Lenders pursuant to Section 8.06, to the extent permitted by applicable law, each party hereto shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions or any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that nothing in this clause (d) shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee against special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

 

90


Section 9.04 Successors and Assigns

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby (including any Affiliate of any Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment, participations in Letters of Credit and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and provided further that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 5 Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment, an Affiliate of a Lender, or an Approved Fund; and

(C) each Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or a greater amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent; provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

91


(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws;

(E) no such assignment shall be made to (i) any Loan Party nor any Affiliate of a Loan Party, (ii) any Defaulting Lender or any of its subsidiaries, or any Person, who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (ii), or (iii) any natural person; and

(F) in connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the

 

92


benefits of Section 2.12, Section 2.13, Section 2.14 and Section 9.03); provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and amounts on the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities of whatsoever nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by the Administrative Agent in performing its duties under this Section 9.04(b)(iv), except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent. The Loans (including principal and interest) are registered obligations and the right, title, and interest of any Lender or its assigns in and to such Loans shall be transferable only upon notation of such transfer in the Register.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b), Section 2.15(d) or Section 8.06, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (but not to the Borrower or an Affiliate thereof) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing

 

93


Banks and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.15(c) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.12 or 2.14 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law requiring a payment under Section 2.12 that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Participants entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 are entitled to such benefits subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.14(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.14(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender).

(iii) Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

94


Section 9.05 Survival.

All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding or subject to any pending draw and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Section 2.12, Section 2.13, Section 2.14 and Section 9.03 and Article 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments, the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 9.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 9.07 Severability

Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

 

95


Section 9.08 Right of Setoff

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held by, and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent prohibited by applicable law as described in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation,” no amounts received from, or set off with respect to, any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

Section 9.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Federal court of the United States of America sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan (or, in the event such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County, Borough of Manhattan) and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

96


(c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

Section 9.10 Waiver Of Jury Trial

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 9.11 Headings

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

Section 9.12 Confidentiality

(a) Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below) and to not use the Information for any purpose except in connection with the Loan Documents, except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other professionals, experts or advisors, or to any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrower and its obligations, in each case whom it reasonably determines needs to know such information in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and who are informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential, (ii) to the extent requested by any rating agency or regulatory authority, examiner regulating banks or banking, or other self-regulatory authority having or claiming oversight over the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, (iii) pursuant to the order of any court or administrative agency or in any pending legal, judicial or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process based on the advice of counsel (in which case the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender, as applicable, agrees, to the extent permitted by

 

97


applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof), (iv) to any other party to this Agreement, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or prospective Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Borrower, (viii) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or (C) is independently developed by the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Lender or (ix) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense. In addition, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Letters of Credit and the Loans. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all memoranda or other information received from or on behalf of the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business that is clearly identified by the Borrower as confidential, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(b) EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(A) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

(c) ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE BORROWER AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR ITS SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

 

98


Section 9.13 Interest Rate Limitation

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

Section 9.14 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

In connection with all aspects of each Transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Subsidiaries’ understanding, that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Syndication Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Syndication Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, on the other hand, (ii) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) each of the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Syndication Agents. the Issuing Banks and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Person and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, any Syndication Agent, any Issuing Bank, nor any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Syndication Agents, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, any Syndication Agent, any Issuing Bank, nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates. The Borrower, on behalf of itself and each of its Subsidiaries, agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Administrative Agent, the Arranger, the Syndication Agents, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, on the one hand, and the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective stockholders or affiliates, on the other.

 

99


Section 9.15 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

Section 9.16 USA PATRIOT Act

Each Lender and each Issuing Bank that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower and each Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and each Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and each Guarantor and other information that will allow such Lender or such Issuing Bank to identify the Borrower and each Guarantor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act. The Borrower and each Guarantor shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.

Section 9.17 Releases of Guarantors and Liens

(a) In the event that all the Equity Interests in any Guarantor are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or in the event that a Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to terminate the guarantee of such Guarantor and to release the Collateral owned by such Guarantor from the Liens created by the Security Documents.

(b) In the event that any of the Collateral shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Loan Party to a Person other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a transaction permitted under Section 6.09 of this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall, at the Borrower’s expense, promptly take such action and execute such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to release the Liens created by the Security Documents on such Collateral.

(c) At such time as all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and obligations under or in respect of Specified Swap Agreements or Specified Cash Management Agreements) have been paid in full and all Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding or subject to any pending draw, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

 

100


Section 9.18 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs

To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any Swap Agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b) As used in this Section 9.18, the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

101


QFC has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]

 

102


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

PELOTON INTERACTIVE, INC.,
as Borrower
By:   /s/ Jill Woodworth
  Name: Jill Woodworth
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank and a Lender
By:   /s/ Lauren Daley
  Name: Lauren Daley
  Title: Authorized Officer

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC,
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Annie Carr
  Name: Annie Carr
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Peloton Interactive, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Peloton Interactive UK Ltd

  

England and Wales

EX-23.2

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated August 20, 2019, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Peloton Interactive, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

August 27, 2019